Summit Family Hardware Installation Guide

Summit Family Hardware

Installation Guide

Copyright © –2013 Extreme Networks

100286-00 Rev. 22

Published December 2013

© 2013 Extreme Networks, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Extreme Networks and the Extreme Networks logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of

Extreme Networks, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

All other registered trademarks, trademarks, and service marks are property of their respective owners.

For additional information on Extreme Networks trademarks, please see: www.extremenetworks.com/about-extreme/trademarks.aspx

.

100286-00 Rev. 22 Rev 2012-10-01

Table of Contents

Preface 7

Audience 7

Conventions 8

Related Publications 8

Chapter 1: Summit Family Switches 10

Overview of the Summit Switches 10

Summit X150 Series Switches 15

Summit X250e Series Switches 20




Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switches 64






Pluggable Interfaces for Summit Family Switches 116

Chapter 2: Summit Power Supplies 117

Power supply overview 117

External Power Supplies 117

Summit Replaceable Internal Power Supplies 130

Chapter 3: Summit Option Cards and Versatile Interface Modules 134

Overview 134

Summit XGM-2xn Option Card 135

Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card 136

Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card 137

Summit XGM2-2sf Option Card 138

Summit XGM2-2bt Option Card 138

Versatile Interface Modules for the Summit X650 Series Switches 139

Versatile Interface Modules for the Summit X480 Series Switches 142

Optional Ports for the Summit X460 Series Switches 144

VIM4-40G4X Versatile Interface Module for the Summit X670 Switch 147

Chapter 4: Site Preparation 149

Planning Your Site 149

Meeting Site Requirements 150

Evaluating and Meeting Cable Requirements 155

Meeting Power Requirements 160

Applicable Industry Standards 163

Chapter 5: Building Stacks 164

Building Stacks Overview 164

Stacking Methods and Summit Switches 166

Stacking Cables 171

Placing Summit Family Switches for Stacked Operation 172

Summit Family Hardware Installation Guide 3

Table of Contents

Using the SummitStack-V Feature 173

Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring 177

Example SummitStack-V Feature 190

Connecting Stacking Cables 191

Connecting Console Ports for a Stack 203

Management Port Cabling 204

Stacking Port LEDs 204

Stack Number Indicator LEDs 204

Chapter 6: Installing Summit Family Switches 205

Safety Information 206

Installing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than Summit X460, X480, X650, X670 and X770 Series)

206

Installing a Summit X460 Series Switch 217

Installing AC Power Supplies in Summit X460 Series Switches 224

Installing a Model 10933 or 10934A 300 W DC Power Supply in a Summit X460 Series Switch

230


Installing Summit 450 W and 550 W Power Supplies 247


Installing Summit X650 Power Supplies 264

Installing a Summit X670 or X770 Series Switch 272

Connecting Network Interface Cables 280

Initial Management Access 281

Chapter 7: Installing Summit External Power Supplies 284

Safety 284

Pre-installation Requirements 285

Installing an EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T) 286

Installing an EPS-LD External Power Supply 288

Installing an EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit 291

Installing an EPS-600LS External Power Module 295

Installing an EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2) 299

Installing an EPS-C2 Chassis 304

Chapter 8: Installing Optional Ports 313

Installing a Summit Port Option Card 313

Installing an Option Card in Slot B of a Summit X460 Series Switch 315

Installing a Versatile Interface Module in a Summit X480, X650, or X670 Series Switch 317

Chapter 9: Replacing AC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches 319

Replacing a Summit 300 W AC Power Supply 319

Replacing a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply 321

Replacing a Summit 750 W AC Power Supply 323

Replacing a Summit X850 W AC Power Supply 326

Removing EPS Series AC Redundant Power Supplies 328

Chapter 10: Replacing DC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches 330

Replacing a Summit 300 W DC Power Supply 330

Replacing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply 337

Replacing a Summit 850 W DC Power Supply 343

Removing an EPS-150DC Power Module from an EPS-T2 Tray 347


Table of Contents

Chapter 11: Replacing Fan Modules in Summit Family Switches 348

Pre-Installation Requirements 348

Airflow Direction Requirements in Summit X670 and X770 Series Switches 348

Replacing a Summit Fan Module 348

Chapter 12: Replacing Port Option Cards and VIMs 350

Replacing a Stacking Module or Option Card in Slot B of a Summit X460 Series Switch 350

Replacing an XGM3/XGM3S Series Port Option Card in a Summit X460 Series Switch 352

Replacing a Versatile Interface Module (VIM) in a Summit X480, X650 or X670 Series Switch

353

Replacing XGM and XGM2 Series Port Option Cards 354

Chapter 13: Removing a Summit Family Switch from a Rack 356

Overview 356

Removing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than Summit X460, X480, X650, and X670 Series)

357

Removing a Summit X460 Series Switch 357



Removing a Summit X670 and X770 Series Switch 369

Appendix A: Safety Information 371

Considerations Before Installing 371

General Safety Precautions 372

Maintenance Safety 373

Cable Routing for LAN Systems 373

Installing Power Supply Units and Connecting Power 374

Selecting Power Supply Cords 375

Battery Replacement and Disposal 376

Battery Warning - Taiwan 376

Fiber Optic Ports and Optical Safety 376

Sicherheitshinweise 377

Überlegungen vor der Installation 378

Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise 378

Sicherheit bei Wartungsarbeiten 379

Kabelverlegung für LAN-Systeme 379

Installation der Netzteile und Netzanschluss 380

Auswahl der Netzkabel 382

Wechseln und Entsorgen der Batterie 382

LWL-Ports und optische Sicherheit 382

Konformität von GBIC, SFP (Mini-GBIC), QSFP+, XENPAK undXFP 383

Mögliche Netzanschlussgerät- und Lüftereinsatz-Konfigurationen für X770-32q 384

Appendix B: Technical Specifications 386







Summit X450a Series Switches 415


Table of Contents




Summit X650 series switches: 453



Summit 300 W Power Supplies 471



Summit 750 W AC Power Supply 477


Summit External Power Supplies 479

Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies 484

Console Connector Pinouts 484

Class A Notice for Taiwan 486

Japan (VCCI Class A) 486

Index 487


Preface

This guide provides the instructions and supporting information needed to install the following Extreme

Networks

®

Summit

®

family switches:

•

Summit X150 series switches

•

Summit X250e series switches

•


•


•


•


•

Summit X450a series switches

•


•


•


•


•


•


The guide includes information about site preparation, switch functionality, and switch operation.

Note

The various Summit switch series are called the Summit family switches when referred to collectively.

Using Hardware Publications Online

You can access hardware publications at the Extreme Networks website ( www.extremenetworks.com

).

Publications are provided in HTML, ePub, and Adobe® PDF formats.

To navigate this guide online, use the table of contents found in the navigation bar on the left. You can also use the prev | next links at the top and bottom of the page.

To download the publications in PDF or ePub format, click the links below:

Summit Family Hardware Installation Guide PDF

Summit Family Hardware Installation Guide ePub

Audience

This guide is intended for use by network administrators responsible for installing and setting up network equipment. It assumes a basic working knowledge of:

•

Local area networks (LANs)

•

Ethernet concepts

•

Ethernet switching and bridging concepts

•

Routing concepts


Preface

•

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)

•

Basic equipment installation procedures

See the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide and the ExtremeXOS Command Reference Guide for information about configuring Extreme Networks Summit family switches.

Note

If the information in an installation note or release note shipped with your Extreme Networks equipment differs from the information in this guide, follow the installation or release note.

Conventions

The following list conventions used throughout this guide.

Table 1: Notice Icons

Icon Notice Type

Note

Alerts you to...

Important features or instructions.

Caution Risk of personal injury, system damage, or loss of data.

Warning Risk of severe personal injury.

Table 2: Text Conventions

Convention Description

Screen displays

This typeface represents information as it appears on the screen, or command syntax.

Words in italicized type

Italics emphasize a point of information or denote new terms at the place where they are defined in the text. Book titles are printed in italics.

Related Publications

The Extreme Networks ExtremeXOS

®

switch documentation set includes:

•

ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide

•

ExtremeXOS Command Reference Guide

•

ExtremeXOS Release Notes

•

ExtremeXOS Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix

•

BlackDiamond 8800 Series Switches Hardware Installation Guide

•

BlackDiamond X8 Switch Hardware Installation Guide

•

BlackDiamond® 20800 Series Switches Hardware Installation Guide (legacy product)

•

BlackDiamond 10808 Switch Hardware Installation Guide (legacy product)

•

BlackDiamond 12800 Series Switches Hardware Installation Guide (legacy product)


Preface

•

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide (this guide)

•

E4G Series Routers Hardware Installation Guide

•

Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules Installation Guide

Hardware and software documentation for Extreme Networks products is available from the Extreme

Networks website at: www.extremenetworks.com/services/documentation

You can download software concepts guides and reference guides, hardware installation guides, and other documents.

Under your product warranty or with a current support contract, you can access software release notes and entitled software from the eSupport web pages at: https://esupport.extremenetworks.com/

For instructions on accessing and downloading software and software release notes, see the Technical

Assistance User Guide at http://www.extremenetworks.com/services/tac-userguides.aspx:

Note

You must have an active support agreement or a product registered to you in order to receive an eSupport login and access to Extreme Networks software release notes.

To request an eSupport user name and password, select the Request Web Login link on the eSupport home page at: http://esupport.extremenetworks.com/

You can see complete information about all of our services online at: www.extremenetworks.com/ solutions/service-solutions.aspx


1

Summit Family Switches

Overview of the Summit Switches

Summit X150 Series Switches

Summit X250e Series Switches




Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switches






Pluggable Interfaces for Summit Family Switches

The following sections contain general information on the following:

•


on page 15

•

Summit X250e Series Switches on page 20

•


on page 33

•


on page 38

•

Summit X440 Series Switches on page 41

•


on page 64

•


•


on page 96

•


•


•


Overview of the Summit Switches

The Summit family switches are compact enclosures 1.75 inches high (1 U). They provide 8, 24, or 48 high-density copper or fiber optic ports operating at speeds up to 40 Gbps; many models provide combination copper/fiber uplink ports. PoE connections and options for adding 10-Gbps or 40-Gbps uplink connections are available on some models. Many Summit switches include high-speed stacking interfaces that allow you to connect up to eight Summit switches into a single SummitStack ™ management entity. Summit models are available for AC or DC power connection; all Summit switches make provision for redundant power supplies. Most models have connections for optional external redundant power supplies; the Summit X460 series, X480 series, X650 series, X670 series, and X770 series switches provide two bays for pluggable power supplies.

Summit Family Switches

Most Summit models are available in versions that are compliant with the Trade Agreements Act

(TAA); these versions are identified by a -TAA suffix on the model number. Functionally, the TAAcompliant models are completely equivalent to the matching versions that are not TAA-compliant. In all feature descriptions, references to a specific Summit switch model also apply to the equivalent TAAcompliant model.

The following tables list the Summit switch series and summarize the features available in each series.

Table 3: Summit Switch Features—Summit X150, X250e, X350, X430, and X440

Series

Feature Summit X150

Series

Summit

X250e Series

Summit X350

Series

Summit X430

Series

Summit X440

Series

26 or 50 26 or 50 — — — Maximum autonegotiating

10/100BASE-TX ports

Maximum autonegotiating

10/100/1000-BASE-TX ports

Maximum 1-Gbps Ethernet ports

(SFP)

2

2

24 or 48

2

24 or 48

4

24 or 48

4

8, 24, or 48

24

Maximum 10-Gbps Ethernet ports (SFP+)

SummitStack support

—

No

2

Yes

2

No

—

No

2

Total switching capacity 8.8 to 17.6

Gbps

48.8 to 97.6

Gbps

128 to 256

Gbps

Up to 108

Gbps

Redundant power

DC power available

Yes (external) Yes (external) Yes (external) No

No

Power over Ethernet (802.3af) Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes (except

X440-L2-24t and X440-

L2-48t)

Up to 136

Gbps

Yes (external)

Yes

Yes

(Also 802.3at)

Table 4: Summit Switch Features—Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series

Feature Summit X450 Series Summit X450a Series Summit X450e Series

— — — Maximum autonegotiating 10/100BASE-

TX ports

Maximum autonegotiating 10/100/1000-

BASE-TX ports

24 or 48 24 or 48 24 or 48

Maximum 1-Gbps Ethernet ports (SFP)

Maximum 10-Gbps Ethernet ports (XFP,

XENPAK, SFP+)

SummitStack support

Total switching capacity

Redundant power

4

2

Yes

128 to 256 Gbps

Yes (external)

4

2

Yes

128 to 256 Gbps

Yes (external)

4

2

Yes

128 to 256 Gbps

Yes (external)



Table 4: Summit Switch Features—Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series

(continued)

Feature Summit X450 Series Summit X450a Series Summit X450e Series

DC power available

Power over Ethernet (802.3af)

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Table 5: Summit Switch Features—Summit X460, X480, X650, X670, and X770 Series

Feature Summit X460

Series

Summit X480

Series

Summit X650

Series

Summit X670

Series

Summit X770

Series

Maximum autonegotiating

10/100BASE-TX ports

— — — — —

48 — — — Maximum autonegotiating

10/100/1000-BASE-TX ports

Maximum 1-Gbps Ethernet ports (SFP)

48

24 or 48

Maximum 10-Gbps

Ethernet ports (XFP,

XENPAK, SFP+)

Maximum 10G BASE-T

RJ-45 (100 Mbps/1G/10G tri-speed) ports

2 (with

XGM3-2sf)

—

Maximum 40GBASE-X

QSFP+ ports

SummitStack support

—

Yes

Total switching capacity 176 to 224

Gbps

Redundant power

DC power available

Power over Ethernet

(802.3af)

Yes (hotswappable)

Yes

Yes

(Also 802.3at)

24 or 48

4 (with

VIM2-10G4X)

—

—

Yes

224 to 448 Gbps

(with

VIM2-10G4X)

Yes (hotswappable)

Yes

No

4

24 (default)

32 (with

VIM1-10G8X)

—

—

Yes

488 to 680

Gbps

Yes (hotswappable)

Yes

No

—

48

48

—

Yes

640 Gbps

Yes (hotswappable)

Yes

No

—

—

—

32

Yes

1280 Gbps

Yes (hotswappable)

Yes

No

Model numbers for the Summit switches are in the following format:

<Series>-<number of front-panel I/O ports><port type><internal power supply type>

•

The number of ports can be 8, 24, 32, or 48.

•

The port type can be t (copper), p (copper providing Power of Ethernet), q (QSFP+), or x (fiber).

•

For models with integral power supplies, the power supply type can be AC (no designation) or DC.

Models with pluggable power supplies can accommodate either AC or DC supplies and have no power designation in their model numbers.



For example, the Summit X350-24t switch is in the X350 series, provides 24 copper I/O ports, and has an AC power supply. The Summit X450a-24xDC switch is in the X450a series, provides 24 fiber I/O ports, and has a DC power supply.

The following table lists the available switch models in each series.

Table 6: Switch Models in Each Summit Series

Series

Summit

X150

Summit

X250e

Summit

X350

Summit

X150-24t

Summit

X250e-24t

Summit

X250e-24tDC

Summit

X350-24t

Summit

X430

Summit

X440

Summit

X440-8t

Summit

X440-8p

X430-24t

Summit

X250e-24p

Available Models

Summit X150-24p

Summit

X440-24t

X440-24tDC

Summit

X440-24x

Summit

X440-L2-24t

Summit

X440-24t-10G

Summit

X440-24x-10G

Summit X440-24p

Summit

X440-24p-10G

Summit

X150-48t

Summit X250e-24x

Summit

X250e-24xDC

Summit

X250e-48t

Summit

X350-48t

X430-48t

Summit

X440-48t

X440-48tDC

Summit

X440-L2-48t

Summit

X440-48t-10G

Summit

X250e-48p

Summit

X440-48p

Summit

X440-48p-1

0G

Summit

X450

Summit

X450a

Summit

X450e

Summit

X460

Summit

X480

Summit

X650

Summit

X670

Summit

X450-24t*

Summit

X450a-24t

Summit

X450a-24tDC

Summit

X450e-24t

Summit

X460-24t

Summit

X650-24t**

Summit

X450e-24p

Summit X450-24x*

Summit X450a-24x Summit

X450a-48t

Summit

X450a-48tDC

Summit

X450e-48t

Summit X460-24p Summit X460-24x Summit

X460-48t

Summit X480-24x* Summit

X480-48t*

Summit

X650-24x**

Summit

X450e-48p

Summit

X460-48p

Summit

X460-48x

Summit

X480-48x*

Summit

X670-48x

Summit

X670V-48x

Summit

X670V-48t



Table 6: Switch Models in Each Summit Series (continued)

Series

Summit

X770

Available Models

Summit X770-32q

*These Summit switch models are not available in TAA versions.**These Summit switch models do not have separate TAA and non-TAA versions; all Summit

X650 series models are TAA-compliant.

Note

See the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide and the ExtremeXOS Command Reference Guide for feature-specific information about the Summit switches and for information regarding switch configuration.

Combination Ports and Failover

Summit family switches provide two, four, or twelve uplink ports implemented as combination ports that pair a copper port using RJ-45 connectors with an optical port using LC connectors.

The copper port operates as an autonegotiating 10/100/1000BASE-T port. The optical port allows

Gigabit Ethernet uplink connections through Extreme Networks small form factor pluggable (SFP) interface modules. See the individual switch descriptions for the port numbers of the combination ports on each switch model.

Summit family switches support automatic failover from an active fiber port to a copper backup or from an active copper port to a fiber port. If one of the uplink connections fails, the Summit uplink connection automatically fails over to the second connection. To set up a redundant link on a combination port, connect the active 1000BASE-T and fiber links to both the RJ-45 and SFP interfaces of that port.

Gigabit Ethernet uplink redundancy on the Summit family switches follows these rules:

•

With both the SFP and 1000BASE-T interfaces connected on a combination port, only one interface can be activated. The other is inactive.

•

If only one interface is connected, the switch activates the connected interface.

•

The switch determines whether the port uses the fiber or copper connection based on the order in which the connectors are inserted into the switch. When the switch senses that an SFP and a copper connector are inserted, the switch enables the uplink redundancy feature. For example, if you first connect copper ports 25 and 26 on a Summit X250e-24t switch, and then insert SFPs into ports 25 and 26, the switch assigns the copper ports as active ports and the fiber ports as redundant ports.

Hardware identifies when a link is lost and responds by swapping the primary and redundant ports to maintain stability. After a failover occurs, the switch keeps the current port assignment until another failure occurs or a user changes the assignment using the CLI. For more information about configuring automatic failover on combination ports, see the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.




The Summit X150 series switches provide 24 or 48 fixed 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ports that deliver high-density copper connectivity at 2.4 Gbps or 4.8 Gbps.

Models are available with PoE and without PoE. Each Summit X150 series switch has two combination ports that provide 10/100/1000 BASE-T or SFP connectivity for 2 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity.

A serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. On the back of the switch, an Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations.

The rear panel of the switch provides an AC power input socket and a redundant power connector. The internal power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC. The switch automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The redundant power connector allows you to connect the switch to the EPS-160 or

EPS-500 external power supply. When a compatible external power supply is used with the Summit

X150 series switch, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch.

The Summit X150e series switches include the following switch models:

•

Summit X150-24t Switch

•

Summit X150-24t-TAA switch

•

Summit X150-24p Switch

•

Summit X150-24p-TAA switch

•

Summit X150-48t switch

•


Note

In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X150 series model number also apply to the equivalent TAA-compliant switch version.


The front panel of the Summit X150-24t switch includes:

•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T ports (ports 1–24) that provide 2.4 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity

•

Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity

For more information about combination ports, see

Combination Ports and Failover .

For information about SFPs, see the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules Installation

Guide.

•

LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions

For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see Summit X150 Series Switch LEDs

.

•

Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management



Figure 1: Summit X150-24t Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X150-24t switch (shown in

Figure 2: Summit X150-24t Switch Rear Panel

on page 16) includes:

•

Ethernet management port with associated LEDs

•

Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-160 External Power Module

See EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)

for more information. The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit.

•

AC power input socket

The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 2: Summit X150-24t Switch Rear Panel


The front panel of the Summit X150-24p switch includes:

•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1–24). In addition to 4 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity, these ports also provide a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port.

•

Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity.




Guide.

•

LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.




.

•

Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 3: Summit X150-24p Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X150-24p switch includes:

•


•

Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-500 External Power Supply

(Model No. 10911) with full PoE power support

The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500 unit. See

EPS-500

External Power Supply Unit for more information.

•



Figure 4: Summit X150-24p Switch Rear Panel



•

Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T ports (ports 1–48) that provide 4.8 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity

•





Guide.



•



.

•



The rear panel of the Summit X150-48t switch (

Figure 6: Summit X150-48t Switch Rear Panel

on page

18) includes:

•

Management port with associated LEDs

•


The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit. See EPS-160

External Power Module (with EPS-T)

for more information.

•




Summit X150 Series Switch LEDs

The following describes the meanings of the LEDs on the Summit X150 switches.



LEDs on the Summit X150 Series Switches

Table 7: Front Panel

Label or Type Color/State

MGMT Blinking green (fast)

Steady green

Blinking green (slow)

Blinking amber

FAN

PSU-I

(Internal power supply)

PSU-E

(External power supply)

Port number

1 – 24 or 1 – 48

Port number

25, 26 or 49, 50

(Shared ports)

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Power-on self-test (POST) in progress.

POST passed. System is booting image.

Normal operation.

Switch diagnostics are running.

or

System is disabled. POST failed or system overheated.

No external power attached.

Normal operation.

Fan failure. Switch will continue to operate unless it overheats.

No power.

Normal operation.

Failure.

No power.

Normal operation.

Failure.


Link is OK.

Port is transmitting packets.

Link is not present, or port is disabled.

Link is OK.

Activity.


Table 8: Additional Port LED Meanings for PoE Switch: Summit X150-24p

Label or Type Color/State Meaning

All front-panel ports Steady green Link OK; port is not powered.

Steady amber

Blinking green

Blinking amber

Slow blinking amber

Alternating amber and green

Off

Link is OK; port is powered; no traffic.

Link is OK and transmitting packets; port is not powered.

Link is OK and transmitting packets; port is powered.

No link, or disabled port; port is powered.

Port has a power fault.

Port is not powered, has no link, or is disabled.



Table 9: Rear Panel


Management Port Right LED:

Steady green

Left LED:

Blinking green

Both LEDs off

Meaning

Link is OK.

Activity.

Link is not present.


The Summit X250e series switches provide 24 or 48 Ethernet ports that deliver high-density fast

Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T ports or installable small form pluggable (SFP) optical modules.

Fixed-port models are available either with or without PoE. Each Summit X250e series switch has two combination ports that provide 10/100/1000 BASE-T or SFP connectivity for 2 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity. A serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations.

On the back of the switch, two high-speed stacking ports allow you to combine multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity. The rear panel also provides an AC or DC power input socket and a redundant power connector. (See specific switch descriptions for more information about the power options.) The switch automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The redundant power connector allows you to connect the switch to the EPS-160, EPS-500, or EPS-150DC external power supply. When a compatible external power supply is used with the Summit X250e series switch, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch.

The Summit X250e series switches include the following models:

•

Summit X250e-24t Switch

•

Summit X250e-24t-TAA switch

•

Summit X250e-24tDC Switch

•

Summit X250e-24tDC-TAA switch

•

Summit X250e-24p Switch

•

Summit X250e-24p-TAA switch

•

Summit X250e-24x Switch

•

Summit X250e-24x-TAA switch

•

Summit X250e-24xDC Switch

•

Summit X250e-24x-TAA switch

•


•


•


•

Summit X250e-48tDC-TAA switch



•


•


Note

In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X250e series model number also apply to the equivalent TAA-compliant switch version.


The front panel of the Summit X250e-24t switch includes:

•


•





Guide.

•


For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs

.

•

Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration

•

Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 7: Summit X250e-24t Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24t switch (shown in Figure 8: Summit X250e-24t Switch Rear

Panel on page 22) includes:

•


•

Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs

•





•





Figure 8: Summit X250e-24t Switch Rear Panel


The front panel of the Summit X250e-24tDC switch includes:

•


•





Guide.

•



.

•


•


Figure 9: Summit X250e-24tDC Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24tDC switch (shown in

Figure 10: Summit X250e-24tDC Switch

Rear Panel on page 23) includes:

•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-150DC External Power

Module (Model No. 10909).



The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-150DC unit. See EPS-150DC

External Power Module (with EPS-T2) for more information.

•

DC power input socket

The internal power supply operates from -36 VDC to -72 VDC.

•

Grounding lug

Note

For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in a restricted access location (such as a dedicated equipment room, equipment closet, or central office) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA

70.

Figure 10: Summit X250e-24tDC Switch Rear Panel


The front panel of the Summit X250e-24p switch includes:

•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1–24). In addition to 2.4 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity, these ports also provide a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port.

•





Guide.

•



.

•


•




Figure 11: Summit X250e-24p Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24p switch (shown in

Figure 12: Summit X250e-24p Switch Rear


•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for use with the EPS-500 External Power Supply (Model No.

10911) with full PoE power support


EPS-500


•



Figure 12: Summit X250e-24p Switch Rear Panel

Summit X250e-24x Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-24x switch includes:

•

Twenty-four 100BASE-FX ports (ports 1–24) that provide 2.4 Gbps of high-density fiber connectivity

•





Guide.



•



.

•


•


Figure 13: Summit X250e-24x Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24x switch (shown in

Figure 14: Summit X250e-24x Switch Rear


•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for use with the EPS-160 External Power Module




•



Figure 14: Summit X250e-24x Switch Rear Panel

Summit X250e-24xDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-24xDC switch includes:

•

Twenty-four 100BASE-FX ports (ports 1–24) that provide 2.4 Gbps of high-density fiber connectivity

•







Guide.

•



.

•


•


Figure 15: Summit X250e-24xDC Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24xDC switch (

Figure 16: Summit X250e-24xDC Switch Rear Panel


•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for use with the EPS-150DC External Power Module (Model No.

10909)



•



•

Grounding lug

Note


70.



Figure 16: Summit X250e-24xDC Switch Rear Panel



•


•





Guide.

•



.

•


•



The rear panel of the Summit X250e-48t switch (

Figure 18: Summit X250e-48t Switch Rear Panel on

page 28) includes:

•


•


•







•





The front panel of the Summit X250e-48tDC switch includes:

•


•





Guide.

•



.

•


•


Figure 19: Summit X250e-48tDC Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-48tDC switch (shown in Figure 20: Summit X250e-48tDC Switch




•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for use with the EPS-150DC External Power Module (Model No.

10909).



•



•

Grounding lug

Note


70.

Figure 20: Summit X250e-48tDC Switch Rear Panel



•

Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1–48). In addition to 4.8 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity, these ports provide a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port when used with the EPS-600LS External Power Module.

•





Guide.

•



.



•


•



The rear panel of the Summit X250e-48p switch (shown in Figure 22: Summit X250e-48p Switch Rear


•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for use with one or more EPS-600LS External Power Modules

(Model No. 10913) installed in an EPS-C chassis (Model No. 10912)

The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-C chassis. The PoE capability of the Summit X250e-48p switch varies depending on the number of external power modules in use. For more information, see

EPS-600LS External Power Module .

•




Summit X250e-48p Power Supplies

The Summit X250e-48p switch is powered by both an internal power supply and an optional external redundant power supply system.

Internal Power Supply

The Summit X250e-48p internal power supply can provide 370 W of PoE power, as follows:

•

In a 24-port configuration, it provides 15.4 W to each port.



•

In a 48-port configuration or any combination of ports where total PoE power does not exceed 370 watts, it provides 7.7 W to each port.

If the total system demands exceed this power limit, you can specify one of the following:

•

Port priorities to identify which ports should be ranked higher when allocating power

•

Port disconnect precedence to specify the method of shutting off ports when not enough PoE power is available

Note

For a detailed discussion of these concepts, see the Power over Ethernet section in the

ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

External Power Supplies

The EPS-600LS External Power Module provides optional redundant power for the Summit X250e-48p switch.

Through the redundant power input connector on the rear panel, the switch can be powered by one, two, or three external power modules installed in the EPS-C External Power Supply Chassis.

The PoE capability of the Summit X250e-48p varies depending on the number of external power modules in use. The following table summarizes the PoE power behavior for the Summit X250e-48p switch based on the number of power supply modules in use.

Internal Power

Supply Status

Internal power supply:

Power Failure

EPS-600LS (1x)

370 W of external power only

EPS-600LS (2x)

Internal power supply:

Power on

370 W of redundant power


Internal power supply disabled


EPS-600LS (3x)

740 W of external power only with 2:1 redundancy



External Power Supply/

Chassis Failed/

Disconnected

370 W of internal power only

No PoE power

For specifications and installation instructions for the external power module, see

EPS-600LS External

Power Module

.

Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs

The following describes the meanings of the LEDs on the Summit X250e series switches



LEDs on the Summit X250e Series Switches


Label or Type

MGMT

Color/State

Blinking green (fast)

Steady green


Blinking amber

Meaning

Power-on self-test (POST) in progress


Normal operation.


or


No external power attached

FAN

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green PSU-I


PSU-E


Port number

1 – 24 or 1 – 48

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Port number

25, 26 or 49, 50

(Shared ports)

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Stack 1, Stack 2 Steady green

Stack Number

Indicator

Normal operation


No power

Normal operation

Failure

No power

Normal operation

Failure

No external power attached

Link is OK.



Link is OK.



Link OK on the indicated stack port.

Blinking green

Off

Activity on the indicated stack port.

This switch is not in stacking mode.

Top half of number blinking This switch is the stack master.

Lower half of number blinking

This switch is the stack backup.

Number lights steadily This switch is a standby switch (neither the master nor the backup).



Table 11: Additional Port LED Meanings for PoE Switches: Summit X250e-24p &

Summit X250e-48p


All front-panel ports

Steady green

Steady amber

Blinking green

Link OK. port not powered.

Link OK, port is powered, no traffic

Link OK, transmitting packets, port not powered.

Blinking amber

Slow blinking amber


Off

Link OK, transmitting packets, port is powered.

No link or disabled port, port is powered





Management

Port

Right LED: Steady green

Left LED: Blinking green

Stack Port 1,

Stack Port 2

Both LEDs off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Link OK

Activity


Link OK

Activity

No link


The Summit X350 series switches provide 24 or 48 Ethernet ports that deliver high-density fast

Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T ports.

Each Summit X350 series switch has four combination ports that provide 10/100/1000 BASE-T or SFP connectivity for 2 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity. A serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations.

The rear panel of the switch has an option slot to accommodate one of the following Summit port option cards:

•

Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules.

•

Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules.

•

Summit XGM2-2bt option card, which allows you to add one or two fixed 10GBASE-T ports.

•

Summit XGM2-2sf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit SFP+ modules.

For option card installation instructions, see Installing Optional Ports

.



Power connectors on the rear panel of the switch include an AC power input socket and a redundant power connector. The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC. The switch automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The redundant power connector allows you to connect the switch to the EPS-500 external power supply. When a compatible external power supply is used with the Summit X350 series switch, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply provides sufficient power to operate the switch.

The Summit X350 series switches include the following models:

•


•


•


•


Note

In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X350 series model number also apply to the equivalent TAA-compliant switch version.



•

Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–20) that provide 20 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity

•

Four combination ports (ports 21-24) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity



For information about SFPS, see the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules Installation

Guide.

•


For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see Summit X350 Series Switch LEDs .

•



The rear panel of the Summit X350-24t switch (as shown in Figure 24: Summit X350-24t Switch Rear




•

Slot for one of the Summit option cards listed in the following table. These port option cards allow you to add one or two high-speed uplink ports to the switch.

Table 13: Port Option Cards for Summit X350 Series Switches

Option Card Model Type of Added Ports For More Information, see . . .

XGM2-2xn option card 10-gigabit XENPAK modules

Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card

XGM2-2xf option card

XGM2-2sf option card

10-gigabit XFP modules

10-gigabit SFP+ modules

XGM2-2bt option card Fixed 10GBASE-T copper

Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card

Summit XGM2-2sf Option Card

Summit XGM2-2bt Option Card

•


•


(Model No. 10907).


EPS-500


•


The internal power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.




•

Forty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T ports (ports 1–44) that provide 44 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity

•

Four combination ports (ports 45–48) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity




Guide.

•





•



The rear panel of the Summit X350-48t switch (shown in Figure 26: Summit X350-48t Switch Rear


•


Table 14: Port Option Cards for Summit X350 Series Switches












•


•


Unit (Model No. 10911)

The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500 power supply. See

EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit for more information.

•







The following table describes the meanings of the LEDs on the Summit X350 series switches.


Label or Type

MGMT

FAN

PSU-I


PSU-E


Color/State Meaning

Blinking green (fast) Power-on self-test (POST) in progress.

Steady green POST passed. System is booting image.

Blinking green (slow) Normal operation

Blinking amber

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off


or


Normal operation

Failure

No power

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Normal operation

Failure

No power

Normal operation

Failure


Table 16: Front-panel Port LEDs


Ethernet Ports

1 – 24 or 1 – 48 (21 – 24 and 45

– 48 are shared ports)

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Link OK

Activity


or

Port is disabled.


Label or Type

Management Port

SFP+ 10G Port

(on installed option card)

Color/State

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Link OK

Activity


Link OK

Activity

Link down



Table 17: Rear Panel (continued)


XFP 10G Port


Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Link OK

Activity

Link down


The Summit X430 series switches provide 24 or 48 Ethernet ports that deliver high-density fast

Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000Base-T copper ports, plus four

100/1000Base-X fiber ports via SFP modules.

For all models, a serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations. The rear panel provides an AC power input socket.


•


•




•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–24) that provide 24 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity.

•

Four unpopulated 1000BASE-X SFP ports (ports 25–28) that provide 4 Gbps of fiber connectivity.

Note

All of the 10/100/1000BASE-T ports and four 1000BASE-X SFP ports can be used simultaneously.


Guide.

•

Ethernet management port

•

Serial console port implemented as an RJ-45 connector, used to connect a terminal and perform local management

•


For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see Summit X430 LEDs

.



1 2 3

MGMT

FAN

27

28

25

26

25 26 27 28

X430- 24t

4


1 = Ethernet management port

2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports

4 = Console port

The rear panel of the Summit X430-24t switch (shown in

Figure 28: Summit X430-24t Switch Rear


•



1

0.75A


1 = AC power input connector



•

Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–48) that provide 48 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity.

•

Four 1000BASE-X SFP ports (ports 49–52) that provide 4 Gbps of fiber connectivity.

Note

All the forty-eight 10/100/1000BASE-T ports and all four of the 1000BASE-X SFP ports can be used simultaneously.


Guide.

•


•


•


For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see Summit X430 LEDs

.



3 4

1

MGMT

FAN

49

50

49

52

51

50

51

52

X430-48t

2



2 = Console port

3 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

4 = SFP ports



•



1

0.75A




The following table describes the meanings of the LEDs on the Summit X430 series switches.

Table 18: X430 Front Panel LEDs


MGMT

FAN

PSU


Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Off

Meaning


POST passed. Normal operation.



Normal operation, fan is good.


No power

Normal operation.

No power is attached/Power failure.



Table 18: X430 Front Panel LEDs (continued)


Port number

1 – 24 or

1 – 48

Steady green Link is OK.

Port number

25 – 28 or

49 – 52

(SFP ports)

Blinking green

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off



Link is OK.




The Summit X440 series switches provide 8, 24, or 48 Ethernet ports that deliver high-density fast

Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T ports. Additional ports on various models include the following:

Table 19: X440 Series Switches and Port Types

10/100/1000BASE-T

RJ45

10/100/1000BASE-T

POE+ RJ45

8 X440-8t

X440-8p

X440-24t

X440-24tDC

X440-24p

24 (four are combo ports)

8


X440-24x 4 (four are combo ports)

X440-L2-24t

X440-24t-10G

X440-24p-10G

X440-24x-10G

X440-48t

X440-48tDC

X440-48p

X440-L2-48t


24

4 (combo ports)





100/1000BASE-X

SFP

4 (unpopulated)

4 (unpopulated)

4 (unpopulated combo ports)


24 (unpopulated)

(four are combo ports)




24 (unpopulated)

(four are combo ports)




10G BASE-X SFP+

2 (unpopulated)

2 (unpopulated)

2 (unpopulated)



Table 19: X440 Series Switches and Port Types (continued)

10/100/1000BASE-T

RJ45

10/100/1000BASE-T

POE+ RJ45

100/1000BASE-X

SFP

X440-48t-10G 48 (two are combo ports)


X440-48p-10G 48 (two are combo ports)


10G BASE-X SFP+

2 (unpopulated)

2 (unpopulated)

For all models, a serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations.

Most models have two high-speed stacking ports that allow you to combine multiple units into a single

SummitStack management entity. On the 8-port models, the stacking ports are on the front panel. On the 24 and 48 port 10-G models, the SFP+ 10G ports on the front panel can be used as alternate stack ports. On all other Summit X440 series switches (except the x440-L2-24t and x440-L2-48t which do not have stacking capability), the stacking ports are on the back panel. Stacking port locations are listed in the following table.

X440 Switch Type

8p and 8t

24p, 24t, 24tDC, 24x, 48p, 48t,

48tDC

24p-10G, 24t-10G, 24x-10G 48p-10G,

48t-10G

Stacking Port type

High-speed stacking port

High-speed stacking port

SFP+

Port Location

Front panel

Rear panel

Front panel

Note

The X440-L2-24t and the X440-L2-48t do not have stacking capability.

The rear panel provides an AC power input socket or DC input connector; 24-port and 48-port switch models also include a redundant power connector. The switch automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The redundant power connector allows you to connect the switch to the EPS-C2 external power system. When a compatible external power supply is used with the Summit X440 series switch, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch.

Most Summit switches have fans that can change speeds depending upon operating conditions. See

Summit X440 Series Switches for specifications.


•


•


•


•

Summit X440-24tDC Switch

•

Summit X440-L2-24t Switch



•


•

Summit X440-24x Switch

•

Summit X440-24t-10G Switch

•

Summit X440-24p-10G Switch

•

Summit X440 24x-10G Switch

•


•


•


•


•


•




•

Eight fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–8) that provide 8 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity

•

Four unpopulated SFP ports (ports 9–12) that provide 4 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.


Guide.

•


•


•


•



.

•

Stack number indicator

Note

If you are desktop mounting Summit X440-8t switches directly on top of each other, you

must use the four rubber pads to maintain sufficient airflow around the units. See Free-

Standing and Desktop Mount of Multiple Switches for installation instructions.





2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports

4 = Stack number indicator

5 = Console port

6 = Stacking Ports

The rear panel of the Summit X440-8t switch provides an AC power input socket. The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.





•

Eight fixed autosensing 100/1000BASE-T PoE+ ports (ports 1–8). In addition to 8 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity, these ports also supports the PoE+ IEEE 802.3a standard and provide up to 30 Watts of power per port up to a total power budget of 170 Watts.

•



Guide.

•


•


•


•



.

•






2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE ports

3 = SFP ports


5 = Console port

6 = Stacking ports

The rear panel of the Summit X440-8t switch provides an AC power input socket. The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.





•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–24) that provide 24 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity

•


Ports 21 through 24 are implemented as shared ports that pair a copper port with a fiber port. For more information about combination ports, see


.


Guide.

•


•


•



.

•






2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports


5 = Console port

6 = Combination ports



•


•

Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-C2 External Power Module

The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the power module unit. See Installing an EPS-C2 Chassis


•





2 = Stacking ports

3 = Redundant power connector


The front panel of the Summit X440-24tDC switch includes:

•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–24) that provide 24 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity.

•




.


Guide.

•


•

Serial console port implemented as an RJ-45 connector, used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

•





.

•

Stack number indicator.

1

2 3

4 5 6

Figure 37: Summit X440-24tDC Switch Front Panel

1 = LEDs

2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports


5 = Ethernet management port/Console port


The rear panel of the Summit X440-24tDC switch (shown in

Figure 38: Summit X440-24tDC Switch


•


•




•

DC power input connectors. The DC power supply operates at -48V.

1

1.25

2 3

Figure 38: Summit X440-24tDC Switch Rear Panel

1 = DC power input connectors

2 = Stacking ports



The front panel of the Summit X440-24x switch includes:

•

24 unpopulated SFP ports (ports 1–24) that provide 24 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.



.




Guide.

•

Four autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 21–24) that provide 4 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity.

These ports are implemented as shared ports that pair a copper port with a fiber port. For more information about combination ports, see


.

•


•


•



.

•


1 2 3

X

4 5 6

Figure 39: Summit X440-24x Switch Front Panel


2 = SFP ports

3 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports


5 = Console port


The rear panel of the Summit X440-24x switch includes:

•


•




•



1

2

3

Figure 40: Summit X440-24x Switch Rear Panel


2 = Stacking ports





The front panel of the Summit X440-L2-24t switch includes:

•


•




.


Guide.

•


•


•



.

Figure 41: Summit X440-L2-24t Switch Front Panel


2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports

4 = Console port


The rear panel of the Summit X440-L2-24t switch (shown in Figure 42: Summit X440-L2-24t Switch


•




•





Figure 42: Summit X440-L2-24t Switch Rear Panel

1 = AC power input connector 2 = Redundant power connector



•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE+ ports (ports 1–24). The Summit X440-24p switch supports the PoE+ IEEE 802.3a standard and provides up to 30 Watts of power per port. This switch provides a total switch PoE power budget of 380 Watts.

•




.


Guide.

•


•


•



.

•





3 = SFP ports


5 = Console port




The rear panel of the Summit X440-24p switch includes:

•


•


The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the power module. See Installing an

EPS-C2 Chassis


•





2 = Stacking ports



The front panel of the Summit X440-24t-10G switch includes:

•


•




.


Guide.

•

Two unpopulated SFP+ ports (ports 25 and 26) that provide 20 Gbps of fiber connectivity

•


•


•



.



Figure 45: Summit X440-24t-10G Switch Front Panel


2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports


5 = Console port


7 = SFP+ ports

The rear panel of the Summit X440-24t-10G switch ( Figure 46: Summit X440-24t-10G Switch Rear


•




•



Figure 46: Summit X440-24t-10G Switch Rear Panel



The front panel of the Summit X440-24p-10G switch includes:

•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE+ ports (ports 1–24). In addition to 24 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity, these ports also provide a full 30 Watts of PoE+ per port. This switch provides a total switch PoE power budget of 380 Watts.

•






.


Guide.

•


•


•


•



.

Figure 47: Summit X440-24p-10G Switch Front Panel



3 = SFP ports

4 = Stack number

5 = Console port


7 = SFP+ ports

The rear panel of the Summit X440-24p-10G switch (

Figure 48: Summit X440-24p-10G Switch Rear


•



EPS-C2 Chassis


•



Figure 48: Summit X440-24p-10G Switch Rear Panel




Summit X440-24x-10G Switch

The front panel of the Summit X440-24x-10G switch includes:

•

Twenty-four unpopulated SFP ports (ports 1–24) that provide 24 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The

SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.

•




Guide.

•

Four autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 21–24) that provide 4 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity.

These ports are implemented as shared ports that pair a copper port with a fiber port. For more information about combination ports, see


.

•

Two unpopulated SFP+ ports (ports 25 and 26) that provide 20 Gbps of fiber connectivity.

•

Ethernet management port.

•


•



.

1 2 3

x

4 5

6 7

Figure 49: Summit X440-24x-10G Switch Front Panel


2 = SFP ports

3 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports


5 = Console port


7 = SFP+ ports

The rear panel of the Summit X440-24x-10G switch includes:

•




•





1

SH_284

2

Figure 50: Summit X440-24x-10G Switch Rear Panel




•


•




.


Guide.

•


•


•



.

•




2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports


5 = Console port


The rear panel of the Summit X440-48t switch includes:

•


•






•

AC power input connector.

•




2 = Stacking ports



The front panel of the Summit X440-48tDC switch includes:

•


•




.


Guide.

•


•


•



.

•


1

2

3

4 5

Figure 53: Summit X440-48tDC Switch Front Panel

6



1 = LEDs

2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports


5 = Ethernet management port/Console port


The rear panel of the Summit X440-48tDC switch includes:

•


•




•

DC power input connectors. The DC power supply operates at -48V.

1

2.0

2 3

Figure 54: Summit X440-48tDC Switch Rear Panel

1 = DC power input connectors

2 = Stacking ports



The front panel of the Summit X440-L2-48t switch includes:

•

Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–48) that provide 48 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity

•




.


Guide.

•


•


•



.



Figure 55: Summit X440-L2-48t Switch Front Panel


2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports

4 = Console port


The rear panel of the Summit X440-L2-48t switch includes:

•




•



1

2

Figure 56: Summit X440-L2-48t Switch Rear Panel




•

Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE+ ports (ports 1–48). In addition to 48 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity, these ports also provide a full 30 Watts of PoE+ per port. This switch provides a total switch PoE power budget of 380 Watts.

•

Four unpopulated SFP ports (ports 45 – 48) that provide 4 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.



.




Guide.

•


•


•



.

•





3 = SFP ports


5 = Console port


The rear panel of the Summit X440-48p switch (

Figure 58: Summit X440-48p Switch Rear Panel on

page 59) includes:

•


•



EPS-C2 Chassis


•





2 = Stacking ports





The front panel of the Summit X440-48t-10G switch includes:

•


•

Two unpopulated SFP ports (ports 47 and 48) that provide 2 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.

Ports 47 and 48 are implemented as shared ports that pair a copper port with a fiber port. For more information about combination ports, see


.


Guide.

•


•


•


•



.

Figure 59: Summit X440-48t-10G Switch Front Panel


2 = 10/100/1000BASE-T ports

3 = SFP ports


5 = Console port


7 = SFP+ ports

The rear panel of the Summit X440-48t-10G switch includes:

•




•





Figure 60: Summit X440-48t-10G Switch Rear Panel



The front panel of the Summit X440-48p-10G switch includes:

•

Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE+ ports (ports 1–48). In addition to 48 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity, these ports also provide a full 30 Watts of PoE+ per port. This switch provides a total switch PoE power budget of 380 Watts.

•

Two unpopulated SFP ports (ports 47 and 48) that provide 2 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.

Ports 47 and 48 are implemented as shared ports that pair a copper port with a fiber port. For more information about combination ports, see


.


Guide.

•


•


•


•



.

Figure 61: Summit X440-48p-10G Switch Front Panel



5 = Console port




3 = SFP ports


7 = SFP+ ports

The rear panel of the Summit X440-48p-10G switch includes:

•



EPS-C2 Chassis


•



Figure 62: Summit X440-48p-10G Switch Rear Panel



LEDs on the Summit X440 Series Switches



MGMT Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Meaning


POST passed. Normal operation.





Table 20: Front Panel (continued)


FAN Steady green

Meaning

Normal operation, fan is good.

Note

For the following Summit models, fan light is “ON” only when the fan is running:

•

Summit X440-24t model No. 800471-00 Revision

6 or lower

•

Summit X440-24t-10G model No. 800475-00

Revision 5 or lower

•

Summit X440-L2-24t model No. 800526-00

Revision 1

Blinking amber

Off

PSU-I


PSU-E


Port number

1 – 8 or

1 – 24 or

1 – 48

Port number

21 – 24 or

45 – 48

(Shared ports)

Steady green

Steady amber

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Steady amber

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off


No power

Note

For the following Summit models, fan light “OFF” indicates either no power to the fan or temperature is below threshold where fans are needed:

•

Summit X440-24t model No. 800471-00 Revision

6 or lower

•

Summit X440-24t-10G model No. 800475-00

Revision 5 or lower

•

Summit X440-L2-24t model No. 800526-00

Revision 1

Normal operation.

Power is attached, but no power is on.

Power failure.

No power is attached.

Normal operation.


Power failure.


Link is OK.



Link is OK.







Port number

25 – 26 or

49 – 50

(10G ports)

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Stack 1, Stack 2

NOTE: The X440-

L2-24t and X440-

L2-48t do not have stacking capability; the stacking LEDs do not function.

Stack Number

Indicator

NOTE: The X440-

L2-24t and X440-

L2-48t do not have stacking capability; the stacking LEDs do not function.

Meaning

Link is OK.



Link OK on the indicated stacking port.

Activity on the indicated stacking port.

Top half of the stack number blinking

The switch is designated as master in the stack.

Bottom half of the stack number blinking

The switch is designated as backup in the stack.

Stack number steady This switch is a standby switch (neither the master nor the backup) in the stack.

Off The stackable switch is not in stacking mode.

Table 21: Additional Port LED Meanings for PoE Switches: Summit X440-8p,

X440-24p, X440-24p-10G, X440-48p, and X440-48p-10G


All front-panel ports Steady green Link OK; port is not powered.

Steady amber

Blinking green

Blinking amber

Slow blinking amber


Off

Link is OK; port is powered; no traffic.

Link is OK and transmitting packets; port is not powered.

Link is OK and transmitting packets; port is powered.

No link, or disabled port; port is powered.




The Summit X450, X450a, and X450e series switches provide 24 or 48 Ethernet ports.

These switches deliver high-density fast Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T ports or installable small form pluggable (SFP) optical modules. Models in different series are available both with and without PoE and in AC or DC power versions.

Each Summit X450, X450a, or X450e series switch has four combination ports that provide

10/100/1000 BASE-T or SFP connectivity for 4 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity. A serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet


Summit Family Switches management port on the back panel can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect the Ethernet management port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations.

The rear panel of the switch has an option slot to accommodate one of the Summit port option cards listed in the following table.

Table 22: Port Option Cards for Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switches

Option Card Model Type of Added Ports For more information, see . . .

XGM-2xn option card

XGM2-2xn option card


10-gigabit XENPAK modules

10-gigabit XENPAK modules


Summit XGM-2xn Option Card




XGM2-2bt option card


Fixed 10GBASE-T copper



Option card compatibility depends on the specific switch series. See the individual switch descriptions

for the option card supported on each switch. For option card installation instructions, see Installing

Optional Ports .

Two high-speed stacking ports allow you to combine multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity.

Power connectors include an AC or DC power input socket and a redundant power connector. (See specific switch descriptions for more information about the power options.) The switch automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The redundant power connector allows you to connect the switch to the an external power supply. When a compatible external power supply is used with the Summit X450,

X450a, or X450e series switch, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant. For most switches, if one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch. For information about power supply redundancy with the Summit X450a-48p switch, see


.

For information about each switch series, see the following sections:

•


•

Summit X450a Series Switches

•



The Summit X450 series switches are 24-port switches without PoE options.

The ports are implemented as fixed 10/100/1000BASE-t RJ-45 ports or as installable SFP modules.

These switches are available only with AC internal power supplies.


•


•




Summit X450-24t Switch


•


•





Guide.

•


For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series

Switch LEDs

.

•


•




•

Slot for the Summit XGM-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules

See Summit XGM-2xn Option Card

.

•


•


•


(Model No. 10907)




•






Summit X450-24x Switch


•

Twenty fixed SFP ports (ports 5–24) that provide 20 Gbps of high-density fiber connectivity


Guide.

•




•



Switch LEDs

.

•


•




•

Slot for the Summit XGM-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules

See Summit XGM-2xn Option Card

.

•


•


•


(Model No. 10907).






•





The Summit X450a series switches are 24-port or 48-port switches without PoE options.

The Ethernet ports are implemented as fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ-45 ports or as installable SFP modules. These switches are available with either AC or DC internal power supplies. The switch automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to

240 VAC. The internal DC power supply operates from -36 VDC to -72 VDC.

The Summit X450a series switches include the following switches:

•

Summit X450a-24t Switch

•

Summit X450a-24t-TAA switch

•

Summit X450a-24tDC Switch

•

Summit X450a-24tDC-TAA switch

•

Summit X450a-24x Switch

•

Summit X450a-24x-TAA switch

•

Summit X450a-24xDC Switch

•

Summit X450a-24xDC-TAA switch

•

Summit X450a-48t Switch

•

Summit X450a-48t-TAA switch

•

Summit X450a-48tDC Switch

•

Summit X450a-48tDC-TAA switch

Note

In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X450a series model number also apply to the equivalent TAA-compliant switch version.

Summit X450a-24t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-24t switch includes:



•

Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T ports (ports 1–20) that provide 20 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity

•





Guide.

•



Switch LEDs

.

•


•


Figure 67: Summit X450a-24t Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-24t switch (

Figure 68: Summit X450a-24t Switch Rear Panel


•


Table 23: Port Option Cards for Summit X450a Series Switches




XGM2-2xf option card 10-gigabit XFP modules


XGM2-2sf option card 10-gigabit SFP+ modules




•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for optional connection to one of the following redundant power supplies:

•

EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit (Model No. 45019)

See EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit for more information.



•

EPS-500 External Power Supply (Model 10911)

See EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit


The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the external power supply.

•



Figure 68: Summit X450a-24t Switch Rear Panel

Summit X450a-24tDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-24tDC switch includes:

•

Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T ports (ports 1–20) that provide 20 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity

•





Guide.

•



Switch LEDs

.

•


•




Figure 69: Summit X450a-24tDC Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-24tDC switch (shown in Figure 70: Summit X450a-24tDC Switch


•












•


•


•


Module (Model No. 10909)



•



•

Grounding lug

Note


70.



Figure 70: Summit X450a-24tDC Switch Rear Panel

Summit X450a-24x Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-24x switch includes:

•

Twenty 1000BASE-X ports (ports 1–20) that provide 20 Gbps of high-density fiber (SFP) connectivity

•





Guide.

•



Switch LEDs

.

•


•


Figure 71: Summit X450a-24x Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-24x switch ( Figure 72: Summit X450a-24x Switch Rear Panel on

page 73) includes:

•














•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for optional connection to one of the following external redundant power supplies:

•

EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit (Model No. 45019)


•

EPS-500 External Power Supply (Model 10911)



The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the external power supply.

•



Figure 72: Summit X450a-24x Switch Rear Panel

Summit X450a-24xDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-24xDC switch includes:

•

Twenty fixed autosensing 1000BASE-X ports (ports 1–20) that provide 20 Gbps of high-density fiber (SFP) connectivity

•





Guide.

•





Switch LEDs

.

•


•


Figure 73: Summit X450a-24xDC Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-24xDC switch ( Figure 74: Summit X450a-24xDC Switch Rear


•












•


•


•





•


The internal power supply operates from -36 V DC to -72 V DC.

•

Grounding lug

Note


70.



Figure 74: Summit X450a-24xDC Switch Rear Panel

Summit X450a-48t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-48t switch includes:

•


•

Four combination ports (ports 45–48) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of fiber or copper connectivity




Guide.

•



Switch LEDs

.

•


•


Figure 75: Summit X450a-48t Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-48t switch ( Figure 76: Summit X450a-48t Switch Rear Panel on

page 76) includes:

•














•


•


•


Unit (Model No. 10911)

The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500 power supply. See

EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit for more information.

•



Figure 76: Summit X450a-48t Switch Rear Panel

Summit X450a-48tDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-48tDC switch includes:

•


•





Guide.

•



Switch LEDs

.

•


•




Figure 77: Summit X450a-48tDC Switch Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-48tDC switch (

Figure 78: Summit X450a-48tDC Switch Rear Panel


•












•


•


•



The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-150DC unit. See EPS-500


•


The internal power supply operates from -36 V DC to -72 V DC.

•

Grounding lug

Note


70.



Figure 78: Summit X450a-48tDC Switch Rear Panel


The Summit X450e series switches provide 24 or 48 fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet ports using

RJ-45 connectors.

Models are available with PoE and without PoE. These switches are available only in AC-powered models.

The Summit X450e series of switches consists of the following switches:

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


Note

In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X450e series model number also apply to the equivalent TAA-compliant switch version.

Summit X450e-24t Switch


•


•





Guide.

•




For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see LEDs on the Summit X450, X450a, and X450e

Switches LEDs on the Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Switches .

•


The rear panel of the Summit X450e-24t switch ( Figure 79: Summit X450e-24t Switch Rear Panel


•

Slot for one of the Summit option cards listed in

Port Option Cards for Summit X450a Series

Switches

. These port option cards allow you to add one or two high-speed uplink ports to the switch.

Table 29: Port Option Cards for Summit X450e Series Switches










•


•


•


(Model No. 10907).


EPS-500


•




Summit X450e-48t Switch


•


•







Guide.

•



Switch LEDs

.

•



The rear panel of the Summit X450e-48t switch ( Figure 81: Summit X450e-48t Switch Rear Panel on

page 81) includes:

•












•


•


•


Unit (Model No. 10911).

See EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit for more information. The connecting redundant power

supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500 power supply.

•


The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.




Summit X450e-24p Switch


•

Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1–20) that provide high-density copper connectivity and a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port

•





Guide.

Note

All 24 ports can provide PoE power.

•



Switch LEDs

.

•


•



The rear panel of the Summit X450e-24p switch ( Figure 83: Summit X450e-24p Switch Rear Panel on

page 82) includes:



•












•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for optional connection to one of the following external redundant power supplies with full PoE power support:

•

EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit (Model 45019)


•

EPS-500 External Power Supply (Model 10911).



The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the power supply.

•




Summit X450e-48p Switch


•

Forty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1–44) that provide high-density copper connectivity and a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port when used with the EPS-C/EPS-600LS

•







Guide.

Note

All 48 ports can provide PoE power

•



Switch LEDs

.

•


•



The rear panel of the Summit X450e-48p switch (

Figure 85: Summit X450e-48p Switch Rear Panel on

page 84) includes:

•












•


•


•

Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-C chassis (Model No. 10912).

This chassis can hold up to three EPS-600LS External Power Modules (Model No. 10913). The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-C chassis.

The PoE capability of the Summit X450e-48p switch varies depending on the number of external power modules in use. For more information, see


and

EPS-600LS External Power Module

.

•


The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.




Summit X450e-48p Power Supplies

Internal Power Supply

The Summit X450e-48p switch is powered by both an internal power supply and an optional external redundant power supply system.

The internal Summit X450e-48p power supply can provide 370 W of PoE power, as follows:

•

In a 24-port configuration, it provides 15.4 W to each port.

•

In 48-port configuration or any combination of ports where total PoE power does not exceed 370 watts, it provides 7.7 W to each port.

If the total system demands exceed this power limit, you can specify:

•

Port priorities to identify which ports should be ranked higher when allocating power.

•

Port disconnect precedence to specify the method of shutting off ports when not enough PoE power is available.

Note

For a detailed discussion of these concepts, see the Power over Ethernet section in the

ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

External Power Supplies

The Summit X450e-48p switch can be powered by one, two, or three external power modules through the redundant power input connector on the rear of the switch.

The EPS-C (External Power Supply Chassis) is shipped with the redundant power supply cable that connects to the redundant input connector on the rear of the switch. The EPS-C chassis can hold from one to three 600-Watt EPS-600LS external power module units.

The PoE capability of the Summit X450e-48p switch varies depending on the number of external power modules in use. The following table summarizes the PoE power behavior for the Summit

X450e-48p switch based on the number of power supply modules in use.



Internal Power

Supply Status

Internal Power

Supply:

Power Failure

EPS-600LS (1x)


EPS-600LS (2x)

Internal Power

Supply:

Power On





EPS-600LS (3x)





Chassis Failed/

Disconnected


No PoE power

For more information, see

EPS-600LS External Power Module .

Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switch LEDs

The following describes the meanings of the LEDs on the Summit X450, X450a, and X450e series switches.


Label or Type

MGMT

FAN

PSU-I


Color/State

Blinking green (fast)

Meaning


Steady green


Blinking amber


Normal operation

Switch diagnostics running.

or



Off

Steady green

Steady amber*

Normal operation

A single fan in the array has failed. The switch can continue to operate indefinitely.*

Blinking amber Failure or

Two or more fans in the array have failed. Because system cooling is compromised, you should replace the switch.*

No power Off

* These states for the Fan LED occur only on Summit X450a-48tDC switches with a manufacturing part number of 800294-00 and X450a-48tDC-TAA switches with a manufacturing part number of 800337-00.

Steady green Normal operation

Blinking amber

Off

Failure

No power




Label or Type

PSU-E


Color/State

Steady green

Meaning

Normal operation

Blinking amber

Off

Failure


Ethernet Ports

1 – 24 or 1 – 48

(21 – 24 and 45 – 48 are shared ports)

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Link OK

Activity

Link is not present or port is disabled.

Stack Number Indicator Top half of number blinking This switch is the stack master.

This switch is the stack backup.

Lower half of number blinking

Number lights steadily This switch is a standby node (neither the master nor the backup).

LED dark This stackable switch is not in stacking mode.

Table 34: Additional Port LED meanings for PoE switches: Summit X450e-24p &

Summit X450e-48p


All front-panel ports Steady amber Port is powered with link, no traffic.

Blinking amber

Slow blinking amber


Off

Port is powered with link, traffic.

Port is powered, with no link.

Port has a fault.




Management Port Steady green

Stacking Port

SFP 1G Port


XENPAK 10G Port


XFP 10G Port


Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green

Meaning

Link OK

Activity

Link OK

Activity

Link OK

Activity

Link OK

Activity

Link OK

Activity




The Summit X460 series switches are 24-port or 48-port switches that provide Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ-45 ports or installable SFP or SFP+ optical modules.

Two Summit X460 models support the PoE+ IEEE 802.3at standard and provide up to 30 Watts of power per port. These models provide a total switch PoE power budget of 380 Watts with a single installed power supply and 760 Watts with two installed power supplies.

Four of the Summit X460 models include ports that support Synchronous Ethernet. Five models have four combination ports that provide 10/100/1000 BASE-T or SFP connectivity for 4 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity.

A serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations. The Ethernet management port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds.

The rear panel of the switch provides slots for installing the Summit option cards listed in the following table. These port option cards allow you to add high-speed data ports or stacking ports to the switch.

Port Option Cards for Summit X460 Series Switches

Table 36: Slot A

Option Card Model Connector Type Port Type

XGM3-2sf

XGM3S-2sf

XGM3S-2xf

10-gigabit XENPAK modules Data

10-gigabit SFP+ modules Data with Sync-E support

10-gigabit XFP modules Data with Sync-E support

More Information, Is on . . .

XGM3-2sf Port Option

Card

XGM3S-2sf Port

Option Card

XGM3S-2xf Port

Option Card

Table 37: Slot B

Option Card Model

SummitStack stacking module

SummitStack-V80 stacking module

XGM3SB-4sf

Connector Type

Integrated stacking ports

Port Type More Information, Is on . . .

20-Gbps bidirectional stacking

Summit X460 Series

Stacking Modules

QSFP+ optical modules or QSFP

+ compatible active or passive cables

20-Gbps bidirectional stacking

Summit X460 Series

Stacking Modules

10-gigabit SFP+ modules Data with Sync-E support

XGM3SB-4sf Port

Option Card

Cooling is provided by a replaceable fan module. Two power supply bays accommodate either an AC or DC power supply; the PoE-capable models require a specific AC power supply. For more information



about the power supplies used in the Summit X460 switches, see Summit Replaceable Internal Power

Supplies .

The Summit X460 series switches include the following base models:

•


•


•


•


•


•




•


•

Eight unpopulated SFP ports (ports 21–28) that provide 8 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.



.


Guide.

•

10/100/1000 Mbps management port

•


•



•



The rear panel of the Summit X460-24t switch ( Figure 87: Summit X460-24t Switch Rear Panel on

page 89) includes:

•

Two slots for port option cards or stacking modules (see

Port Option Cards for Summit X460 Series

Switches

)



•

Replaceable fan tray

•

Two power supply bays for either AC or DC power supplies (see

Summit 300-Watt AC and DC

Power Supplies

)



•


•



Guide.

•


•


•



.

•




•



Switches

)

•


•



Power Supplies

)






•

Twenty-four unpopulated SFP ports (ports 1–24) that provide 24 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The

SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.


Guide.

•

Eight fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 21–28) that provide 8 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity



.

Ports 1 through 28 support Synchronous Ethernet. For information about this feature, see the

ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

•


•


•



•



The rear panel of the Summit X460-24x switch ( Figure 91: Summit X460-24x Switch Rear Panel




•



Switches

)

•


•



Power Supplies

)



•

Forty-eight unpopulated SFP ports (ports 1–48) that provide 48 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X optical modules.

All the front-panel ports on the Summit X460-48x switch support Synchronous Ethernet. For information about this feature, see the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.


Guide.

•


•


•



•




•



Switches

)



•


•



Power Supplies




•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–24). In addition to 24 Gbps of high-density copper connectivity, these ports also provide up to 30 Watts of PoE per port.

•

Eight unpopulated SFP ports (ports 21–28) that provide 8 Gbps of fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-X and 1000BASE-X optical modules.



.


Guide.

•


•


•



•



The rear panel of the Summit X460-24p switch ( Figure 95: Summit X460-24p Switch Rear Panel on

page 93) includes:



•



Switches

)

•


•

Two power supply bays for the Summit 750 W AC power supply (see Summit 750-Watt AC Power

Supply

Note

Only the Summit 750 W AC power supply is compatible with the Summit X460-24p switch.

Other Summit replaceable power supplies do not support PoE operation in this switch.




•

Forty-eight autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–48). In addition to 48 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity, these ports provide up to 30 Watts of PoE per port.

•



Guide.

•


•


•



•





The rear panel of the Summit X460-48p switch (

Figure 97: Summit X460-48p Switch Rear Panel


•



Switches

)

•


•

Two power supply bays for the Summit 750 W AC power supply (see Summit 750-Watt AC Power

Supply

)

Note

Only the Summit 750 W AC power supply is compatible with the Summit X460-24p switch.

Other Summit replaceable power supplies do not support PoE operation in this switch.



The following table describes the LEDs on the Summit X460 series switches.



Table 38: Front Panel LEDs


MGMT

FAN

PSU-1, PSU-2

10G 1 – 2

Stack Management 1 – 2

Steady green

Blinking green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Steady amber

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green

Meaning

Power-on self test (POST) completed successfully; normal operation.

POST is in progress.

POST failed, or the system has over-heated.


Normal operation.

Failure.

No power.

Normal operation.


Failure.


Link OK on the indicated 10-Gbps port.

Activity on the indicated 10-Gbps port.



Table 39: 2-digit Stack number Indicator


Left digit (1)

Right digit (1 – 8)

Indicates the position of this switch in the SummitStack configuration.

Ethernet Ports

1 – 28 or 1 – 48

Upper half blinking

Lower half blinking

Lit steadily

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Reserved for future use

This switch is the stack master node.

This switch is the stack backup node.

This switch is a standby node in the stack.

Link OK

Activity

No link, or port is disabled.

Table 40: Additional Port LED meanings for PoE switches: Summit X460-24p &

Summit X460-48p


All front-panel ports Steady amber

Blinking amber

Port is powered with link, no traffic

Port is powered with link, traffic

Off Port is not powered, has no link, or is disabled



Table 40: Additional Port LED meanings for PoE switches: Summit X460-24p &

Summit X460-48p (continued)


Management Port Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Link OK

Activity

No link, or port is disabled.

Table 41: Back Panel

Label or Type

Port LED

(on installed port option card)

Stacking Port LED

(on installed SummitStack or

SummitStack-V80 module)

Color/State

Steady green

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green

Meaning

Link OK

Activity

Link OK

Activity


The Summit X480 series switches are 24-port or 48-port switches that provide Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ-45 ports, installable SFP optical modules, or installable XFP optical modules. The Summit X480 series switches include the following base models:

•


•


•


A serial console port on the front panel of the Summit X480 series switch allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configuration. The

Ethernet management port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds.

The rear panel of the switch provides a slot for an installed option card called a versatile interface module or VIM. The VIMs allow you to add high-speed data ports or stacking ports to the switch. the following table lists the available VIM types for the Summit X480 series switches.

Note

Only VIM2 modules are compatible with the Summit X480 switches. Other VIM types that may appear to be mechanically compatible with the Summit X480 switches will not function if they are installed in these switches.



Table 42: Versatile Interface Modules for Summit X480 Series Switches

VIM Model Number of Ports Port Type More Information, Is on . . .

VIM2-10G4X 4 10-Gbps XFP data

VIM2-10G4X Versatile

Interface Module

VIM2-SummitStack

VIM2-SummitStack128

VIM2-SummitStack-V80

2

2

2

20-Gbps stacking

64-Gbps stacking

40-Gbps stacking

VIM2-SummitStack

Versatile Interface Module

VIM2-SummitStack128


VIM2-SummitStack-V80


Switch cooling is provided by a replaceable fan module. Two power supply bays accommodate either

AC or DC power supplies.



•

Twelve autosensing 100/1000BASE-X ports (ports 1–12) that provide 12 Gbps of high-density fiber

(SFP) connectivity

•

Twelve combination ports (ports 13–24) using RJ-45 connectors or SFPs to provide 12 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-X and 1000BASE-X optical modules.




Guide.

•

Two unpopulated 10-Gbps XFP-based ports

•


•


•



•





Console Port

The rear panel of the Summit X480-24x switch ( Figure 99: Summit X480-24t Rear Panel on page 98)

includes:

•

Slot for a VIM2 virtual interface module (see Versatile Interface Modules for the Summit X480 Series

Switches

)

•


•



Power Supplies

)

Figure 99: Summit X480-24t Rear Panel



•

Forty-eight 100/1000BASE-X SFP ports that provide 48 Gbps of high-density fiber connectivity


Guide.

•


•


•



•





The rear panel of the Summit X480-48x switch ( Figure 101: Summit X480-48x Rear Panel


•


Switches

•


•



Power Supplies

)

Figure 101: Summit X480-48x Rear Panel



•

Forty-four fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T autosensing ports (ports 1–44) that provide 44 Gbps of highdensity copper connectivity

•

Four combination ports (ports 45–48) using RJ-45 connectors or SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-X and 1000BASE-X optical modules.




Guide.

•


•


•



•





The rear panel of the Summit X480-48t switch ( Figure 103: Summit X480-48t Rear Panel

on page

100) includes:

•


Switches

•


•



Power Supplies

)




Label or Type

MGMT

Color/State Meaning

Blinking green (slow) Normal operation

Blinking green (rapid) Switch is booting; power-on self test (POST) is in progress.

Blinking amber Power-on self test (POST) failed.

No external power is attached.

Off (FAN and PSU are also off.)

Off (FAN and PSU are lit.)

Switch is booting.



Table 43: Front Panel LEDs (continued)

Label or Type

FAN

PSU-1

Color/State

Steady green

Meaning

Normal operation

Blinking green (rapid) Power-on self test (POST) is in progress.

Blinking amber Failure

Off

Steady green

No power

Normal operation

PSU-2

Stack Management 1 – 4

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Failure

No power; no power supply present.

Normal operation

Failure

No power; no power supply present.





Left digit (1)



Ethernet Ports

1 – 24 or 1 – 48

Upper half blinking

Lower half blinking

Lit steadily

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Reserved for future use.




Link OK

Activity

No link; port is disabled.

Table 45: Management Port


Left LED Blinking green

Right LED

Off

Steady green

Off

Meaning

Activity

No link; 10/100-Mbps link

1-Gbps link

No link; 10/100-Mbps link


Label or Type

Stacking Port LED

(on installed VIM)

Color/State

Steady green

Blinking green

Meaning

Link OK

Activity



Table 46: Back Panel (continued)


XFP Port LED

(on installed VIM)

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Link OK

Activity

Port is disabled.


The Summit X650 series switches have 24 front-panel Ethernet ports that provide 10-gigabit Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10GBASE-T RJ-45 ports or installable SFP+ optical modules. The Summit X650 series switches include the following base models:

•


•




The rear panel of the switch requires an installed versatile interface module or VIM. The following table lists the types of VIM available for the Summit X650 series switch.

Table 47: Versatile Interface Modules for Summit X650 Series Switches

VIM Model Number of Ports Port Type More Information, Is on . . .

VIM1-SummitStack 2

4

20-Gbps stacking

1-Gbps SFP data

VIM1-SummitStack Versatile Interface

Module

VIM1-10G8X 2

8

VIM1-SummitStack512 4

VIM1-

SummitStack256

VIM3-40G4X

XGM3SB-4sf

2

4


20-Gbps stacking

10-Gbps SFP+ data

128-Gbps stacking

128-Gbps stacking

40-Gbps QSFP+ data

VIM1-10G8X Versatile Interface

Module

VIM1-SummitStack512 Versatile

Interface Module

VIM1-SummitStack256 Versatile

Interface Module

VIM3-40G4X Versatile Interface

Module

XGM3SB-4sf Port Option Card



The Summit X650 series switch must have an installed VIM; the switch will not operate correctly without one.

Note

The Summit X650 switches require VIM1 or VIM3 modules. Other VIM types that may appear to be mechanically compatible with the Summit X650 switches will not function if they are installed in these switches.

Cooling is provided by a replaceable fan module. Two power supply bays accommodate either AC or

DC power supplies.



•

Twenty-four fixed autosensing 1000/10000 BASE-T ports (ports 1–24) that provide high-density copper connectivity

•


•


•



.

•


Figure 104: Summit X650-24t Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X650-24t switch ( Figure 105: Summit X650-24t Rear Panel on page 104)

includes:

•

Installed VIM1 virtual interface module (VIM1-SummitStack shown) (see

Versatile Interface Modules for the Summit X650 Series Switches )

•


•



Power Supplies

)






•

Twenty-four ports that can use 10GBASE-X SFP+ optical modules. (Ports 1–24 can also be populated with 1000BASE-X SFP modules.)

For information about supported optical modules, see the latest version of the ExtremeXOS Release

Notes.

•


•

Console port

•



.

•


Figure 106: Summit X650-24x Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X650-24x switch (

Figure 107: Summit X650-24x Rear Panel on page

105) includes:

•

Installed VIM1 virtual interface module (VIM1-SummitStack shown) (see

Versatile Interface Modules for the Summit X650 Series Switches )

•


•



Power Supplies

)








MGMT Blinking green

Blinking amber

FAN

PSU-1

PSU-2

Stack 1 – 4

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Meaning

Normal operation

Power-on self test (POST) failed; diagnostic test in progress.


Normal operation

Failure

No power

Normal operation

Failure

No power

Normal operation

Failure

No power





Left digit (1)


Upper half blinking

Lower half blinking

Lit steadily

Meaning


Indicates the position of this switch in the

SummitStack configuration.






Table 49: 2-digit Stack number Indicator (continued)


Ethernet Ports

1 – 24

Steady green Link OK

Management Port

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green

Activity

Link OK

Activity


Label or Type

Stacking Port LED (on installed VIM1 module)

SFP/SFP+ port LED (on installed VIM1 module)

Color/State

Steady green

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green

Meaning

Link OK

Activity

Link OK

Activity


The Summit X670 series switches have 48 front-panel Ethernet ports that can provide 10-gigabit

Ethernet connectivity using copper ports or installable SFP+ optical modules.

The Summit X670 series switches have 48 front-panel Ethernet ports that provide 10-gigabit Ethernet connectivity using installable SFP+ optical modules. The Summit X670 series switches include the following base models:

•


•

Summit X670V-48x Switch

•

Summit X670V-48t Switch

Each base model is available with either front-to-back or back-to-front cooling. There is no operational difference between these switch versions.

The Summit X670-48x and Summit 670V-48x have SFP+ ports support dual interface speeds of

Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet. SFP+ ports can accept both gigabit SFP and 10 gigabit SFP, and depending upon the pluggable optics you choose, SFP+ modules can work in both modes.

The Summit X670V-48t has 10G BASE-T copper ports. The switch also has fiber combo ports that support dual interface speeds of Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet.



The X670-48x and X670V-48x models are equipped with a motion sensor. A motion sensor on the front of the switch allows you to control the power to the port LEDs. When the motion sensor is


Summit Family Switches enabled, the port LEDs are turned off if motion is not detected during a specified amount of time.

When motion is detected, the port LEDs are turned back on. You can adjust how long the LEDs stay lit after motion is detected. When the motion sensor is disabled, the port LEDs are always on.

Note

The X670V-48t switch does not have a motion sensor.

The rear panel of the Summit X670V-48t and the X670V-48x switches provides a slot for an installed option card called a versatile interface module or VIM. The VIM4-40G4X (Part No. 17122) module adds four QSFP+-based 40-Gbps ports to the Summit X670V series switches.

Note

Only VIM4 modules are compatible with the Summit X670 series switches. Other VIM types that may appear to be mechanically compatible with the Summit X670 series switches will not function if they are installed in these switches.

Switch cooling is provided by three replaceable fan modules. Fan modules are available in two different models that direct the airflow either from front to back or from back to front. All five installed fan modules must be of the same model, so that they all direct the airflow in the same direction. Two power supply bays accommodate either AC or DC power supplies. Power supplies have integrated cooling fans that operate independently of the switch fans. Like the fan modules, the power supplies are available in models with either front-to-back or back-to-front cooling airflow.

Note

Air must flow in the same direction for all installed fan modules and power supplies in a switch.



•

Forty-eight unpopulated optical ports that can accommodate 10GBASE-X SFP+ or 1000BASE-X

SFP optical modules to provide high-density fiber connectivity

For information about SFP+ and SFP optical modules, see the Extreme Networks Pluggable

Interface Modules Installation Guide.

•

10/100/1000-Mbps management port

•


•

USB port for access to external storage

•

Motion sensor

•

Grounding stud

•



.

•




Figure 108: Summit X670-48x Front Panel

The rear panel of the Summit X670-48x switch (

Figure 109: Summit X670-48x Rear Panel on page

108) includes:

•

Three replaceable fan modules

•



Power Supplies and Summit 550-Watt AC and DC Power Supplies

)


Summit X670V-48x switch

The front panel of the Summit X670V-48x switch includes:

•

Forty-eight unpopulated optical ports that can accommodate 10GBASE-X SFP+ or 1000BASE-X

SFP optical modules to provide high-density fiber connectivity



•


•


•


•

Motion sensor

•

Grounding stud

•



.

•




Figure 110: Summit X670V-48x Front Panel


•

Slot for a VIM4-40G4X versatile interface module (see VIM4-40G4X Versatile Interface Module for the Summit X670 Switch

)

•


•



Power Supplies and Summit 550-Watt AC and DC Power Supplies

)

Slot for VIM4 versatile interface module Fan trays

Two power supply

(PSU) slots

Figure 111: Summit X670V-48x Rear Panel

Summit X670V-48t switch

The front panel of the Summit X670V-48t switch includes:

•

Forty-four 100/1000/10000 BASE-T copper ports plus four combo ports of 10G BASE-X SFP+ and

10G BASE-T (1G/10G dual speed for the combo ports)



•


•


•


•

Grounding stud

•



.

•




4 5

3

1 2

Figure 112: Summit X670V-48t Front Panel

6

Table 51: Summit X670V-48t Front Panel


2 = Console port


4 = 10G BASE-T (100 Mbps/1G/10G Tri-speed) ports

5 = SFP+ ports

6 = Combination ports (1G/10G only)

The rear panel of the Summit X670-48t switch ( Figure 113: Summit X670V-48t Rear Panel on page 110)

includes:

•

Slot for a VIM4-40G4X versatile interface module (see VIM4-40G4X Versatile Interface Module for the Summit X670 Switch

)

•


•



Power Supplies

)

Slot for VIM4 versatile interface module

Two power supply

(PSU) slots

Figure 113: Summit X670V-48t Rear Panel





M (Management) Steady green

Blinking green

Blinking amber

Off

Meaning

Power-on self test (POST) has finished. This is normal operation.

POST in progress.

POST failed.




Table 52: Front Panel LEDs (continued)


FAN

1, 2, 3

P1, P2

(Power Supply)

Stack 1 – 4

MD

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Steady amber

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking green (other switch

LEDs are also lit)

Blinking amber (other switch

LEDs are off)

Off

Meaning

Normal operation.

Failure.

No power.

Normal operation.


Power failure.




The motion detector feature is enabled. This LED stays lit if the motion detector feature shuts down the other LEDs on the switch.

Motion has been detected. The green blinking continues for a few seconds, and then the MD LED lights steady green.

Motion has been detected. The motion detector feature turns on the other switch LEDs. The amber blinking continues for a few seconds, and then the

MD LED lights steady green.

The motion detector feature is disabled.


Label or Type

Left digit (1)


Color/State Meaning



Ethernet Ports

1 – 48

Management Port

Upper half blinking

Lower half blinking

Lit steadily

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Steady green

Blinking green




Link OK

Activity

No link or port disabled.

Link OK

Activity




Label or Type

QSFP+ port LED (on installed VIM3 module)

Color/State

Steady green

Blinking green

Meaning

Link OK

Activity


The Summit X770 series switches have 32 front-panel Ethernet ports that can provide 40-gigabit

Ethernet connectivity using installable QSFP+ optical modules. The ports can operate in 40-gigabit mode, or with appropriate optical modules can be divided into 10-gigabit data lanes. Both Native

Stacking and Alternate Stacking is supported using the front panel-ports. For details on port data capacity and numbering, see

Summit X770-32q switch

on page 112.

The Summit X770 provides latency less than 600 nanoseconds and supports cut-through switching to help optimize high frequency trading applications as well as latency sensitive cluster computing.

Each base model is available with either front-to-back or back-to-front cooling. There is no operational difference between these switch versions.

A serial console port on the front panel of the Summit X770-32q series switch allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configuration. The

Ethernet management port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds. There is also a USB port.

The X770 also supports Boundary Clock (BC), Transparent Clock (TC), and Ordinary Clock (OC) protocols for synchronizing phase and frequency, and allowing the network and the connected devices to be synchronized down to microseconds of accuracy over Ethernet connections.

Switch cooling is provided by five hot-swappable fan modules providing N+1 redundancy. Fan modules are available in two different models that direct the airflow either from front to back or from back to front. All five installed fan modules must be of the same model, so that they all direct the airflow in the same direction. Two power supply bays accommodate either AC or DC power supplies. Power supplies have integrated cooling fans that operate independently of the switch fans. Like the fan modules, the power supplies are available in models with either front-to-back or back-to-front cooling airflow.

Note

Air must flow in the same direction for all installed fan modules and power supplies in a switch.


The front panel of the Summit X770-32q switch includes:

•

32 40-Gigabit Ethernet ports capable of supporting passive copper QSFP+, and active fiber QSFP+.

With quad fan out SFP+ cables, the QSFP+ ports can be divided 10-gigabit data lanes (24 of the


Summit Family Switches ports can be divided into four 10-gigabit data lanes, and the remaining eight ports can be used as single 10-gigabit data lanes) for a total of 104 10-Gigabit ports as shown in the following figure:

1

1

9

9

12 17

17

20 25

25

28 33

33 41

36 41

45 46 47 48

44 49

50

49

51

52

51 53 61 69 77 85 93 10 1

53

57 58 59 60

56 61

65 66 67 68

64 69

73 74 75 76

72 77

81 82 83 84

80 85

89 90 91 92

88 93

97 98 99 100

96 101

102

10 3

103

104

5 13

X770-32 -q

21 29 37 45 50 52 57 65 73 81 89 97 10 2 10 4

2

1-4

9

9-12

12 17

17-

20

20 25

25-

28

28 33

33-

36

41-

44

36 41

45 46 47 48

44 49

50

49

51

52

51 53-

56

61-

64

69-

72

77-

80

85-

88

93-

96

53

57 58 59 60

56 61

65 66 67 68

64 69

73 74 75 76

72 77

81 82 83 84

80 85

89 90 91 92

88 93 96

97 98 99 100

10 1

101

102

10 3

103

104

5-8 13-

16

X770-32 -q

21-

24

29-

32

37-

40

45-

48

50 52 57-

60

65-

68

Figure 114: X770 Port Number for 10G mode and 40G Mode

73-

76

81-

84

89-

92

97-

10 0

10 2 10 4

Table 55: X770-32q 40G and 10G Port Numbering

1 = 40G mode (32 ports) 2 = 10G mode (104 ports)

For information about QSFP+ optical modules, see the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface

Modules Installation Guide.

•

Groups of two or four ports configurable to be stacking ports as shown in the following table:

Table 56: X770 Stacking Method and Ports

Stacking Method Ports

SummitStack-V

SummitStack-V160

103 and 104

103 and 104

SummitStack-V-320 101 and 103, 102 and 104

Note

When ports are used for stacking they are not available for normal ethernet connectivity.

For information about stacking, see Building Stacks on page 164

•

10/100/1000-Mbps management port.

•

USB port for access to external storage.

•

RJ-45 RS-232c serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.



•

LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions..


on page 114

•


4

1

3

9 12 17 20 25 28 33 36 41

45 46 47 48

44 49

50

51

52

53

57 58 59 60

56 61

65 66 67 68

64 69

73 74 75 76

72 77

81 82 83 84

80 85

89 90 91 92

88 93 96

97 98 99 100

101

102

103

104

X770-32 -q

2 5

6

Table 57: Summit X770-32q Front Panel

1 = USB port


3 = Management port

4 = 40G/10G QSFP+ Ethernet ports

5 = Console port

6 = Stacking ports

The rear panel of the Summit X770-32q switch (



•

Five replaceable fan modules

•



Power Supplies

)

•

Two mini-BNC connectors labeled OUT for connecting a Building Integrated Timing Supply (BITS) or GPS timing source:

•

1 PPS frame output

•

10 MHz output

1

2

3

Table 58: Summit X770-32q Rear Panel

1 = Fan modules

2 = Power supply

3 = mini-BNC connectors







M (Management) Steady green

FAN

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

P1, P2

(Power Supply)

Ethernet Ports 40G mode 1,

5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37,

41, 45, 49, 50 51, 52, 53, 57,

61, 65, 69, 73, 77, 81, 85, 89,

93, 97, 101, 102, 103, 104

Ethernet Ports 10G mode

1-104

Blinking green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Blinking amber

Off

Steady green

Steady amber

Blinking amber

Off

Steady blue

Blinking blue

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off

Meaning

Power-on self test (POST) has finished. This is normal operation.

POST in progress.

POST failed.


Normal operation.

Failure.

No power.

Normal operation.


Power failure.


Link OK.

Activity on the indicated port.


Link OK

Activity on the indicated port

No 10G link or port disabled.

Table 60: 2-digit Stack Number Indicator

Label or Type

Left digit (1)


Color/State Meaning



Upper half blinking

Lower half blinking



Stacking Ports 40G mode

(V160 and V320 stacking) ports 101, 102, 103, and 104

Stacking Ports 10G mode

(Alternate stacking) ports

103 and 104

Lit steadily

Steady blue

Blinking blue

Off

Steady green

Blinking green

Off


Link OK

Activity


Link OK

Activity

No link or port disabled



Pluggable Interfaces for Summit Family Switches

Many Summit family switches include ports that are compatible with a variety of optical modules, including SFP, SFP+, QSFP+, and XFP modules. Extreme Networks optical modules are tested to work in all supported Extreme Networks devices. We recommend that all customers use Extreme Networks optical modules in their Extreme Networks devices. Extreme Networks assumes no liability for thirdparty optical modules. Although Extreme Networks does not block third-party optical modules, we cannot ensure that all third-party optical modules operate properly in all Extreme Networks devices.

The customer assumes all risks associated with using third-party optical modules in Extreme Networks devices.


2

Summit Power Supplies

Power supply overview


Summit Replaceable Internal Power Supplies

This section contains the following subsections:

•


•

External power supplies

•

Summit replaceable internal power supplies


Summit family switches are shipped with an internal power supply (replaceable on the Summit X460,

X480, X650, and X670 series switches) that supplies all of the power needed for most switch operation.

An optional redundant power supply can be added to most Summit models to protect against a power supply failure and to provide increased support for PoE operation on applicable switches.

The following Summit switch series use external power supplies for redundancy:

•

Summit X150 series

•

Summit X250e series

•

Summit X350 series

•

Summit X440 series

•

Summit X450 series

•

Summit X450a series

•

Summit X450e series

The following Summit switch series provide power redundancy by installing a second replaceable power supply:

•

Summit X460 series

•

Summit X480 series

•

Summit X650 series

•

Summit X670 series


The following table lists the compatible power supply models for the Summit family switches that use external power supplies for redundancy.

Summit Power Supplies


Table 61: Summit X150 Series Switches

Switch Model Compatible EPS

Summit X150-24t EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T

Summit X150-24x

Summit X150-24p

Summit X150-48t

EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T

EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit


Model Number

EPS-160: 10907

EPS-T: 10906

EPS-160: 10907

EPS-T: 10906

10911

EPS-160: 10907

EPS-T: 10906

Table 62: Summit X250e Series Switches

Switch Model

Summit X250e-24t

Summit X250e-24p

Summit X250e-24x

Summit X250e-48t

Summit X250e-48p

Compatible EPS




Model Number

EPS-160: 10907

EPS-T: 10906

10911

EPS-160: 10907

EPS-T: 10906


EPS-600LS External Power Module with EPS C chassis or

Summit 750 W Power Supply with EPS-C2 chassis

EPS-160: 10907

EPS-T: 10906

EPS-600LS: 10913

EPS-C: 10912

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931



Summit X350-24t EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit

Summit X350-48x EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit



Summit X450-24t EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T

Summit X450-24x EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T

Model Number

10911

10911

Model Number

EPS-160: 10907

EPS-T: 10906

EPS-160: 10907

EPS-T: 10906





Summit X440-24t Summit 750 W Power Supply with EPS-C2 chassis

Summit X440-L2-24t

Summit X440-24p

Summit X440-24t-10G

Summit X440-24p-10G

Summit X440-48t

Summit X440-L2-48t

Summit X440-48p

Summit X440-48t-10G

Summit X440-48p-10G










Model Number

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

Table 66: Summit X450a Series Switches


Summit X450a-24t

Summit X450a-24tDC

EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit


EPS-150DC External Power Module with EPS-T2

Summit X450a-24x

Summit X450a-24xDC

Summit X450a-48t



EPS-150DC External Power Module with EPS-T2


Model Number

45019

10911

EPS-150DC: 10909

EPS-T2: 10910

45019

10911

EPS-150DC: 10909

EPS-T2: 10910

10911

Table 67: Summit X450e Series Switches


Summit X450e-24p EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit


Model Number

45019

10911



Table 67: Summit X450e Series Switches (continued)


Summit X450e-48p EPS-600LS External Power Module with EPS C chassis or


Summit X450e-24t

Summit X450e-48t



Model Number

EPS-600LS: 10913

EPS-C: 10912

EPS-C2: 10936

Power supply: 10931

10911

10911

Note

The Summit switches listed in each section of this chapter run ExtremeXOS software. For information about compatible switches running ExtremeWare

®

software, refer to the

Consolidated “i” and “e” Series Hardware Installation Guide.

EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)

The EPS-160 External Power Module (Model 10907) is a modular power supply for use with the EPS-T chassis.

You can use the EPS-160 as a redundant power supply with the following Extreme Networks switches:

•


•

Summit X150-24x switch

•


•

Summit X250e-24t switch

•

Summit X250e-24x switch

•


•


•


The EPS-T is a rack-mountable chassis or tray that holds one or two EPS-160 power supplies. Each

EPS-160 power supply provides one-to-one redundancy for an attached Extreme Networks switch.

You can order the EPS-T chassis with one or two EPS-160 power supplies already installed. You can also order an additional power supply from your Extreme Networks reseller.

The front of the EPS-160 unit has a green LED to indicate operating status, as explained in the table below.



Table 68: EPS-160 LED Indications

Power LED Meaning

Green, solid The external power supply is operating normally.

Off The external power supply is not connected.

Note

An AC power input cord is not provided; you can order an appropriate cord from Extreme

Networks or from your local supplier. The power cord must meet the requirements listed in

Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies

.

Each EPS-160 power supply is shipped with a special redundant power supply cord.

Figure 115: EPS-160 Redundant Power Cord Connector


You can use the Extreme Networks EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit (Model 45019) as a redundant power supply with the following Extreme Networks switches:

•

Summit X450a-24t switch

•

Summit X450e-24p switch

When attached to the Summit X450e-24p switch, the EPS-LD provides 465 W total power with 375 W dedicated for PoE applications.

The front of the EPS-LD has a green LED to indicate operating status as shown in the following table:

Power LED

Green, solid

Off

Meaning

The external power supply is operating normally.

The external power supply is not connected.

Note




.




Collin's

ES4K027

Figure 116: EPS-LD Redundant Power Cord Connector


The Extreme Networks EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit (Model 10911) provides additional power to compatible Power over Ethernet (PoE) switches and other Extreme switches. You can use the

EPS-500 power supply as a redundant power supply with the following Extreme Networks switches:

•

Summit X150-24p switch

•


•


•


•


•

Summit X450a-24x switch

•


•


•


•


The EPS-500 power supply provides up to 500 W of total power and up to 375 W of power dedicated to PoE applications. When this power supply is used with one of the listed Summit switches, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch.

The front of the EPS-500 has a green LED to indicate operating status as shown in the following table.

Power LED

Green, solid

Off

Meaning

The external power supply is operating normally.

The external power supply is not connected.

Note




.




Figure 117: EPS-500 Redundant Power Cord Connector

EPS-600LS External Power Module

The EPS-600LS External Power Module (Model 10913) is a 600-watt redundant power supply unit that can be used with the following Extreme Networks switches:

•


•


You install one, two, or three EPS-600LS power modules in the EPS-C chassis (Model 10912) to build an external redundant power system for the Summit switch. A redundant power cable shipped with the

EPS-C chassis provides the connection between the external power system and the redundant power input connector on the back of the switch.

LEDs on the front panel of the EPS-C indicate operating status for the installed EPS-600LS modules as shown in the following table.

Label

DC Good

(PSU1, PSU2, and PSU3)

AC Good

(PSU1, PSU2, and PSU3)

Color and State

Green steady

Off

Green steady

Off

Meaning

Power supply is present and DC power is good.

No power.

Power supply is present and AC power is good.

No power.

Note

An AC power input cord is not provided with the EPS-600LS power module. You can order an appropriate cord from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The power cord must meet the requirements listed in


.

Each EPS-C chassis is shipped with a special redundant power supply cord for connection to the

Summit switch. Make sure that the EPS-C chassis is installed in the equipment rack before installing an

EPS-600LS power module.

PoE Redundant Power Configurations

The PoE capability of the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p varies depending on the number of external power modules in use.

The following table summarizes the PoE power behavior for the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch based on the number of power modules in use.



Table 69: POE Power Behavior

Internal Power

Supply Status

Internal Power

Supply:

Power On

Internal Power

Supply:

Power Failure

EPS-600LS (1x)



EPS-600LS (2x)




EPS-600LS (3x)

740 W of external power only with 2 + 1 redundancy




Chassis Failed/

Disconnected


No PoE power

Single 600-LS Module Configuration: Redundant PoE Power

A single EPS-600LS power module provides redundant PoE power capability with the same 370-watt capacity as the internal power supply.

The internal Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p power supply is capable of 370 W of PoE power: 15.4 W supplied to each port for a 24-port configuration and 7.7 W supplied to each port for a 48-port configuration.

•

If the internal power supply fails, the external power module will provide power to PoE devices at the same power levels as the internal power supply without any power interruptions.

•

If the EPS-600LS power module fails or is removed, the internal power supply continues to provide

PoE power without any power interruptions.

Dual 600-LS Module Configuration: Full Power

Two EPS-600LS power modules provide full power at 740 W; this power level allows 15.4 W of PoE power to all 48 ports.

In this full-power configuration, the internal power supply is disabled, and therefore redundant power is not available.

Triple 600-LS Module Configuration: Full Redundant Power

Three EPS-600LS power modules provide the full 740 W of power for 15.4 W of PoE power to all 48 ports.

In addition, this configuration provides 2:1 redundancy. If one of the EPS-600LS power modules fails, the third power module continues to provide uninterrupted full PoE power. The internal power supply is disabled in this configuration.

Internal-to-External Power Supply Transfer

This section describes the conditions that would cause the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch to draw power from the external power unit.



Internal Power Supply Failure with Single EPS-600LS Module

When an EPS-C with a single EPS-600LS is connected to the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch and the internal power supply fails, power is drawn from the EPS-600LS without power interruption to the PoE-connected devices.

Two or Three EPS-600LS Modules

When the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch detects that an EPS-C is connected and providing stable power from two or three EPS-600LS power modules, the PoE power budget is automatically recalculated to enable 740 W of PoE power. The internal power supply is disabled to prevent damage from excessive current demands beyond the capabilities of the internal power supply.

External-to-Internal Power Supply Transfer

This section describes what happens if power from an external power module either fails or is disconnected.

Active Internal Power Supply with Single 600-LS Module Failure

When an EPS-C with a single EPS-600LS module is connected to the Summit X450e-48p or

X250e-48p switch and the EPS-600LS fails or is disconnected, power is drawn from the internal power supply without power interruption to the PoE-connected devices.

Inactive Internal Power Supply with a Dual EPS-600LS Configuration and Module Failure

In an EPS-c chassis with two EPS-600-LS power modules, it is possible for one external power module to fail while the second power module continues to function. If one EPS-600LS fails, the PoE power budget is automatically reduced to 370 W for the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch. PoE port power management occurs as described in the Power over Ethernet section of the ExtremeXOS

Concepts Guide. With only a single operating power module, the remaining EPS-600LS behaves as a redundant power module. The internal power supply is returned to an active state to provide redundant capability.

If both external power modules fail or are disconnected, PoE power is interrupted while transferring

PoE power back to the internal power supply. The internal power supply is then limited to 370 W of

PoE power. The PoE power budget is automatically adjusted accordingly. Power management will occur as described in the Power over Ethernet section of the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

Disconnect the EPS-C/EPS-600LS

To manually disconnect an EPS-C or to remove the EPS-600LS modules, the recommended practice is to disconnect the EPS-600LS modules one at a time, pausing two seconds after each EPS-600LS disconnect.

This enables a graceful power transition from the external power supplies to the internal power supply.

Example: Two active EPS-600LS modules in an EPS-C

1 Unplug one EPS-600LS unit from its power source.

PoE power is automatically reduced to 370 watts and the internal switch power supply is enabled, providing redundant 370 watt PoE power.

2 Wait at least two seconds before disconnecting the remaining EPS-600LS unit.



3 Unplug the second EPS-600LS unit from its power source.

The internal power supply is already enabled and provides uninterrupted 370 watts of PoE power.

Note

After an EPS-600LS unit is disconnected from its power source, it may be removed from

the EPS-C. See Remove an EPS-600LS Power Module

for disconnection and removal instructions.

4 Disconnect the EPS-C from the switch.

EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)

The EPS-150DC External Power Module (Model 10909) is a modular power supply for use in the EPS-T2

External Power System Tray.

You can use the EPS-150DC as a redundant power supply with the following Extreme Networks switches:

•

Summit X250e-24tDC switch

•

Summit X250e-24xDC switch

•


•

Summit X450a-24tDC switch

•

Summit X450a-24xDC switch

•


When this power supply is used with one of the listed Summit switches, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch.

The EPS-T2 is a rack-mountable chassis or tray that holds one or two EPS-150DC power supplies. Each

EPS-150DC provides one-to-one redundancy to an attached Extreme switch. You must install the

EPS-150DC power supply in the EPS-T2 tray.

The front panel of the EPS-150DC unit has a green LED to indicate operating status as shown in the following table.

Power LED

Green, solid

Off

Meaning

The external power module is operating normally.

The external power module is not connected.

Note

For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in restricted access locations (dedicated equipment rooms, equipment closets, or the like) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Each EPS-150DC power supply is shipped with a special redundant power supply cord.



Figure 118: EPS-150DC Redundant Power Cord Connector

EPS-C2 Redundant Power System

The EPS-C2 is an external power supply system that supplies redundant power to Summit switches.

It is a standalone unit that can be rack mounted in a regular 19-inch rack system. The EPS-C2 can be populated with up to three Summit 750W PoE AC PSUs (power supply units) to provide a total redundant power budget of up to 2040W. The redundant power supply system can connect up to five

Summit X440s to actively provide power to all five if needed.

The EPS-C2 redundant power system consists of the EPS-C2 chassis (Model 10936) plus one, two, or three installed Summit 750 W AC power supplies (Model 10931). For more information about the 750 W

AC power supply including LED meanings, see Summit 750-Watt AC Power Supply

.

The EPS-C2 system is compatible with the following Extreme Networks switches:

•


•

Summit X440-24t-10G switch

•


•

Summit X440-24p-10G switch

•


•


•


•


•


•


The EPS-C2 system provides redundant power for up to five Summit X440 series switches or for a single Summit X450e-48p or Summit X250e-48p switch. Redundant power connectors on the rear panel of the EPS-C2 chassis are specific to the supported switch type; a selection switch toggles between the connector type. There are five 2x7 connectors used for the Summit X440 switches, and one 2x9 connector for the other Summit switches.

The 750W AC PoE PSU used on the EPS-C2 has two power rails: 12V and PoE. These two power rails are independent. If the PoE rail overloads, it will shut down all PoE but the 12V rail will continue to function. If the 12V rail overloads, the 12V shuts down and the PoE rail will continue to function.

One redundant 2x7 power cable is shipped with the EPS-C2 chassis to provide the connection between the external power system and the redundant power input connector on the back of a switch.

Additional redundant power cables are available from Extreme Networks.



The following table lists the power capability in watts of the EPS-C2 based on the number of installed

PSUs. Check the power requirements of your switches to determine how many PSUs you need to install into the EPS-C2 chassis.

1 PSU

2 PSU

3 PSU

12V Power (W)

300

600

900

PoE Power (W)

380

760

1140

EPS-C2 2x7 connector and 2x9 connector

2x7 connector

The following subsections describe the differences in how the EPS-C2 delivers power to the 2x7 connector and 2x9 connector.

The 2x7 connector is compatible with Summit X440 switches. Using the 2x7 connector, the EPS-C2 provides redundant PoE power at the same level no matter how many PSUs are installed. That is, if there are one, two, or three PSUs installed into the EPS-C2, the EPS-C2 will provide redundant PoE power capability at the same 380 watts capacity as the internal power supply of the connected Summit

X440 series switches. The PoE power supplied does not increase more than 380 watts even if additional PSUs are installed.

Internal-to-External Power Supply Transfer

When a EPS-C2 is connected to the Summit X440 switch and the internal power supply fails, power is drawn from the EPS-C2 without power interruption to the switch or PoE connected devices.

External-to-Internal Power Supply Transfer

When a EPS-C2 is connected to the Summit X440 switch and the EPS-C2 fails or is disconnected, power is drawn from the internal power supply without interruption to the switch or PoE connected devices.

2x9 connector

The 2x9 connector is compatible with the Summit X450e-48p or Summit X250e-48p switch. Unlike the function on the 2x7 connector, the PoE capability of the EPS-C2 using the 2x9 connector for the

Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p varies depending on the number of PSUs installed in the EPS-C2.

The following table summarizes the PoE power provided using the 2x9 connector to a Summit

X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch based on the number of installed PSUs.

Warning

The 2x9 cable is not hot-pluggable. Do not attach a powered EPS-C2 to any Summit switch using the 2x9 connector. See

Installing an EPS-C2 Chassis for installation instructions.



Switch Internal

Power Supply

Status

Power On

Power Failure

One installed

750W PoE PSU





Two installed 750W

PoE PSU


Three installed 750W

PoE PSU





Chassis Failed/

Disconnected


No PoE power

Single 750W PoE PSU Configuration: Redundant PoE Power

A single 750W PoE PSU provides redundant PoE power capability with the same 370-watt capacity as the internal power supply. The internal Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p power supply is capable of

370 Watts of PoE power: 15.4 Watts supplied to each port for a 24-port configuration and 7.7 Watts supplied to each port for a 48-port configuration.

If the internal power supply fails, the external power module will provide power to the switch and PoE devices at the same power levels as the internal power supply without any power interruptions.

If the 750W PoE PSU fails or is removed, the internal power supply of the switch continues to provide

PoE power without any power interruptions.

Dual 750W PoE PSUs Configuration: Full Power

Two 750W PoE PSUs provide full power at 740 Watts; this power level allows 15.4 Watts of PoE power to all 48 ports. In this full-power configuration, the internal power supply is disabled, and therefore redundant power is not available.

Triple 750W PoE PSUs Configuration: Full Redundant Power

Three 750W PoE PSUs provide the full 740 Watts of power for 15.4 Watts of PoE power to all 48 ports.

In addition, this configuration provides 2:1 redundancy. If one of the 750W PoE PSU fails, the third power module continues to provide uninterrupted full PoE power. The internal power supply of the switch is disabled in this configuration.

For information on installing the EPS-C2, see Installing an EPS-C2 Chassis .

Each EPS-C2 power supply is shipped with a special redundant power supply cord.

Figure 119: EPS-C2 2x7 Pin Redundant Power Cable



Summit Replaceable Internal Power Supplies

The Summit X460, X480, X650, and X670, and X770 series switches have two bays for installing one or two Extreme Networks AC or DC power supplies.

In a redundant power configuration, both power supplies are fully fault-tolerant and load-sharing. You can remove one power supply without interrupting switch operation.

Specific switch series and models are compatible with different power supply models, as shown in the following table:

Table 70: Summit Replaceable Internal Power Supply Compatibility

Power Supply Model

Summit Switch Model 300 W AC

(10930)

300 W DC

(10933)

300 W DC

(10934A)

Yes

450 W AC

(10917)

450 W DC

(10918)

550 W AC-FB

(10925)

550 W DC-FB

(10926)

550 W AC-BF

(10927)

550 W DC-BF

(10928)

750 W AC

(10931)

850 W AC

(10914)

850 W DC

(10915)

Summit X460-24t

Summit X460-48t

Summit X460-24x

Summit X460-48x

Summit X460-24p

Summit X460-48p

Summit X480 series

Summit X650 series*

Summit X670-48x-FB

Summit X670V-48x-FB

Summit X670-48x-BF

Summit X670V-48x-BF

Yes

Yes Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes*

Summit X770-32q-FB

Summit X770-32q-BF

Yes

Yes

* Extreme networks does not recommend combining an AC and DC power supply in the same Summit X650 series switch.

Note

An AC power input cord is not provided with a Summit AC power supply. You can order an appropriate cord from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The power cord must

meet the requirements listed in Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC

Power Supplies

.

Summit 300-Watt AC and DC Power Supplies

The following 300 W power supplies are available:

•

Summit 300W AC power supply (Model 10930)



•

Summit 300W DC power supply (Model 10933)

•

Summit 300W DC power supply (Model 10934A)

The Summit 300 W power supplies (AC and DC) have the status LEDs listed in the following table.

Off

Off

On

On

On

Table 71: Summit 300 W LED Status Indications

LED Label and Color Meaning

In OK

Green

Out DC OK

Green/red bicolor

On

Off

Steady red

Off

Steady red

Flashing green and red

Steady green

No input power

No input power; receiving standby output from system.

Input good; 12 V output is disabled. Standby output is ON.

Input good; fault in 12 V output.

Input good, 12 V output good.

Power supply alert: power supply is likely to fail because of a developing fault, such as abnormal thermal conditions or poor fan performance.

Input good; DC outputs good.


The following Summit 450 W power supplies are available:

•

Summit 450 W AC power supply (Model 10917)

•

Summit 450 W DC power supply (Model 10918)

The Summit 450 W power supplies have the status LEDs listed in the following table.


Position Color and State Meaning

Top

Middle

Steady Green +3.3VSB ok; 12 V ok; power supply is working properly.

Steady Amber Fault condition (for example, 3.3VSB OCP/UCP, 12V OCP/UCP, or fan failure).

Bottom Steady Green Power supply is connected to power.

If the cord is connected and this LED is off, the power supply is defective.


Summit 550 W power supplies are available in the following models:

•

550 W AC PSU-FB (Model 10925)—AC power supply with front-to-back ventilation airflow

•

550 W DC PSU-FB (Model 10926)—DC power supply with front-to-back ventilation airflow

•

550 W AC PSU-BF (Model 10927)—AC power supply with back-to-front ventilation airflow

•

550 W DC PSU-BF (Model 10928)—DC power supply with back-to-front ventilation airflow



These power supplies are compatible with Summit X670 switch models that have the same airflow direction as the power supply. In a redundant power configuration, the airflow direction must be the same for both power supplies, and it must match the airflow direction of the fans in the switch.

The Summit 550 W power supplies have the status LEDs listed in the following table.


Position Color and State Meaning

Top Steady Green +3.3VSB ok; 12 V ok; power supply is working properly.

Middle

Bottom

Steady Amber Fault condition (for example, 3.3VSB OCP/UCP, 12V OCP/UCP, or fan failure).

Steady Green Power supply is connected to power.

If the cord is connected and this LED is off, the power supply is defective.

Summit 750-Watt AC Power Supply

The Summit 750 W AC power supply (Model 10931) is available for PoE models of the Summit X460 series switches.

This power supply is also used in the EPS-C2 external power system (see

EPS-C2 Redundant Power

System

). Each installed Summit 750 W AC power supply can provide up to 380 Watts of PoE power budget.

The Summit 750 W AC power supply has the status LEDs listed in the following table.


Label and Color State Meaning

AC OK

Green

DC OK

Green

ALM

Red

Off

On

Off

Blinking

On

Off

Blinking

On

No AC input

AC input is good.

Both DC outputs (55 V and 12 V) are bad or not enabled.

One output is enabled and good; the second output is bad or not enabled.

Both the 55 V and 12 V outputs are enabled and good.

No fault condition exists.

Power supply alert: power supply is likely to fail because of a developing fault, such as abnormal thermal conditions or poor fan performance.

or

One output (55 V or 12 V) is bad.

Both outputs (55 V and 12 V) are bad.

Power supply is receiving 3.3 VSB from the system. (AC OK and DC OK are off.)

Thermal shutdown, fan failure, or any fault condition when both 55 V and 12 V are turned OFF.


The following 850-watt power supplies are available:



•


•

Summit 850 W DC power supply (Model 10915)

These power supplies are compatible with the Summit X650 series switches.

Note

Extreme Networks does not recommended using the Summit 850 W DC power supply in combination with a Summit 850 W AC power supply in the same Summit X650 series switch.

The Summit 850 W AC and DC power supplies have the status LED described in the following table.


Color and State Meaning

Blinking green

Steady green

Blinking red

Steady red

AC in; no output

Normal operation

Output error

Critical error


3

Summit Option Cards and Versatile

Interface Modules

Overview






Versatile Interface Modules for the Summit X650 Series Switches


Optional Ports for the Summit X460 Series Switches

VIM4-40G4X Versatile Interface Module for the Summit X670 Switch

This section describes port option cards, versatile interface modules (VIMs), and stacking modules that are available for use with Summit family switches.

These option cards add 10-Gbps copper or fiber I/O ports or high-performance stacking ports to the back panel of compatible switches.

Overview

Summit port option cards, versatile interface modules, or stacking modules are installed in dedicated slots at the back of the switch to provide optional I/O ports or stacking ports. The option slot is covered by a blank panel if no card or module is installed.

The following table lists the types of Summit port option cards, VIMs, and stacking modules and their compatible Summit switch series.

Summit Option Cards and Versatile Interface Modules

Table 76: Summit Card, VIM, and Module Compatibility

Card or

Module

Type

Name No. of

Ports

Type of Ports

2 XENPAK optical I/O ports 10-Gbps

I/O Port

XGM series

XGM-2xn

XGM2-2xn

XGM2-2xf

XGM2-2sf

XGM2-2bt

2

2

2

2

Compatible Switch Series

Summit X450

XENPAK optical I/O ports

XFP optical I/O ports

Summit X450a, X450e

Summit X350, X450a, X450e

SFP+ optical I/O ports Summit X350, X450a, X450e

10GBASE-T copper I/O ports Summit X350, X450a, X450e

XGM3-2sf

XGM3S-2sf

2

2

Summit X460 (slot A)


VIM1

VIM2

Stacking

Module

XGM3S-2xf

XGM3SB-4sf

2

4

VIM1-SummitStack

VIM1-10G8X

VIM1-SummitStack512

VIM1-SummitStack256

VIM2-SummitStack

VIM2-10G4X

VIM2-SummitStack128 2

VIM2-SummitStack-V80 2

2

4

4

2

2

8

2

4

SummitStack 2

SFP+ optical I/O ports

SFP+ optical I/O ports with Sync-E

XFP optical I/O ports with Sync-E

SFP+ optical I/O ports with Sync-E

20-Gbps stacking ports

1-Gbps SFP I/O ports


10-Gbps SFP+ I/O ports




10-Gbps XFP I/O ports


40-Gbps QSFP+ stacking ports



Summit X460 (slot B)

Summit X650

Summit X650

Summit X650

Summit X650

Summit X650

Summit X650

Summit X480

Summit X480

Summit X480

Summit X480


VIM3

VIM4

SummitStack-V80

VIM3-40G4X

VIM4-40G4X

2

4

4





Summit X480, X650



The Summit XGM-2xn option card allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules to the following switches:

•

Summit X450-24x switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.2.0 (or later)



•

Summit X450-24t switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.2.0 (or later)

For current information about compatible XENPAK modules and the minimum required software, refer to the most recent version of the ExtremeXOS Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix.

For more information about XENPAK modules, refer to the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface

Modules Installation Guide.

Note

The ExtremeXOS software also recognizes standards-based CX-4 XENPAKs; contact your

CX-4 module vendor to obtain these.

Mixing ZR XENPAKs with Other Types

The following table lists the supported combinations of XENPAK types using ZR XENPAKs in a Summit

X450 series switch.

You can either install one ZR XENPAK and leave one slot empty or install one ZR XENPAK and one SR

XENPAK. The Summit X450 series switch does not support any other XENPAK combinations when a

ZR XENPAK module is installed. You must put the specified modules in the specified slots, as shown in the following table for the switch to discover the ZR XENPAK correctly.

Left Slot

ZR XENPAK

ZR XENPAK

Right Slot

Empty

SR XENPAK


The Summit XGM2-2xn option card allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules to the following switches:

•

Summit X350 series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.1.2 (or later). Summit X350 series switches do not support the LW XENPAK module in the XGM2-2xn card.

•

Summit X450a-24t switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)

•

Summit X450a-24tDC switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)

•

Summit X450a-24x switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)

•

Summit X450a-24xDC switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)

•


•

Summit X450e-24p switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)

•


•

Summit X450e-24t switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.5.1 (or later)

•




Figure 120: Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card

In Summit X450a and X450e series switches, the ports on the XGM2-2xn option card can be configured as alternate stacking ports in a SummitStack configuration that uses the SummitStack-V feature. For

more information about stacking Summit family switches, see Summit Family Switches .

For current information about compatible XENPAK modules and the minimum required software, refer to the most recent version of the ExtremeXOS Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix.

For information about XENPAK modules, refer to the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules

Installation Guide.

Note

Standards-based CX-4 XENPAKs are also recognized by ExtremeXOS; contact your CX-4 module vendor to obtain these.


The Summit XGM2-2xf option card allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules to the following switches:

•

Summit X350 series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.1.2 (or later)

•


•

Summit X450a-24tDC switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)

•

Summit X450a-24x switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)

•

Summit X450a-24xDC switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)

•


•


•


•


•


The following figure shows the Summit XGM2-2xf option card.



Figure 121: Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card

The ports on the XGM2-2xf option card can be configured as alternate stacking ports in a SummitStack configuration that uses the SummitStack-V feature. For more information about stacking Summit

family switches, see Summit Family Switches

.

For current information about compatible XFP modules and the minimum required software, refer to the most recent version of the ExtremeXOS Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix.

For more information about XFP modules, refer to the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules



•

Summit X350 series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later

•

Summit X450a series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later

•

Summit X450e-24p or X450e-48p switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later

•

Summit X450e-24t or X450e-48t switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.5.1 (or later)

In Summit X450a and X450e series switches, the ports on the XGM2-2sf option card can be configured as alternate stacking ports in a SummitStack configuration that uses the SummitStack-V feature. For


For current information about compatible SFP+ modules and the minimum required software, refer to the most recent version of the ExtremeXOS Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix.

For more information about SFP+ modules, refer to the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules



The XGM2-2bt option card allows you to add two fixed 10GBASE-T ports to the following switches:

•

Summit X350 series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later

•

Summit X450a series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later

•

Summit X450e-24p or X450e-48p switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later

•

Summit X450e-24t or X450e-48t switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.5.1 (or later)



In Summit X450a and X450e series switches, the ports on the XGM2-2bt option card can be configured as alternate stacking ports in a SummitStack configuration that uses the SummitStack-V feature. For


The 10GBASE-T standard (IEEE 802.3an) allows the use of standard CAT5E, CAT6, or CAT6A cable for connection to the XGM2-2bt ports (see the following table).

Table 77: Standard Cable Distances

Cable Type Maximum Distance

CAT5E

CAT6

CAT6A

55 meters

75 meters

100 meters


The back panel of the Summit X650 series switch has a replaceable VIM1 or VIM3 versatile interface module.

These modules provide dedicated high-speed stacking ports or Ethernet ports. For more information

about using the stacking ports, see Summit Family Switches

.

The following VIMs are available for the Summit X650 series switches:

•

VIM1-10G8X Virtual Interface Module

•

VIM1-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module

•

VIM1-SummitStack512 Versatile Interface Module

•


•

VIM3-40G4X Versatile Interface Module


The VIM1-10G8X versatile interface module provides eight cages for installed SFP or SFP+ optical modules.

In addition, the VIM1-10G8X module is compatible with the SFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable. For information about the supported optical modules, refer to the most recent version of the ExtremeXOS

Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix.

The VIM1-10G8X module also provides two high-performance stacking ports that allow you to combine multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity. The stacking ports on the VIM1-10G8X module are not shared with the front panel ports.

Ports 31 and 32 on the VIM1-10G8X module can be configured as alternate stacking ports in a

SummitStack configuration that uses the SummitStack-V feature. For more information about stacking

Summit family switches, see Summit Family Switches

.



Figure 122: VIM1-10G8X Versatile Interface Module


The VIM1-10G8X versatile interface module provides eight cages for installed SFP or SFP+ optical modules.

In addition, the VIM1-10G8X module is compatible with the SFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable. For information about the supported optical modules, refer to the most recent version of the ExtremeXOS

Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix.

The VIM1-10G8X module also provides two high-performance stacking ports that allow you to combine multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity. The stacking ports on the VIM1-10G8X module are not shared with the front panel ports.

Ports 31 and 32 on the VIM1-10G8X module can be configured as alternate stacking ports in a

SummitStack configuration that uses the SummitStack-V feature. For more information about stacking

Summit family switches, see Summit Family Switches

.



The VIM1-SummitStack512 versatile interface module provides four 128-Gbps stacking ports that are used to cross-connect two Summit X650 series switches.

Each switch must have an installed VIM1-SummitStack512 module. To connect these ports, you must use stacking cables with compatible connectors, available from Extreme Networks.

The VIM1-SummitStack512 module requires ExtremeXOS 12.3.3 software (or later) installed on the

Summit X650 series switch.



Figure 124: VIM1-SummitStack512 Versatile Interface Module


The VIM1-SummitStack256 versatile interface module provides two 128-Gbps SummitStack stacking ports.

To connect these ports, you must use stacking cables with compatible connectors, available from

Extreme Networks.

The VIM1-SummitStack256 module requires ExtremeXOS 12.4.1 software (or later) installed on the

Summit X650 series switch.



The VIM3-40G4X versatile interface module provides four unpopulated cages for QSFP+ optical modules or QSFP+ compatible direct-attach active or passive cables.

Ports S3 and S4 can be enabled as native stacking ports for the Summit X650 series switch.

Each physical port can be configured to operate as a single 40-Gbps port or as four 10-Gbps ports.

When the port operates in 40-Gbps mode, you can connect the port using either a QSFP+ direct-attach cable or an installed QSFP+ module and compatible fiber optic cable. When the port is configured to operate in 10-Gbps mode, you must connect it using a special 1-to-4 breakout fiber optic cable.

The VIM3-40G4X module requires ExtremeXOS 12.6.1 software (or later) installed on the Summit X650 series switch.




1 = QSFP+ port 2 = Port LEDs


A VIM2 or VIM3 versatile interface module can be installed in a dedicated slot at the back of the Summit

X480 series switch to provide high speed stacking ports or 10-Gbps Ethernet ports.


The VIM2-10G4X versatile interface module provides four 10-Gbps ports using XFP optical modules.

For information about the supported optical modules, refer to the most recent version of the

ExtremeXOS Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix.


The XFP ports are labeled S1, S2, S3, and S4. ExtremeXOS software assigns port numbers to the XFP ports based on the switch model in which the VIM2-10G4X module is installed (see the following table).

Table 78: Port Numbers for XFP Ports on the VIM2-10G4X Module

Port Label Summit X480-48t or Summit

X480-48xPort Number

Summit X480-24tPort Number

S1

S2

S3

S4

51

51

49

50

27

28

29

30



Ports S3 and S4 can be used as alternate stacking ports in a SummitStack configuration that uses the

SummitStack-V feature. For more information about stacking Summit family switches, see

Summit

Family Switches .

VIM2-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module

The VIM2-SummitStack module provides two high-performance stacking ports that allow you to combine multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity.

For more information about configuring and operating a SummitStack configuration, refer to the

ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide and the ExtremeXOS Command Reference Guide.

Figure 128: VIM2-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module


The VIM2-SummitStack128 versatile interface module provides two 64-Gbps SummitStack stacking ports.

To connect these ports, you must use stacking cables with compatible connectors, available from

Extreme Networks.


VIM2-SummitStack-V80 Versatile Interface Module

The VIM2-SummitStack-V80 versatile interface module provides two unpopulated cages for QSFP+ optical modules or QSFP+ compatible active or passive cables.

These ports support 20-Gbps bidirectional stacking connections.



Figure 130: VIM2-SummitStack-V80 Module


The VIM3-40G4X versatile interface module provides four unpopulated cages for QSFP+ optical modules or QSFP+ compatible direct-attach active or passive cables.

Ports 25 and 26 can be enabled as alternate stacking ports for the Summit X480 series switch.

Each physical port can be configured to operate as a single 40-Gbps port or as four 10-Gbps ports.

When the port operates in 40-Gbps mode, you can connect the port using either a QSFP+ direct-attach cable or an installed QSFP+ module and compatible fiber optic cable. When the port is configured to operate in 10-Gbps mode, you must connect it using a special 1-to-4 breakout fiber optic cable.

The VIM3-40G4X module requires ExtremeXOS 15.1.2 software (or later) installed on the Summit X480 series switch.



Optional Ports for the Summit X460 Series Switches

The rear panel of all Summit X460 switches provides slots to install the following:

•

XGM3-2sf port option card

•

XGM3S-2sf option card

•

XGM3S-2xf option card

•

Summit X460 series stacking module

•

XGM3SB-4sf option card



XGM3-2sf Port Option Card

The XGM3-2sf option card allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit SFP+ optical ports to slot A on the rear panel of a Summit X460 series switch.

The XGM3-2sf option card supports SFP+ optical modules and the SFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable.

The ports on the XGM3-2sf option card can be configured as alternate stacking ports in a SummitStack configuration that uses the SummitStack-V feature. For more information about stacking Summit

family switches, see Summit Family Switches

.

SFP+ ports

LEDs

Figure 132: XGM3-2sf Option Card

For current information about compatible SFP+ modules and the minimum required software, refer to the most recent version of the ExtremeXOS Hardware and Software Compatibility Matrix.

For more information about SFP+ modules, refer to the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interfaces

Hardware Installation Guide.

XGM3S-2sf Port Option Card

The XGM3S-2sf option card allows you to add one or two 10-Gigabit SFP+ optical ports to slot A on the rear panel of a Summit X460 series switch.

These ports support synchronous Ethernet (Sync-E). The XGM3S-2sf option card supports either SFP+ optical modules or the SFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable.

Figure 133: XGM3S-2sf Option Card

1 = SFP+ ports 2 = LEDs



XGM3S-2xf Port Option Card

The XGM3S-2xf option card allows you to add one or two 10-Gigabit XFP optical ports to Slot A on the rear panel of the Summit X460 series switch.

These ports support synchronous Ethernet (Sync-E).

Figure 134: XGM3S-2xf Option Card

1 = XFP ports 2 = LEDs

Summit X460 Series Stacking Modules

Summit X460 series stacking modules allow you to add two high-performance SummitStack ports to slot B on the rear panel of a Summit X460 series switch.

These ports allow you to combine multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity, using stacking cables that are available from Extreme Networks.

Two stacking modules are available for the Summit X460 series switches (see

Figure 135: Summit X460

Series Stacking Modules

on page 146 ):

•


Provides two integrated 20-Gbps bidirectional stacking ports for stacking connections using

Extreme Networks SummitStack cables.

•


Provides two unpopulated cages for QSFP+ optical modules or QSFP+ compatible active or passive cables. These ports support 20-Gbps bidirectional stacking connections.

LED

LED

Stacking ports

Figure 135: Summit X460 Series Stacking Modules



SummitStack

Module

SummitStack-V80

Module

XGM3SB-4sf Port Option Card

The XGM3SB-4sf option card allows you to add up to four 10-Gigabit SFP+ optical ports to Slot B on the rear panel of the Summit X460 series switch.

These ports support synchronous Ethernet (Sync-E). The XGM3SB-4sf option card supports either SFP

+ optical modules or the SFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable.

Figure 136: XGM3SB-4sf Option Card

1 = SFP+ ports 2 = LEDs

VIM4-40G4X Versatile Interface Module for the Summit X670

Switch

The rear panel of the Summit X670 switch provides a slot for an optional VIM4-40G4X versatile interface module.

The VIM4-40G4X module (see

Figure 137: VIM4-40G4X Versatile Interface Module

on page 148) provides four unpopulated cages for QSFP+ optical modules or QSFP+ compatible active or passive cables.

Ports S3 and S4 can be enabled as native stacking ports for the Summit X670 switch. Each physical port can be configured to operate as a single 40-Gbps port or as four 10-Gbps ports. When the port operates in 40-Gbps mode, you can connect the port using either a QSFP+ direct-attach cable or an installed QSFP+ module and compatible fiber optic cable. When the port is configured to operate in 10-

Gbps mode, you must connect it using a special 1-to-4 fan-out cable.

The VIM4-40G4X module requires ExtremeXOS 12.6.1 software (or later) installed on the Summit X670 switch.






4

Site Preparation

Planning Your Site

Meeting Site Requirements

Evaluating and Meeting Cable Requirements

Meeting Power Requirements

Applicable Industry Standards

By carefully planning your site, you can maximize the performance of your existing network and ensure that it is ready to migrate to future networking technologies.

The information in this chapter is intended for the system administrator, network equipment technician, network manager, or facilities manager responsible for installing and managing the network hardware.

The chapter assumes a working knowledge of local area network (LAN) operations, and a familiarity with communications protocols that are used on interconnected LANs.

Only qualified service personnel should install, maintain, or remove a switch, chassis, or its components.

Qualified service personnel have had appropriate technical training and experience that is necessary to be aware of the hazards to which they are exposed when performing a task and of measures to minimize the danger to themselves or other people.

Note

Before installing or removing any components of the system, or before carrying out any maintenance procedures, read the safety information in

Technical Specifications

of this guide.

Planning Your Site

To install your equipment successfully, you should plan the site carefully. The site planning process has three major parts:

1 Meeting site requirements.

The physical installation site must meet the following requirements for a safe and successful installation:

•

Building and electrical code requirements

•

Environmental, safety, and thermal requirements for the equipment you plan to install

•

Equipment rack requirements

2 Evaluating and meeting cable requirements.

After examining your physical site and verifying that all environment requirements are met, evaluate and compare your existing cable plant with the requirements of the Extreme Networks equipment to determine if you need to install new cables.

3 Meeting power requirements.

Site Preparation

To run your equipment safely, you must meet the specific power requirements for each switch and external power supply unit installed in the system. For power specifications of the switches, see the

specific switch listings in Technical Specifications . For power specifications of the external power

supplies, see

Summit External Power Supplies .

Meeting Site Requirements

Operating Environment Requirements

Verify that your site meets all environmental and safety requirements.

Virtually all areas of the United States are regulated by building codes and standards. During the early planning stages of installing or modifying your network, it is important that you develop a thorough understanding of the regulations that pertain to your location and industry.

Building and Electrical Codes

Building and electrical codes vary depending on your location. Comply with all code specifications when planning your site and installing cable. This section lists resources for obtaining additional information.

For information about major building codes, consult the following organization:

International Code Council (ICC), 5203 Leesburg Pike; Falls Church, Virginia 22041 USA.

www.iccsafe.org

www.sbcci.org

The organizations listed in the following table are authorities on electrical codes.

Table 79: Authorities on Electrical Codes

Organization Address

National Electrical Code (NEC) Classification (USA only)

Recognized authority on safe electrical wiring. Federal, state, and local governments use NEC standards to establish their own laws, ordinances, and codes on wiring specifications. The

NEC classification is published by the National Fire Protection

Association (NFPA).

NFPA

1 Batterymarch Park

Quincy, Massachusetts

02169

USA

Underwriters’ Laboratory (UL) (USA only)

Independent research and testing laboratory. UL evaluates the performance and capability of electrical wiring and equipment to determine whether they meet certain safety standards when properly used. Acceptance is usually indicated by the words “UL Approved” or “UL Listed.”

UL

333 Pfingsten Road

Northbrook, Illinois

60062-2096

USA

National Electrical Manufacturing Association (NEMA)

(USAonly)

Organization of electrical product manufacturers. Members develop consensus standards for cables, wiring, and electrical components.

NEMA

1300 N. 17th Street

Rosslyn, Virginia 22209

USA

Web Site URL www.nfpa.org

www.ul.com

www.nema.org


Site Preparation

Table 79: Authorities on Electrical Codes (continued)

Organization Address

Electronics Industries Alliance (EIA)

Trade association that develops technical standards, disseminates marketing data, and maintains contact with government agencies in matters relating to the electronics industry.

EIA

2500 Wilson Boulevard

Arlington, Virginia 22201

USA

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) (USA only)

Commission that regulates all interstate and foreign electrical communication systems that originate in the United States according to the Communications Act of1934. The FCC regulates all U.S. telephone and cable systems.

FCC

445 12th Street S.W.

Washington, D.C. 20554

USA

Web Site URL www.eia.org

www.fcc.gov

Wiring Closet Considerations

Be aware of the following recommendations for your wiring closet:

•

Be sure that your system is easily accessible for installation and service. See Rack Specifications and

Recommendations for information.

•

Use appropriate AC or DC power, power distribution, and grounding for your specific installation.

•

Use a vinyl floor covering in your wiring closet. (Concrete floors accumulate dust, and carpets can cause static electricity.)

•

Prevent unauthorized access to wiring closets by providing door locks. Install the equipment in a secured, enclosed, and restricted access location, ensuring that only qualified service personnel have access to the equipment.

•

Provide adequate overhead lighting for easy maintenance.

•

Be sure that each wiring closet has a suitable ground. All equipment racks and equipment installed in the closet should be grounded.

•

Be sure that all system environmental requirements are met, such as ambient temperature and humidity.

Note

Extreme Networks recommends that you consult an electrical contractor for commercial building and wiring specifications.

Temperature

Extreme Networks equipment generates a significant amount of heat. It is essential that you provide a temperature-controlled environment for both performance and safety.

Install the equipment only in a temperature- and humidity-controlled indoor area that is free of airborne materials that can conduct electricity. Too much humidity can cause a fire. Too little humidity can produce electrical shock and fire.

Follow these general thermal recommendations for the location of your equipment:

•

Be sure that the ventilation in the wiring closet is adequate to maintain a temperature below 104° F

(40° C).

•

Install a reliable air conditioning and ventilation system.


Site Preparation

•

Keep the ventilation in the wiring closet running during non-business hours; otherwise, the equipment can overheat.

•

Maintain an ambient operating temperature of 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C).

•

Maintain a storage temperature of -40° to 158° F (-40° to 70° C).

Note

As with all electrical equipment, Extreme Networks product lifetimes degrade with increased temperature. Ifpossible, temperatures should be kept at approximately 78° F (25° C) or lower.

Humidity

To maximize equipment life, keep operating humidity between 50% and 70% relative humidity (noncondensing) during typical operation.

The equipment can operate between 10% and 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) for short intervals.

Spacing Requirements and Airflow

Be sure that cables and other equipment do not block the air intake or outflow on an Extreme

Networks switch.

It is best to have at least 3 inches (8 cm) of clear space in front of the air intake and outflow vents on the sides of the switch; airflow moves from side to side. For proper airflow through a Summit family switch, leave clear space on the left and right sides of the switch.

Depending on other conditions in the equipment room, it may be possible to install the switches closer to each other; consult your Extreme Networks Customer Support representative for guidance.

Electrostatic Discharge

Your system must be protected from static electricity or electrostatic discharge (ESD). Take the following measures to ensure optimum system performance:

•

Remove materials that can cause electrostatic generation (such as synthetic resins) from the wiring closet.

Check the appropriateness of floor mats and flooring.

•

Connect metal chassis, conduit, and other metals to ground using dedicated grounding lines.

•

Use electrostatically safe equipment.

If you are working with pluggable interface modules, wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap and connect the metal end to a grounded equipment rack or other source of ground.

Rack Specifications and Recommendations

Racks should conform to conventional standards.

In the United States, use EIA Standard RS-310C: Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment. In countries other than the United States, use IEC Standard 297. In addition, verify that your rack meets the basic mechanical, space, and earthquake requirements that are described in this section.


Site Preparation

Mechanical Recommendations for the Rack

Use equipment racks that meet the following mechanical recommendations:

•

Use an open style, 19-inch rack to facilitate easy maintenance and to provide proper ventilation.

•

Use a rack made of steel or aluminum.

•

The rack should use the universal mounting rail hole pattern that is identified in IEC Standard 297.

•

The rack should have designated earth grounding connections (typically on the base).

•

The rack must meet earthquake safety requirements equal to that of the installed chassis.

•

The mounting holes should be flush with the rails to accommodate the chassis.

•

The rack should support approximately 600 pounds (272 kilograms).

Protective Grounding for the Rack

Use a rack grounding kit and a ground conductor that is carried back to earth or to another suitable building ground.

At a minimum, follow these guidelines to ground equipment racks to the earth ground:

•

CAD weld appropriate wire terminals to building I-beams or earth ground rods.

•

For a Summit DC-powered switch, use a minimum 14 AWG stranded copper wire for grounding.

AC-powered Summit switches do not need separate chassis grounding.

•

Position the earth ground as close to the equipment rack as possible to maintain the shortest wiring distance possible.

•

Use a ground impedance tester or micro-ohm meter to test the quality of earth ground connection at the chassis. This will ensure good grounding between the chassis, rack, and earth ground.

Note

Because building codes vary worldwide, Extreme Networks strongly recommends that you consult an electrical contractor to ensure proper equipment grounding for your specific installation.

Space Requirements for the Rack

Provide enough space in front of and behind the switch so that you can service it easily.


Site Preparation

Allow a minimum of 48 inches (122 cm) in front of the rack and 30 inches (76 cm) behind the rack.

When using a relay (two-post) rack, provide a minimum of 24 inches (61 cm) of space behind the mounted equipment. Extra room on each side is optional.

Warning

Extreme Networks switches do not have a switch for turning power to the unit on and off. For systems using an AC power supply, power to the switch is disconnected by removing the wall plug from the electrical outlet.

The DC-powered Summit switches include the X450a-24tDC, X450a-24xDC, X450a-48tDC switches, and the Summit X460, X480, and X650 series switches with installed DC power supplies. For these switches and the EPS-150DC power supply, turn off power to the chassis by de-energizing the circuit that feeds the power supply. This is usually accomplished by turning off a circuit breaker. Disconnecting the DC power cable from the DC power source must be done by a qualified, licensed electrician.

Securing the Rack

The rack should be attached to the wiring closet floor with 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) lag screws or equivalent hardware.

The floor under the rack should be level within 3/16-inch (5 mm). Use a floor-leveling cement compound if necessary or bolt the racks to the floor as shown.

Figure 138: Properly Secured Rack

Brace open equipment racks if the channel thickness is less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).


Site Preparation

Evaluating and Meeting Cable Requirements

Cabling Standards

Extreme Networks recommends using the Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI)

Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD), which is globally recognized as a standard in site planning and cabling.

For information, go to: www.bicsi.org

.

Cable Labeling and Record Keeping

A reliable cable labeling system is essential when planning and installing a network.

Maintaining accurate records helps you to:

•

Relocate devices easily.

•

Make changes quickly.

•

Isolate faults in the distribution system.

•

Locate the opposite end of any cable.

•

Know the types of network devices that your cabling infrastructure can support.

Follow these guidelines when setting up a cable labeling system suitable for your installation:

1 Identify cables by securely attaching labels to all cable ends.

2 Assign a unique block of sequential numbers to the group of cables that run between each pair of wiring closets.

3 Assign a unique identification number to each equipment rack.

4 Identify all wiring closets by labeling the front panel of your Extreme Networks equipment and other hardware.

5 Keep accurate and current cable identification records.

6 Post records near each equipment rack. For each cable drop, include information about the cable source, destination, and jumper location.

Installing Cable

When you connect cable to your network equipment:

•

Examine cable for cuts, bends, and nicks.

•

Support cable using a cable manager that is mounted above connectors to avoid unnecessary weight on the cable bundles.

•

Use cable managers to route cable bundles to the left and right of the network equipment to maximize accessibility to the connectors.

•

Provide enough slack, approximately 2 to 3 inches (5.08 to 7.62 cm), to provide proper strain relief as shown in

Properly Installed and Bundled Cable

.

•

Bundle cable using hook-and-loop straps to avoid injuring cables.

•

If you build your own cable, be sure that connectors are properly crimped.


Site Preparation

•

When installing a patch panel using twisted pair wiring, untwist no more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) of the cable to avoid radio frequency (RF) interference.

•

Discharge the RJ-45 Ethernet cable before plugging it into a port on the switch.

Caution

Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable can build up ESD charges when being pulled into a new installation. Before connecting any category 5 UTP cable to the switch, discharge

ESD from the cable by plugging the RJ-45 connector into a LAN static discharge device or use an equivalent method.

•

Use plenum-rated cable when it is necessary for safety and fire rating requirements. Consult your local building codes to determine when it is appropriate to use plenum-rated cable, or refer to IEC standard 850.

•

Keep all ports and connectors free of dust.

1 = Adequate slack and bend radius

Figure 139: Properly Installed and Bundled Cable

Fiber Optic Cable

Fiber optic cable must be handled carefully during installation.


Site Preparation

Every cable has a minimum bend radius, example, and fibers will be damaged if the cables are bent too sharply. It is also important not to stretch the cable during installation. Extreme Networks recommends that the bend radius for fiber optic cable equal 2 inches (5.08 cm) minimum for each 90-degree turn as shown in the following figure.

Note

Kinks and sharp bends can destroy or impair the cable’s ability to convey light pulses accurately from one end of the cable to the other. Use care in dressing the optical fiber cables: provide satisfactory strain relief to support the cable and maintain an adequate bend radius at all cable turns, particularly where the cable connects to the I/O module.

Figure 140: Bend Radius for Fiber Optic Cable

1 = Minimum 2-inch (5.08 cm) radius in 90° bend

Cable Distances and Types

The following table shows cable media types and maximum distances that support reliable transmission in accordance with international standards except where noted.

The following table lists the available Extreme Networks direct-attach cables.

Standard

1000BASE-SX

(850nm optical window)

1000BASE-LX


Media Type

50/125 µm multimode fiber


62.5/125 µm multimode fiber





10/125 µm single-mode fiber

10/125 µm single-mode fiber*

–

–

500

500

Mhz•Km

Rating

400

500

160

200

400

Maximum Distance

(Meters)

500

550

220

275

550

550

550

5,000

10,000


Site Preparation

Standard Media Type Mhz•Km

Rating

–

Maximum Distance

(Meters)

80 km 1000BASE-ZX


100BASE-LX100


1000BASE-BX10



1000BASE-LX70


10/100/1000BASE-T SFP





–

–

–

100 km

10 km

70,000

10GBASE-SR SFP+


(1 Gbps link)

Category 5 and higher UTP cable

(100 Mbps link)


(10 Mbps link)


62.5 mm multimode fiber

62.5 mm multimode fiber (OM1)

50 mm multimode fiber

50 mm multimode fiber (OM2)



–

–

–

160

200

400

500

2000

–

100 meters

150 m

250 m

26 m

33 m

66 m

82 m

300 m

10 km 10GBASE-LR SFP+


10GBASE-LRM SFP+


10GBASE-ER SFP+


40GBASE-SR4 QSFP+




–

–

220 m

40 km



– 100 meters

150 meters

1000BASE-T

100BASE-TX



–

–

100

100

10BASE-T Category 3 and higher UTP cable – 100

* Proprietary to Extreme Networks. Connections between two Extreme Networks 1000BASE-LX interfaces that use 10/125 µm single-mode fiber can use a maximum distance of 10,000 meters.


Site Preparation

Table 80: Extreme Networks Direct-Attach Cables

Cable Type Model Number

SFP+ passive copper cable 10304

QSFP+ passive copper cable

QSFP+ active optical cable

QSFP+-to-SFP+ fan-out passive coppercable

10305

10306

10307

10311

10312

10313

10323

10315

10316

10318

10321

10322

Length

1 meter

3 meters

5 meters

10 meters

0.5 meter

1 meter

3 meters

5 meters

10 meters

20 meters

100 meters

3 meters

5 meters

RJ-45 Connector Jackets

Use RJ-45 cable with connector jackets that are flush with the connector or that have connectors with a no-snag feature.

Using cable with jackets that are wider than the connectors can cause:

•

Connectors that are not properly aligned with the port.

•

Crowded cable installation, which can cause connectors to pop out of the port.

The following figure shows examples of connector jacket types that are not recommended as well as those that are recommended.


Site Preparation

Not recommended

Better

Best

0.1" = 1mm actual

39.37% : 254%

SPG_001

Figure 141: RJ-45 Connector Jacket Types

Radio Frequency Interference

If you use UTP cabling in an installation, take precautions to avoid RF interference.

RF interference can cause degradation of signal quality, and, in an Ethernet network environment, can cause excessive collisions, loss of link status, or other physical layer problems that can lead to poor performance or loss of communication.

To prevent RF interference, avoid the following situations:

•

Attaching UTP cable to AC power cables

•

Routing UTP cable near antennas, such as a ham radio antenna

•

Routing UTP cable near equipment that could exhibit RF interference, such as ARC welding equipment

•

Routing UTP cable near electrical motors that contain coils

•

Routing UTP cable near air conditioner units

•

Routing UTP cable near electrical transformers

In areas or applications where these situations cannot be avoided, use fiber optic cabling or shielded twisted pair cabling (STP).

Meeting Power Requirements

PoE Devices

When connecting power over Ethernet (PoE) devices to a PoE switch, all connections between the PoE device and the switch must remain within the same building and use a low-voltage power distribution system per IEEE 802.3af.


Site Preparation

Power Supply Requirements

Follow these recommendations when you plan power supply connections for the Summit family switches:

•

Place the equipment in an area that accommodates the power consumption and component heat dissipation specifications.

•

Be sure that your power supply meets the site DC power or AC power requirements of the network equipment.

•

When you connect power to installed equipment, do not make this connection through an extension cord or power strip.

•

If your switch includes more than one power supply, connect each power supply to a different, independent power source.

If a power source fails, it will affect only the switch power supply to which it is connected. If all switch power supplies are connected to a single power source, the entire switch is vulnerable to a power source failure.

•

In regions that are susceptible to electrical storms, we recommend that you plug your system into a surge suppressor.

For power specifications for the Summit family switches, see Technical Specifications

.

AC Power Cables

AC power input cords are not provided with Summit switches and power supplies.

You can purchase AC power cords for use in the US and Canada from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier.

Power supply cords for use outside of the United States and Canada are typically provided separately by third-party distribution centers. Make sure that the power cord you use is certified for the country of end use and suitable for the device.

The power cord must meet the requirements listed in

Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered

Switches and AC Power Supplies .

Uninterruptible Power Supply Requirements

An uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is a device that sits between a power supply (such as a wall outlet) and a device (such as a switch) to prevent outages, sags, surges, and bad harmonics from adversely affecting the performance of the device.

A UPS traditionally can perform the following functions:

•

Absorb relatively small power surges.

•

Smooth out noisy power sources.

•

Continue to provide power to equipment during line sags.

•

Provide power for a period of time after a blackout has occurred.

In addition, some UPS devices or UPS-plus-software combinations provide the following functions:


Site Preparation

•

Automatically shut down equipment during long power outages.

•

Monitor and log power supply status.

•

Display the voltage (current draw) of the equipment.

•

Restart equipment after a long power outage.

•

Display the voltage currently on the line.

•

Provide alarms on certain error conditions.

•

Provide short-circuit protection.

Select a UPS

To determine UPS requirements for your switch, answer these questions:

•

What are the amperage requirements?

•

What is the longest potential time period that the UPS would be required to supply backup power?

•

Where will the UPS be installed?

•

What is the maximum transition time that the installation will allow? (See

UPS Transition Time

)

Note

Extreme Networks recommends that you use a UPS that provides online protection.

Calculate Volt-Amperage Requirements

To determine the size of UPS that you need:

1 Locate the voltage and amperage requirements for each piece of equipment.

These numbers are usually located on a sticker on the back or bottom of your equipment. Then multiply the numbers together to get Volt-Amperes (VA):

VA = Volts x Amperes

2 Add the VA from all the pieces of equipment together to find the total VA requirement.

To determine the minimum volt-amperage requirements for your UPS, Extreme Networks recommends that you add 30% to the total.

UPS Transition Time

Transition time is the time that is necessary for the UPS to transfer from utility power to full-load battery power.

For Extreme Networks products, a transition time of less than 20 milliseconds is required for optimum performance.

DC Power Requirements

This system should be installed in a DC-I battery return configuration.

In a DC-I configuration, the battery return conductor should be connected directly to the central office power return bus, and not to the equipment frame or the grounding means of the equipment.


Site Preparation

Applicable Industry Standards

For more information, see the following ANSI/TIA/EIA standards:

•

ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A—discusses the six subsystems of a structured cabling system.

•

ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A—discusses design considerations.

•

ANSI/TIA/EIA-606—discusses cabling system administration.

•

ANSI/TIA/EIA-607—discusses commercial building grounding and bonding requirements.

You can access these standards at: www.ansi.org

or www.tiaonline.org


5

Building Stacks

Building Stacks Overview

Stacking Methods and Summit Switches

Stacking Cables

Placing Summit Family Switches for Stacked Operation

Using the SummitStack-V Feature

Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring

Example SummitStack-V Feature

Connecting Stacking Cables

Connecting Console Ports for a Stack

Management Port Cabling

Stacking Port LEDs

Stack Number Indicator LEDs

This section provides information about how to build and connect a SummitStack configuration.

If you intend to use the SummitStack feature, read this chapter before installing the set of Summit family switches that will be included in the SummitStack configuration.

For instructions to install Summit family switches in equipment racks, see

Installing Summit Family

Switches .

Building Stacks Overview

A stack consists of a group of up to eight Summit switches that are connected together to form a connected ring.

The stacking connections can be made in either of the following ways:

•

Using dedicated stacking connectors on the back of the switch; these ports are called native stacking ports.

•

Using stacking-enabled 10-Gbps Ethernet ports, either at the front of the switch or on installed option cards at the back of the switch. This type of stacking is called SummitStack-V stacking (see


).

The stack can combine any Summit series switches that include support for stacking, as long as you follow port compatibility and cabling recommendations. See

Placing Summit Family Switches for

Stacked Operation and

Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring for more information about

combining switches from different Summit series.

Building Stacks

SummitStack cables

Stack Port 1 Stack Port 2




Summit switches

Figure 142: Summit Switches Connected in a SummitStack Configuration

The stack operates as a single switch with a single IP address and a single point of authentication. One switch, called the stack master, controls the stack. The master runs ExtremeXOS software and maintains all the software tables for all the switches in the stack. A stack of switches can have only one master switch. All switches in the stack, including the master switch, are called nodes.

Slot Numbers

A stack can be thought of as a virtual chassis. Each node operates as if it were occupying a slot in a chassis and is controlled by the master.

The high-speed stacking links function like the backplane links of a chassis.

Each switch (or node) in the stack is assigned a “slot number” during the initial software configuration of the stack. Starting at the switch with the console connection, numbers are assigned in numerical order following the physical path of the connected stacking cables. For example, if you follow the

cabling recommendations presented in Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring

and configure a vertical stack from the console on the switch at the top of the physical stack, the switches will be assigned slot numbers 1 through 8 from the top down, starting with slot 1.

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Each Summit switch has a seven-segment LED on its front panel, called the stack number indicator.

When a stack is operating, the indicator displays the slot number for the switch. This LED does not light on switches that are not operating in stacking mode. A quick way to verify that the cable connections match the software configuration is to check the stack number indicator on each switch. If the slot numbers do not line up in the order you arranged the switches, this may indicate that the stacking cable setup differs from what you intended when you configured the software. In this case, reconnect the cables in the correct order and perform the software configuration again.


Building Stacks

About Redundancy

When your stack is operational, one switch is the primary (or master) switch that is responsible for running network protocols and managing the stack

To provide recovery in case of a break in the stack connections, you can configure redundancy by designating a backup switch to take over as master if the master switch fails. When you perform the initial software configuration of the stack, the “easy setup” configuration option automatically configures redundancy, with slot 1 as the master and slot 2 as the backup. You can also configure additional switches as “master-capable” to become a stack master in case the initial backup switch fails.

In a stack that combines Summit X460, X480, or X670 series switches with other Summit switch models, a Summit X460, X480, or X670 series switch might provide more memory and more features than other Summit switch models in the stack. These differences can affect master node selection, backup node selection, and failover operation.

Note

The master and backup roles should be assigned to switches from the same series. For example, if the master node is a Summit X480 series switch, the backup node should also be a Summit X480 switch. Similarly, if the master node is a Summit X670 series switch, the backup node should also be a Summit X670 switch.

The choice of which switches should be the master and backup switches is based on a combination of the feature scalability of each switch, along with the switch speed. The easy setup configuration process selects the master and backup switches, based on capability and speed, in the following order:

1 Summit X770, X670, or X480 series

2 Summit X460 series

3 Summit X440 series

In comparing two switches in the same capability, the lower slot number takes precedence.

You should follow the same ranking hierarchy when you plan the physical placement of the switches in the stack.

Stacking Methods and Summit Switches

Each series of Summit switches can use more than one method of stacking.

The following tables shows the stacking methods available for each switch series, listed by stacking method and by switch series.


Building Stacks

Table 81: Summit Stacking by Stacking Method

Stacking Method Speed per Link (HDX) Cable Type and

Lengths

SummitStack 10 Gbps

Summit Switch

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m, 5.0m,

20Gbps Stacking Cable

Summit X250, X440, X450a/e,

X460, X480, X650 (VIM1)

Note: X650 cannot use the 5.0m

cable.

SummitStack-V 10 Gbps 0.5m - 40km

SFP+, XFP, XENPAK

(with SR, LR, and ER)

SummitStack-V80

SummitStack-V160

SummitStack-V320

SummitStack128

SummitStack256

SummitStack512

20 Gbps

40 Gbps

80 Gbps*

32 Gbps

64 Gbps

128 Gbps

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m

Summit X440 (10G models),

X450a/e, X460 (XGM3-2sf,2xsf),

X480 (VIM2,3), X650 (VIM1,3), X670 and X670V (ports 47 and 48), X770

Summit X460 (SSv80), X480

(VIM2,3), X650 (VIM3), X670V

(VIM4)

Summit X480 (VIM3), X650 (VIM3),

X670 (VIM4), X770 (ports 103 and

104)

Summit X480 (VIM3), X650 (VIM3),

X670 (VIM4), X770 (ports 101 and

103, and 102 and 104)

Summit X480 (VIM2SS128)**

Summit X650 (VIM1SS256)

Summit X650 (VIM1SS512)

* Combined over paired ports

** VIM2-SS128 is a module that can stack with other X480 using VIM2-SS128. It can also stack with

SS256 with a conversion cable.

The following table shows the stacking method available for each switch series, listed by the switch series.

Table 82: Switch Series and Summit Stacking

Summit Switch Stacking Method Speed per Link (HDX) Cable Type and Lengths

Summit X250 10 Gbps

Summit X440

Note: X440-L2-24t and X440-L2-48t do not have stacking capability.

SummitStack

(Rear panel)

SummitStack

(Front panel for 8t and 8p models. Rear panel for all other models except 10G models; 10G models do not have native stacking ports)

SummitStack-V (Front panel 10G models)

10 Gbps

10 Gbps

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m, 5.0m


0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m


0.5m - 40km

SFP+


Building Stacks

Table 82: Switch Series and Summit Stacking (continued)


Summit X450a/e 10 Gbps

Summit X460

E4G400

Summit X480

SummitStack

(Rear panel)

SummitStack-V 10 Gbps

SummitStack (Rear panel, with module)

10 Gbps

SummitStack-V

(with XGM3-2sf, XGM3S-2sf,

XGM3S-2xf)

10 Gbps

20 Gbps SummitStack-V80

(wtih SSv80)

SummitStack

(Rear panel, with module)

10 Gbps

SummitStack-V

(with XGM3-2sf, XGM3S-2sf,

XGM3S-2xf))

10 Gbps

SummitStack-V80 (with

SSv80)

(wtih SSv80)

20 Gbps

10 Gbps SummitStack

(with VIM2-SummitStack)

SummitStack-V

(with VIM2-10G4X)

SummitStack-V80

(with VIM2-SSV80 and

VIM3-40G4X)

10 Gbps

20 Gbps


VIM3-40G4X)


VIM3-40G4X)

40 Gbps

80 Gbps

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m, 5.0m


0.5m - 100m

SFP+, XFP, XENPAK (SR, LR, ER),

10GBASE-T

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m, 5.0m


0.5m - 40km

SFP+, XFP

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m, 5.0m


0.5m - 40km

SFP+, XFP

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m, 5.0m


0.5m - 40km

XFP

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

SummitStack128

(With VIM2-SS128)**

32 Gbps 0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m


Building Stacks

Table 82: Switch Series and Summit Stacking (continued)


Summit X650 10 Gbps SummitStack

(with VIM1-SummitStack)

SummitStack-V (with

VIM1-10G8X and

VIM3-40G4X)

SummitStack-V80

(withVIM3-40G4X)


VIM3-40G4X)

SummitStack-V320

(with VIM3-40G4X)

10 Gbps

20 Gbps

40 Gbps

80 Gbps*

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m


0.5m - 40km

SFP+

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

64 Gbps 0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m

Summit X670

Summit X670V

Summit X770

SummitStack256 (With

VIM1SS256)

SummitStack512 (With

VIM1SS512)

SummitStack-V

(Front panel)

SummitStack-V

(Front panel)

SummitStack-V80

(withVIM3-40G4X)


VIM4-40G4X

SummitStack-V320 (With

VIM4-40G4X)

SummitStack-V (ports 103 and 104)

SummitStack-V160 (ports

103 and 104)

SummitStack-V320 (ports

101 and 103, and 102 and

104)

128 Gbps

10 Gbps

10 Gbps

20 Gbps

40 Gbps

80 Gbps*

10Gbps

40 Gbps

80 Gbps*

0.5m, 1.5m, 3.0m

0.5m - 40km

SFP+

0.5m - 40km

SFP+

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

0.5m - 100m

QSFP+ only

1m and 2m QSFP= 4xSFP+ fan-out cable

0.5m, 1m, and 3m (26 AWG) QSFP+

0.5m, 1m, and 3m (26 AWG) QSFP+

* Combined over paired ports

** VIM2-SS128 is a module that can stack with other X480 using VIM2-SS128. It can also stack with

SS256 with a conversion cable.

Combining Switches from Different Series

Matrix of Summit Switches and Stacking Methods

Summit switches can be stacked in the combinations listed in the following table:


Building Stacks

Table 83: Summit Switches and Stacking Methods

Stack with

X250e X450e X440* X440-1

0G

X450a X460 X480 X650 X670 X670V X770

X250e

X450e

X440*

40G 40G 40G

40G 40G, V 40G

40G 40G 40G

-

V

-

40G 40G 40G 40G -

40G, V 40G, V 40G, V 40G, V V

40G 40G 40G 40G -

-

V

-

-

-

-

V V V V V V V V V X440-10

G

X450a

X460

40G 40G, V 40G

40G 40G, V 40G

V

V

V -

V, V80 V

X480

X650

X670

X670V

X770

40G 40G, V 40G

40G 40G, V 40G

-

-

-

V

V

V

-

-

-

V

V

V

V

V

40G, V 40G, V 40G, V 40G, V V

40G, V 40G, V,

V80

40G, V 40G, V,

V

V

V80

40G, V 40G, V,

V

V80

40G,

V, V80

40G,

V, V80

V

V 40G,

V,

V80,

128G,

V160,

V320

40G,

V,

V80,

128G,

V160,

V320

40G,

V,

V80,

128G,

V160,

V320

40G,

V,

V160,

V320,

256G,

512G

V

V

V

V

V

V

V, V80 V, V80 V,

V160,

V320

V,

V160,

V320

V

V

V

V, V80,

V160,

V320

V, V160,

V320

V

V, V80,

V160,

V320

V, V160,

V320

V, V160,

V320

-

V

V, V160,

V320

V, V160,

V320

*X440-L2 models cannot be stacked.

In a stack that has switch models from more than one Summit series, refer to the list in the previous section and follow these guidelines:

•

The stack master and backup nodes should be from the same switch series. For example, if a

Summit X480 series switch is the stack master, the backup node should also be a Summit X480 series switch.

•

Follow these guidelines for the specific listed switch combinations:

•

If Summit X480 series and X650 series switches are both present in the stack, the master and backup nodes should both be Summit X480 series switches.

•

If Summit X480 switches and X670 series switches are both present in the stack, the master and backup nodes should both be Summit X670 series switches.

•

Although you can combine Summit X460, X480, and X670 series switches in a stack, you should be aware that the routing table limit for the Summit X460 series is lower than the limits for the other two switch series. For more information, refer to the ExtremeXOS Configuration Guide.


Building Stacks

In a stack with multiple master-capable switches, it is possible for more than one switch to try become the stack master if the stack is physically severed. Such a dual-master condition would cause confusion and loss of connectivity in your network. To resolve a dual-master condition, you must be able to log in to each severed stack segment, either over the management network (using the Ethernet management port on a switch in the segment) or through a direct console port connection to each switch in the segment.

Stack configuration, easy setup, and redundancy are fully described in the ExtremeXOS Concepts

Guide.

Stacking Cables

Depending on the switch model and the number and type of stacking ports, the bidirectional stacking link provides 40 Gbps, 80 Gbps, 128 Gbps, 160 Gbps, 256 Gbps, or 512 Gbps full duplex bandwidth.

Stacking connections using the native stacking ports require stacking cables that are specific to the type of stacking port. These cables are available from Extreme Networks in lengths from 0.5 meter to

100 meters. The following table lists the cable types and compatible Summit switches or modules.

Table 84: Available Stacking Cables for Summit Switches

Model

Number

Manufacturing

Part Number

Cable Type, Length Compatible Ports and Devices

16105

16106

16107

16108

900449-10

900296-00/

10/11

900297-00/

10/11

900298-00/

10/11

SummitStack, 5 meter

SummitStack, 0.5 meter

SummitStack, 1.5 meter

SummitStack, 3 meter

20-Gbps fixed stacking ports on Summit X250e,

X450, X450a, X450e series switches20-Gbps stacking ports on VIM1-SummitStack or

VIM1-10G8X modules in Summit X650 series switches20-Gbps stacking ports on VIM2-

SummitStack modules in Summit X480 series switches

17021

17022

17023

17026

900610-10

900611-10

900612-10

900617-10

SummitStack 128G, 0.5 meter



SummitStack 128G/64G, 1.0

meter

128-Gbps ports on VIM1-SummitStack256 or

VIM1-SummitStack512 modules in Summit X650 series switches

17030

17034

900614-10

900618-10



meter

128-Gbps ports on VIM1-SummitStack256 modules in Summit X650 series switche and 64-

Gbps ports on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules in


64-Gbps ports on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules in Summit X480 series switches

128-Gbps ports on VIM1-SummitStack256 modules in Summit X650 series switches and


X450, X450a, X450e series switches, 20-Gbps stacking ports on VIM1-SummitStack or

VIM1-10G8X modules in Summit X650 series switches, 20-Gbps stacking ports on VIM2-



Building Stacks

Table 84: Available Stacking Cables for Summit Switches (continued)

Model

Number

Manufacturing

Part Number

Cable Type, Length Compatible Ports and Devices

17038

10311

10312

10313

10313A

900619-10

900759-10

900760-10

900761-10

900768-10


meter

QSFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable, 0.5 meter

QSFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable, 1 meter

QSFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable, 3 meters

QSFP+ direct-attach passive copper cable, 3 meters, 26 AWG

(for X770 to X770 stacking)

64-Gbps ports on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules in Summit X480 series switches and


X450, X450a, X450e series switches, 20-Gbps stacking ports on VIM1-SummitStack or

VIM1-10G8X modules in Summit X650 series switches, 20-Gbps stacking ports on VIM2-


40-Gbps stacking ports on SummitStack-V80 modules in Summit X460 series switches, 40-

Gbps stacking ports on VIM2-SummitStack-V80 modules in Summit X480 series switches, 80-

Gbps stacking ports on VIM3-40G4X modules in

Summit X480 and X650 series switches, 80-


Summit X670 series switches, and QSFP+ ports on X770 series switches.

10315

10317

10318

10202

900763-10

900765-10

900766-10

908154-10

QSFP+ direct-attach active optical cable, 10 meters



40-Gbps stacking ports on SummitStack-V80 modules in Summit X460 series switches, 40-

Gbps stacking ports on VIM2-SummitStack-V80 modules in Summit X480 series switches, 80-


Summit x480 and X650 series switches, 80-



X770 Alternate port stacking

10203 908155-10

QSFP+ to 4x SFP+ fan-out copper cable, 26 AWG, 1 meters

QSFP+ to 4x SFP+ fan-out copper cable, 26 AWG, 2 meters

Note

Additional types of stacking cables may have been released since this guide was published.

Contact your Extreme Networks sales representative for the most recent information about available cables.

Placing Summit Family Switches for Stacked Operation

This section summarizes the recommended best practices for installing Summit switches for a

SummitStack configuration

For detailed information about how to configure and manage the stack and how a stack operates, refer to the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

When you install switches for a SummitStack configuration, follow these recommendations:


Building Stacks

•

Use the shortest possible stacking cables to connect the switches in the stack; this reduces the likelihood that the stacking cables might be accidentally damaged or disconnected. Stacking cables are available in lengths from 0.3 meters to 100 meters (see

Available Stacking Cables ).

•

When possible, place all switches for the stack in the same rack or in adjacent racks; this facilitates using shorter stacking cables.

•

The stack master is the switch through which you will perform the initial stack configuration, using the console port. For simplicity and ease of connecting the stacking cables, plan to designate the top switch in a vertical physical stack as the stack master. If switches are installed in several adjacent racks, place the stack master at one end of the row.

•

Physically locate the intended master and backup nodes adjacent to each other, and connect these switches directly to each other.

•

For easier software configuration of the stack, connect the stacking cables in the order and

arrangement shown in the tables that accompany the examples starting Single-Rack Stacking

Configurations .

•

On the stack master switch, connect the Ethernet management port to your management network.

•

To provide management access to the stack in case of a failure in the master switch, connect all switches that will participate in redundancy to your management network using the Ethernet management port on each switch.

•

Because of the weight of the cable, Extreme Networks strongly recommends the use of cable management hardware to support the cables and provide strain relief at the connectors when you use the SummitStack 128G cable, SummitStack 64G cable, or SummitStack 128G/64G cable. (See

Connecting Stacking Cables .)


The dedicated stacking ports (either fixed or on installed VIMs or stacking modules) are called native stacking ports.

The SummitStack-V feature allows you to reconfigure one or two 10-Gbps Ethernet data ports to operate as stacking ports. When these ports are enabled to support stacking, they are called alternate stacking ports. This feature allows you to use less expensive cables to connect the switches in a stack.

Because copper and fiber Ethernet ports support longer cable distances, this feature also allows you to extend the physical distance between stack nodes. The SummitStack-V feature supports stack nodes on different floors in a building or in different buildings on a campus.

A stack can use both native and alternate stacking ports. For example, on one switch you can use a native stacking port to connect to another switch in the same rack, and you can use an alternate stacking port to connect to another switch on a different floor.

On each switch model, only specific data ports can be used as alternate stacking ports. The alternate stacking ports must be 10-Gbps Ethernet ports, either on the front panel of the switch or on installed port option cards or versatile interface modules at the back of the switch. Switch models that do not have native stacking ports can still use the SummitStack-V feature if they have 10-Gbps Ethernet ports.

If you configure an alternate stacking port on a switch that has native stacking ports, the native stacking port becomes inactive and cannot be used. When a data port becomes an alternate stacking port, it can no longer operate as a data port.


Building Stacks

When you connect distant nodes using alternate stacking ports, be sure to run the cables over physically different pathways to reduce the probability of a cut occurring to both links.

See the following table for the ports that are available on each switch model that supports this feature.

For each switch model, the column labeled Alternate Stacking Port 1 shows the switch port that replaces native stacking port 1, and Alternate Stacking Port 2 lists the switch port that replaces native stacking port 2. Switch models that are not listed in the table do not support the SummitStack-V feature.

Note

The SummitStack-V feature is supported only on switches that are running ExtremeXOS 12.5.1

(or later).

Table 85: Alternate Stacking Ports

Switch Model

Summit X440-24t-10G

Summit X440-24p-10G

Summit X440-24x-10G

Summit X440-48t-10G

Summit X440-48p-10G

Type or location of Native

Stacking Ports

Alternate

Stacking

Port 1

Alternate

Stacking

Port 2

Location of Alternate

Stacking Ports

None (has only data ports) 25 26 Front panel

NOTE: Ports 25 and 26 are not available as data ports when the alternate stacking ports are used.

None (has only data ports) 49 50 Front panel

Summit X450a-24t

Summit X450a-24tDC

Summit X450a-24x

Summit X450a-24xDC

Summit X450a-24p

Summit X450e-24t

Summit X450a-48t

Summit X450a- 48tDC

Summit X450e-48p


Fixed (rear panel) 25 26 XGM2-2xf option card




Fixed (rear panel) 49 50 XGM2-2xf option card




SummitStack module

SummitStack-V80 module

S1 (29) S2 (30) XGM3-2sf option card Summit X460-24t

Summit X460-24x

Summit X460-24p

Summit X460-48t

Summit X460-48p

Summit X460-48x

S1 (53)

S1 (49)

S2 (54)

S2 (50)



Summit X480-24x

SummitStack module


SummitStack module


None (VIM has only data ports)

None (no installed VIM)

VIM2-SummitStack module

VIM2-SummitStack128 module

VIM2-SummitStack-V80 module

VIM3-40G4X

S3 (29)

25

25

S4 (30)

26

26

VIM2-10G4X module

Front panel

Front panel


Building Stacks

Table 85: Alternate Stacking Ports (continued)

Switch Model Type or location of Native

Stacking Ports

Alternate

Stacking

Port 1

Summit X480-48t

Summit X480-48x

None (VIM has only data ports) S3 (51)

Summit X650-24t

Summit X650-24x

Summit X670-48x

Summit X670V-48x and

Summit X670V-48t

Summit X770

Alternate

Stacking

Port 2

S4 (52)

Location of Alternate

Stacking Ports

VIM2-10G4X module

NOTE: The Summit X480-48t or X480-48x switch must have an installed VIM2-10G4X to configure alternate stacking ports. Alternate stacking ports are not supported with the VIM3-40G4X.


VIM1-SummitStack or VIM1-

SummitStack256 module.

31

23

32

24

VIM1-10G8X module

Front panel

VIM3-40Gx module (S3, S4)


VIM1-SummitStack or VIM1-

SummitStack256 module

VIM3-40Gx module (S3, S4)

23

31

24

24

32

23

Front panel

VIM1-10G8X module

Front panel

None

Note: Ports 45 and 46 are not available as data ports when the alternate stacking ports are used.

VIM4-40G4X module

23

47

24

48

Front panel

Front panel

47 (fiber medium only for

X670V-48t

)

48 (fiber medium only for

X670V-48t

)

Front panel


QSFP+ 103 104 Front panel


Summary of Conditions for Alternate Stacking Ports

Alternate stacking ports must be 10-Gbps Ethernet ports. In addition, specific switch models have the requirements listed in this section

Summit X440 series switches:

If ports 25 and 26 or 49 and 50 are used as alternate stacking ports, those ports are not available to use as data ports.

Note

The X440-L2-24t and X440-L2-48t do not have any stacking capability.


Building Stacks

Summit X450a and X450e series switches:

To use the SummitStack-V feature, you must install one of the following port option cards to add 10-

Gbps ports to the switch.

•


•


•


•


Summit X460 Series Switches:

To use the SummitStack-V feature, you must install an XGM3-2sf, XGM3S-2sf, or XGM3S-2xf port option card to add 10-Gbps ports to the switch.


•

Summit X480-48t and X480-48x switches do not have 10-Gbps ports on the base model switch. To use the SummitStack-V feature on these switches, you must install either a VIM2-10G4X module

(ports S3 (51) and S4 (52) can then be configured as alternate stacking ports). Alternate stacking ports are not supported with the VIM3-40G4X.

•

On a Summit X480-24x with an installed VIM2-10G4X module, you can configure ports S3 (29) and

S4 (30) as alternate stacking ports for the SummitStack-V feature. If you use a VIM3-40G4X module for stacking, ports 25 and 26 are configured as the alternate stacking ports.

•

On a Summit X480-24x switch with no installed VIM2 module, you can configure ports 25 and 26 on the switch front panel as alternate stacking ports.

•

On a Summit X480-24x switch with installed native stacking ports on a VIM2 module, you can do either of the following:

•

Configure both ports 25 and 26 on the switch front panel as alternate stacking ports.

•

Configure one alternate stacking port on the switch front panel and use a native stacking port on the installed VIM2 module.


•

Summit X650 series switches must always have an installed VIM1 or VIM3 module.

•

If a VIM1-SummitStack or VIM1-SummitStack256 module is installed, ports 23 and 24 on the switch front panel can be configured as alternate stacking ports.

•

If a VIM1-10G8X module is installed, ports 31 and 32 on the VIM1-10G8X module can be configured as alternate stacking ports.

•

If a VIM3-40G4X module is installed, ports 23 and 24 can be configured as the alternate stacking ports.


When ports 47 and 48 are used as alternate stacking ports, ports 45 and 46 are not available to use as data ports.


When ports 103 and 104 are used as alternate stacking ports, ports 101 and 102 remain available to use as data ports.


Building Stacks

Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring

After you have installed the individual Summit switches, connect the switches together using the stacking cables.

The examples in this section show cable connections and the recommended order for connecting ports to facilitate the easy setup configuration.

In general, it is best to connect Stack Port 2 on one switch to Stack Port 1 on the switch with the next higher slot number. Although you can connect the switches in any order, connecting them as shown in these examples will produce better predictability and easier software configuration. It is essential to create an unbroken data path through all the switches in the stack.

Note

The connection recommendations in this section do not apply to Summit X650 series switches with installed VIM1-SummitStack512 modules. For information about connecting the

ports on the VIM1-SummitStack512 modules, see Using the VIM1-SummitStack512 Module

.

For instructions to connect specific types of stacking cables, see

Connecting Stacking Cables .

Using SummitStack Ports and 40G Stacking Cables

SummitStack ports are integrated into the back panel of the Summit X250e, X440, X450, X450a, and

X450e series switches.

In addition, the X460, X480, and X650 series switches accommodate VIMs or stacking modules that provide SummitStack ports. The Summit X770 can be stacked using QSFP+ front panel ports.

The examples in the following sections show various physical stacking arrangements: all switches in a single rack, switches in two adjacent racks, and switches at the tops of several racks in a row.

Single-Rack Stacking Configurations

These examples show stacks of either four or eight switches in a single rack.

The slot numbers presume a console connection to the switch at the top of the physical stack.

The following figure shows cable connections for a 4-node stack using SummitStack 40G cables to connect switches with integrated SummitStack ports.

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Figure 143: SummitStack Cable Connections Using Eight Summit Switches with

Integrated SummitStack Ports


Building Stacks

The following table lists the recommended order for connecting the stacking ports in this example.

Connect this slot and port . . .

Slot 1 Stack Port 2

Slot 2

Slot 3

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Slot 4 Stack Port 2

. . . To this slot and port

Slot 2 Stack Port 1

Slot 3

Slot 4

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Slot 1 Stack Port 1

The following figure shows cable connections for an 8-node stack using SummitStack 40G cables to connect switches with integrated SummitStack ports.

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

Slot 8





Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

Slot 8

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2


Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Slot 6

Slot 7

Slot 8

Slot 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1


Building Stacks

The following figure shows an example of a four-switch stack that includes two Summit X650 series switches. In the Summit X650 series switches, the SummitStack ports are on installed VIM1-

SummitStack modules. The Summit X650 series switches are placed at the top of the stack and will be designated the stack master and backup nodes. The recommended order for connecting the stacking ports is the same as for SummitStack Cable Connections Using Eight Summit Switches with Integrated

SummitStack Ports.

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Figure 145: SummitStack Configuration Using SummitStack X650 Series Switches and

SummitStack 40G Cables

The following figure shows an example of a four-switch stack that combines two Summit X650 series switches and two Summit X460 series switches. In the Summit X650 series switches, the stacking ports are on installed VIM1-SummitStack modules. In the Summit X460 series switches, the stacking ports are on installed SummitStack stacking modules. The recommended order for connecting the stacking ports is the same as for the example in SummitStack Cable Connections Using Eight Summit Switches with

Integrated SummitStack Ports.

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Figure 146: SummitStack Configuration Using Summit X650 and X460 Series

Switches and SummitStack 40G Cables

Multiple-Rack Stacking Configurations

The following shows two Summit X480 series switches and two Summit X650 series switches physically located in two adjacent racks.

In each rack, a Summit X480 series switch is placed at the top, with a Summit X650 series switch below it. The switches are connected into a stack using SummitStack ports on installed VIM2-SummitStack and VIM1-SummitStack modules. In this example, start by connecting the Summit X480 switches together; they will be designated the stack master and backup nodes (slot 1 and slot 2, respectively).


Slot 1 Summit X480

Slot 4 Summit X650

Building Stacks

Slot 2 Summit X480

Slot 3 Summit X480

Figure 147: SummitStack Connections Using Four Summit Switches with SummitStack

Ports on VIMs



Slot 1 Stack Port 2

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2


Slot 2 Stack Port 1

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

The figure below shows five switches installed at the tops of five adjacent racks. To accommodate the shortest possible cables, immediately adjacent switches are not always connected together. Port 2 on one switch is connected to Port 1 on the next connected switch. If the easy setup feature is used to configure the stack parameters, the assigned slot numbers will be as shown in the figure.

Rack A Rack B Rack C Rack D Rack E

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 5 Slot 3 Slot 4

Figure 148: Top-of-Rack Stack Installation



Slot1 Rack A

Slot 2

Slot 3

Rack B

Rack D

Port 2

Port 2

Port 2


Slot 2 Rack B

Slot 3

Slot 4

Rack D

Reck E

Port 1

Port 1

Port 1


Building Stacks


Slot 4 Rack E

Slot 5 Rack C

Port 2

Port 2


Slot 5 Rack C

Slot 1 (Rack A

Port 1

Port 1

Single-Rack Stacking Configurations

These examples show stacks of either four or eight switches in a single rack.

The slot numbers presume a console connection to the switch at the top of the physical stack.

The following figure shows cable connections for a 4-node stack using SummitStack 40G cables to connect switches with integrated SummitStack ports.

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4





Slot 1 Stack Port 2

Slot 2 Stack Port 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2


Slot 2 Stack Port 1

Slot 3 Stack Port 1

Slot 4

Slot 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

The following figure shows cable connections for an 8-node stack using SummitStack 40G cables to connect switches with integrated SummitStack ports.


Building Stacks

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

Slot 8





Slot 1 Stack Port 2

Slot 2

Slot 3

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

Slot 8

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2


Slot 2 Stack Port 1

Slot 3

Slot 4

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

Slot 8

Slot 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

The following figure shows an example of a four-switch stack that includes two Summit X650 series switches. In the Summit X650 series switches, the SummitStack ports are on installed VIM1-

SummitStack modules. The Summit X650 series switches are placed at the top of the stack and will be designated the stack master and backup nodes. The recommended order for connecting the stacking ports is the same as for SummitStack Cable Connections Using Eight Summit Switches with Integrated

SummitStack Ports.


Building Stacks

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Figure 151: SummitStack Configuration Using SummitStack X650 Series Switches and


The following figure shows an example of a four-switch stack that combines two Summit X650 series switches and two Summit X460 series switches. In the Summit X650 series switches, the stacking ports are on installed VIM1-SummitStack modules. In the Summit X460 series switches, the stacking ports are on installed SummitStack stacking modules. The recommended order for connecting the stacking ports is the same as for the example in SummitStack Cable Connections Using Eight Summit Switches with

Integrated SummitStack Ports.

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Figure 152: SummitStack Configuration Using Summit X650 and X460 Series Switches and SummitStack 40G Cables

Combining Different Types of Stacking Ports

Figure 153: Combining Stacking Port Types—A

on page 184 shows a sample configuration using the following switches:

•

Summit X650 series switches with installed VIM1-SummitStack256 modules

•

Summit X450a series switch with integrated SummitStack ports

•

Summit X480 series switch with installed VIM2-SummitStack module


Building Stacks

Figure 153: Combining Stacking Port Types—A

The following cables are used to make the stacking connections:

•

SummitStack 128G cable between the two Summit X650 series switches at the top (slot 1 and slot 2)

•

SummitStack 128G/20G stacking cable between the Summit X650 series switch and the Summit

X480 series switch (between slot 2 and slot 3)

•

SummitStack 20G stacking cable between the Summit X480 series switch and the Summit X450a series switch (between slot 3 and slot 4)

•

SummitStack 128G/20G stacking cable between the Summit X450a series switch and the Summit




Slot 1 Stack Port 2

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2


Slot 2 Stack Port 1

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Figure 154: Combining Stack Port Types—B on page 184 shows a similar stack configuration using the

following switches:

•

Summit X650 series switches with installed VIM1-SummitStack256 modules

•

Summit X460 series switches with installed SummitStack stacking modules

•

Summit X450a series switch with integrated stacking ports

Summit X650

Summit X650

Summit X460

Summit X460

Summit X450a

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Figure 154: Combining Stack Port Types—B

The following cables are used to make the stacking connections:


Building Stacks

•

SummitStack 128G cable between the two Summit X650 series switches at the top (slot 1 and slot 2)

•

SummitStack 128G/20G stacking cable between the Summit X650 series switch and the Summit


•

SummitStack 20G stacking cable between the two Summit X460 series switches (between slot 3 and slot 4)

•

SummitStack 20G stacking cable between the Summit X460 series switch and the Summit X450a series switch (between slot 4 and slot 5)

•

SummitStack 128G/20G stacking cable between the Summit X450a series switch and the Summit




Slot 1 Stack Port 2

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2


Slot 2 Stack Port 1

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Using the SummitStack-V80 Stacking Module or VIM2-SummitStack-V80

Module

The SummitStack-V80 stacking module and VIM2-SummitStack-V80 module allow you to use active or passive direct-attach QSFP+ cables to connect stack members across rows in a data center.

In the figure Figure 155: Using the SummitStack-V80 Stacking Module or VIM2-SummitStack-V80

Module on page 186, passive copper cables are used to connect adjacent switches in the same rack,

and the active fiber cables provide connections up to 100 meters long between racks. The illustration shows Summit X460 series switches; Summit X480 series switches could be used in the same way.


Building Stacks

Figure 155: Using the SummitStack-V80 Stacking Module or VIM2-SummitStack-V80

Module

Using SummitStack-V160 Stacking

A stacking rate of 160 Gbps can be achieved using certain configurations of Summit switches. For example, a Summit X670V (X670V-48x or X670V-48t) switch can be connected to a Summit X650 series switch through 40-Gbps stacking connections that provide 160 Gbps full duplex bandwidth. This connection is performed using the VIM4-40G4X module in the Summit X670V switch and the

VIM3-40G4X module in the Summit X650 series switch. V-160 stacking is also supported on the X480 series switch using the VIM3-40G4x module, and on the X770 using the QSFP+ ports.

On the VIM4-40G4X module, ports S3 and S4 are the stacking ports.

The following figure shows an example stack using Summit X670, X650, X480, and X460 series switches.


Building Stacks

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 3

2 4

1 2

1 2

Slot 1 X670V-48x with VIM4-40G4X

Slot 2 X670V-48x with VIM4-40G4X

Slot 3 X650-48x with VIM3-40G4X

Slot 4 X480 with VIM2-SummitStac k-V80

Slot 5 X460 with SummitStac k-V80

Figure 156: SummitStack-V160 Configuration



Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 2


Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

Stack Port 1

To connect a VIM3-40G4X or VIM4-40G4X stacking port to a stacking port on a VIM2-SummitStack-

V80 or SummitStack-V80 module, you must set the VIM3 or VIM4 port to operate at the slower speed of the SummitStack-V80 port. To do so, use the configure stacking-support stack-ports selection command. For more information about configuring stacking ports, see the ExtremeXOS Concepts

Guide.

For SummitStack V-160 on the Summit X770, ports 103 and 104 are the stacking ports.


A stacking rate of 320 Gbps can be achieved across a stack of Summit X480 (with VIM3-40G4X), X650

(with VIM3-40G4X), X670V (with VIM4-40G4X), and X770 switches using the QSFP+ connection and cables. These Summit switches can use 80-Gbps stacking connections that provide 320 Gbps full duplex bandwidth..

The following figure shows an example of a SummitStack-V320 stack using Summit X670 and X650 series switches.

Figure 157: Example SummitStack-V320 Configuration


Building Stacks

Slot 1: Summit X670V-48x switch with VIM4-40G4X

Slot 2: Summit X670V-48x switch with VIM4-40G4X

Slot 3: Summit X650 series switch with VIM3-40G4X

SummitStack V-320 stacking can be done with installable modules or using front panel ports, depending upon the type of switch you have. For SummitStack V-320 Stacking using the VIM3-40G4X and VIM4-40G4X modules, connections between the stacking ports must be done using paired bundles of physical ports. V320 stacking will not function unless the physical ports on the modules are paired to form stacking ports.

Using SummitStack-V320 Stacking on page 187 lists the port pairings using

installable modules.

VIM3-40G4X

Paired physical ports

S1 and S3

S2 and S4

Stacking port

S1

S2

VIM4-40G4X


S1 and S3

S2 and S4

Stacking port

S1

S2


on page 187 lists the port pairings for SummitStack V-320 using the front panel ports on the Summit X770.

Table 86: Physical Port Pairings for Front Panel Ports

Summit X770-32q


101 and 103

102 and 104

Stacking port

S1

S2


on page 187 lists the recommended order for connecting the stacking ports in the example stack shown in

Figure 157: Example SummitStack-V320 Configuration on

page 187.


Building Stacks


Slot 1 Stack Port 2 (physical ports 2 and

4)

Slot 2

Slot 3

Stack Port 2 (physical ports 2 and

4)


4)


Slot 2 Stack Port 1 (physical ports 1and

3)

Slot 3

Slot 1


3)


3)

Note

SummitStack-V320 stacking can be mixed with V160, V80, and 10G alternate port stacking.

For example, a Summit X460 with SummitStack-V80 could be added to the sample stack in

Figure 157: Example SummitStack-V320 Configuration

on page 187. However, you must restrict the speed of the ports on the VIM3-40G4X and VIM4-40G4X that connect to any ports on nodes operating at slower speeds. To reduce the speed of ports on the VIM3-40G4X or VIM4-40G4X, use the configure stacking-support stack-ports selection command. For more information about configuring stacking ports, see the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

Using the VIM1-SummitStack512 Module

The VIM1-SummitStack512 versatile interface module allows you to connect two Summit X650 series switches in a cross-over or back-to-back configuration, using SummitStack 128G cables.

This configuration provides two bidirectional links operating at 256 Gbps between the two switches.

Figure 158: Stacking Connections Using VIM1-SummitStack512 Modules and


Unlike other stacking configurations, with the VIM1-SummitStack512 modules, ports are connected in pairs of matching port numbers. When you connect stacking cables to installed VIM1-SummitStack512 modules, match the stacking ports as listed in the following table.


Slot 1 Stack Port 1

Slot 1

Slot 1

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 3

Slot 1 Stack Port 4


Slot 2 Stack Port 1

Slot 2

Slot 2

Stack Port 2

Stack Port 3

Slot 2 Stack Port 4


Building Stacks

Example SummitStack-V Feature

The following shows an example of a stacking configuration that combines native and alternate stacking ports to form a stack of seven switches.

The Summit X650 series switches in slots 1 and 2 are connected through their native stacking ports on installed VIM1-SummitStack256 modules, using SummitStack128 stacking cables. Each Summit X650 series switch is connected through an alternate stacking port to an installed XGM2-sf option card in a

Summit X450a series switch at another location. These connections use fiber cables connected to 10-

Gbps SFP+ ports.

The Summit X450a series switches in slots 3, 4, and 5 are connected through their native stacking ports using SummitStack 40G cables. The Summit X450a switch in slot 5 is connected to the switch in slot 6 through alternate stacking ports on installed XGM2-2sf modules, using fiber optic cable. The switch in slot 6 is connected to the switch in slot 7 using native stacking ports and SummitStack 40G cables.

Slot 2

Slot 5

Slot 3

Slot 6

Slot 4

Figure 159: Using the SummitStack-V Feature

The following table lists the recommended port connection sequence for this example.


Slot 1 Native Stack Port 2

Slot 2 Alternate Stack Port 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

Native Stack Port 2

Native Stack Port 2

Alternate Stack Port 2

Native Stack Port 2



Slot 2 Native Stack Port 1


Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

Slot 1

Native Stack Port 1

Native Stack Port 1


Native Stack Port 1


Summit Family Hardware Installation Guide

Slot 1

Slot 7

190

Building Stacks

Figure Using the SummitStack-V Feature with Summit X670 Series Switches shows a stack that

combines Summit X670 series switches with Summit X650 and X460 series switches in a stack of five switches.

The Summit X670 series switches in slots 1 and 2 are connected through their alternate stacking ports using fiber optic cables. The alternate stacking port on the switch in slot 2 is connected to the Summit

X650 series switch in 3 through the alternate stacking port on an installed VIM1-10G8X module.

The switches in slots 3, 4, and 5 are connected through their native stacking ports. On the Summit

X650 series switch, the native stacking port is on the installed VIM1-10G8X module. On the Summit

X460 series switches in slots 4 and 5, the native stacking ports are on installed SummitStack modules.

From slot 5, alternate stack port 2 on the Summit X460 series switch is connected to alternate stack port 1 on the Summit X670 series switch in slot 1.

Figure 160: Using the SummitStack-V Feature with Summit X670 Series Switches

The following table lists the recommended port connection sequence for this example.




Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Native Stack Port 2

Native Stack Port 2





Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 1

Native Stack Port 1

Native Stack Port 1


Connecting Stacking Cables

To connect Summit switches in a SummitStack configuration, use the appropriate stacking cables for the specific stacking ports on the switches.

Connect a SummitStack 40G Cable to a Stacking Port

SummitStack 40G cables are used to connect 20-Gbps SummitStack ports on the following Summit switches:


Building Stacks

•

Summit X250e, X440, X450, X450a, and X450e series switches with integrated SummitStack ports

•

Summit X480 series switches with installed VIM2-SummitStack modules

•

Summit X650 switches with installed VIM1-SummitStack modules

To connect a Summit Stack 40G stacking cable:

1 Align the cable connector with the stacking port connector on the back of the first switch (see

Figure 161: Connecting a Summit Stacking Cable on page 192).

2 Firmly press the cable connector into place on the mating stacking port connector.

3 Align and tighten the retaining screws on the cable connector.

4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 to connect the cable to the second switch.

Figure 161: Connecting a Summit Stacking Cable

Caution

Avoid making sharp bends in the cable. Sharp bends can stress the cable and cause damage.

Connect a SummitStack 128G Cable

Because of the weight of the SummitStack 128G cable, Extreme Networks strongly recommends the use of cable management hardware to support the cables and provide strain relief at the connectors.

Figure 162: Cable Management Using a J-Shaped Support Bracket on page 193 and Figure 163: Cable

Management Using Tie-Wraps and a Stand-Off

on page 193 show representative types of cable management hardware. Your particular rack configuration may require other cable management solutions.


Building Stacks

Figure 162: Cable Management Using a J-Shaped Support Bracket

SH_124

Figure 163: Cable Management Using Tie-Wraps and a Stand-Off

Port Covers on the VIM1-SummitStack512 Module

On the VIM1-SummitStack512 module, EMI-protective covers are installed over the port connectors.

Before connecting the stacking cables, remove the connector covers from the ports that will be used.

To remove a connector cover:


Building Stacks

1 On the side of the connector nearest to the inserter/ejector lever, find the notch between the two end tabs on the cover (see

Figure 164: Removing a Connector Cover

on page 194).

2 At the notch, set a small flat-blade screwdriver firmly against the connector housing.

Figure 164: Removing a Connector Cover

3 Brace the screwdriver against the module inserter/ejector lever and pry the end of the connector cover loose.

4 Slide the cover off the connector.

Note

Store the connector covers for later re-use if the switch will be operated without connecting these ports.

Caution

To ensure satisfactory protection from EMI, leave the covers on all ports that are not connected to another VIM1-SummitStack512 module.

Connect the Cable

To connect a SummitStack 128G cable:


Building Stacks

1 Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking port on the VIM1 module in the Summit X650 series switch (see

Figure 165: Connecting a SummitStack

128G Cable on page 195).

Figure 165: Connecting a SummitStack 128G Cable

2 Firmly press the cable connector into the stacking port until the spring latch on top of the connector clicks into place.

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to connect the other end of the cable.

Connect a SummitStack 128G/20G Stacking Cable

SummitStack 128G/20G cables are used to connect the 128-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X650 series switches to 20-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X650 series or other Summit series switches.

The 128-Gbps ports are on VIM1-SummitStack256 modules in Summit X650 series switches. The 20-

Gbps ports are on one of the following:

•

VIM1-10G8X module installed in a Summit X650 series switch

•

VIM1-SummitStack module in a Summit X650 series switch

•


•

Rear panel of Summit X250e, X450, X450a, or X450e series switches.

To connect a SummitStack 128G/20G cable:

1 Connect the 128-Gbps connector to the VIM1-SummitStack256 module as follows:


Building Stacks a Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking port on the VIM1 module in the Summit X650 series switch.

Figure 166: Connecting the 128G Connector

b Firmly press the cable connector into the stacking port until the spring latch on top of the connector clicks into place.

2 Connect the 20G connector as follows: a Align the cable connector with the stacking port connector on the back of the switch (see

Figure

167: Connecting the 20G Connector

on page 196).

b Firmly press the cable connector into place on the mating stacking port connector.

c Align and tighten the retaining screws on the cable connector.



Building Stacks


SummitStack 128G/64G cables are used to connect the 128-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X650 series switches to 64-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X480 series switches.

The 128-Gbps stacking ports are on VIM1-SummitStack256 modules; the 64-Gbps stacking ports are on

VIM2-SummitStack128 modules.

Because of the weight of the SummitStack 128G/64G cable, Extreme Networks strongly recommends the use of cable management hardware to support the cables and provide strain relief at the connectors.

Figure 168: Cable Management Using a J-Shaped Support Bracket on page 197 and

Figure

169: Cable Management Using Tie-Wraps and Stand-Offs

on page 198 show representative types of cable management hardware. Your particular rack configuration may require other cable management solutions.

SH_169



Building Stacks

SH_170

Figure 169: Cable Management Using Tie-Wraps and Stand-Offs

At the Summit X650 series switch, connect the 128G connector to the VIM1-SummitStack256 module.

At the Summit X480 series switch, connect the 64G connector to the VIM2-SummitStack128 module.

The connection process is the same for each connector and the compatible VIM model.

To connect a 128G or 64G connector:

1 Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking port on the VIM1.


Building Stacks

Figure 170: Connecting the 128G/64G Cable

128G Connector and VIM1-SummitStack256 Module

64G Connector and VIM2-SummitStack128 Module


Connect a SummitStack 64G Stacking Cable

SummitStack 64G cables are used to connect the 64-Gbps stacking ports on the VIM2-SummitStack128 module in Summit X480 series switches.

Because of the weight of the SummitStack 64G cable, Extreme Networks strongly recommends the use of cable management hardware to support the cables and provide strain relief at the connectors.

Figure 171: Cable Management Using a J-Shaped Support Bracket on page 200 and Figure 172: Cable

Management Using Tie-Wraps and Stand-Offs on page 200 show representative types of cable

management hardware. Your particular rack configuration may require other cable management solutions.


Building Stacks


Figure 172: Cable Management Using Tie-Wraps and Stand-Offs

To connect a SummitStack 64G cable:


Building Stacks

1 Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking port

on the VIM2 module in the Summit X480 series switch (see Figure 173: Connecting a SummitStack

64G Cable on page 201).

Figure 173: Connecting a SummitStack 64G Cable


3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to connect the other end of the cable.


SummitStack 64G/20G cables are used to connect the 64-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X480 series switches to 20-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X480 series, Summit X650 series, or other Summit series switches.

The 64-Gbps ports are on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules in Summit X480 series switches. The 20-

Gbps ports are on one of the following:

•

VIM1-10G8X module installed in a Summit X650 series switch

•


•


•

Rear panel of Summit X250e, X450, X450a, or X450e series switches

To connect a SummitStack 64G/20G cable:

1 Connect the 64-Gbps connector to the VIM2 module as follows:


Building Stacks a Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking port on the VIM2 module in the Summit X480 series switch.


b Firmly press the cable connector into the stacking port until the spring latch on top of the connector clicks into place.

2 Connect the 20G connector as follows: a Align the cable connector with the stacking port connector on the back of the switch (see

Figure

175: Connecting the 20G Connector on page 202).

b Firmly press the cable connector into place on the mating stacking port connector.

c Align and tighten the retaining screws on the cable connector.


Connect Active or Passive QSFP+ Cables

The QSFP+ direct-attach cable is used to connect ports on either of the following modules:


Building Stacks

•

SummitStack-V80 stacking module installed in a Summit X460 series switch

•

VIM2-SummitStack-V80 module installed in a Summit X480 series switch

To connect a QSFP+ direct-attach cable:

1 Holding the QSFP+ connector by its sides, insert the connector into the port on the switch.

Figure 176: Connecting a QSFP+ Direct-Attach Cable to a SummitStack-V80

Module

Passive copper cable (top) Active optical cable (bottom)

2 Push the connector into the port until you hear it click into place.

Connecting Console Ports for a Stack

To begin the software configuration for a new stack, you must have at least one console port connected

Connect a console to the console port of the switch that you intend to become the master of the stack.

If you are going to configure redundancy, you may wish to connect to the console ports of all switches in the stack that you will configure to be master-capable. If you followed the cabling examples in

Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring , and you use the easy-setup configuration procedure,

only slots 1 and 2 will be allowed to become master.


Building Stacks

Management Port Cabling

Connect the master, backup, and all other master-capable switches to your management network using the Ethernet management port on the rear panel of each switch.

If you choose the default redundancy setup, only slots 1 and 2 are allowed to become master. You may connect all switch management ports in the stack if you choose to do so. There is an alternate IP address configuration that will allow you to directly log into an individual switch in the stack through its management port.

Stacking Port LEDs

Each stacking port has an LED. The LED is steady green if the link is OK, blinking green if traffic is present, and off if no signal is present.

Stack Number Indicator LEDs

The Stack Number Indicator LED shows the slot number of the switch in the stack.

The top half of the number blinks if the switch is the master, and the bottom half blinks if it is the backup. If the LED is steadily lit, the switch is a standby. If the LED is off the switch is not configured as a member of a stack.


6

Installing Summit Family Switches

Safety Information

Installing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than Summit X460, X480, X650,

X670 and X770 Series)

Installing a Summit X460 Series Switch

Installing AC Power Supplies in Summit X460 Series Switches

Installing a Model 10933 or 10934A 300 W DC Power Supply in a Summit X460 Series

Switch


Installing Summit 450 W and 550 W Power Supplies


Installing Summit X650 Power Supplies

Installing a Summit X670 or X770 Series Switch

Connecting Network Interface Cables

Initial Management Access

This chapter describes how to install Summit family switches and associated components. The chapter also includes information about connecting network interface cables and establishing management access.

Note

Be sure to note if you are installing an AC powered switch or a DC powered switch; the installation instructions are different depending upon what type of power is used.

If you intend to use the SummitStack feature, see Building Stacks on page 164 before you install the

switches; the topic provides information about locating stacked switches and connecting the stacking cables.

Installing Summit Family Switches

Safety Information

Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before you attempt to install or remove a Summit switch.

Note

See

Safety Information Appendix for additional safety information and

Technical

Specifications

for additional information regarding regulatory compliance certifications.

Caution

Be sure that proper ESD controls are in use before switch maintenance is performed. This includes but is not limited to wrist straps that are grounded to the switch chassis and earth grounds.

Warning

Be sure to connect the chassis ground wire before you connect any DC power cables.

Be sure to disconnect the ground wire after you disconnect all DC power cables.

Installing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than Summit

X460, X480, X650, X670 and X770 Series)

This section describes how to install the following Summit family switches:

•

Summit X150 series

•

Summit X250e series

•

Summit X350 series

•

Summit X430 series

•

Summit X440 series

•

Summit X450 series

•

Summit X450a series

•

Summit X450e series

For instructions to install the Summit X460 series switches, see

Installing a Summit X460 Series Switch .

For instructions to install the Summit X480 series switches, see


.

For instructions to install the Summit X650 series switches, see Installing a Summit X650 Series Switch

.

For instructions to install the Summit X670 and X770 series switches, see Installing a Summit X670 or

X770 Series Switch .

A Summit family switch can be mounted in a standard 19-inch (48.26 cm) rack or placed free-standing on a table. The installation process includes the following tasks:

•

Install the switch in a rack or on a table.

•

(Optional) Install port option cards.

•

Ground the switch (DC-powered units only).

•

Connect a redundant power supply (if applicable).



•

Connect power cables.

•

Connect network interface cables.

If you are installing Summit family switches for use in a SummitStack configuration, read Summit

Family Switches before you install the switches.

For information about installing port option cards, see Installing Optional Ports

.

For information about grounding and connecting DC-powered Summit family switches, see Installing

Summit DC-Powered Switches

.

For information about installing and connecting redundant power supplies, see Summit Power

Supplies .

Rack-Mount a Summit Switch (Models Other than Summit X460, X480, X650, and X670 Series)

This section describes how to install Summit switch models other than the Summit X460, X480, X650, and X670 series switches.

The following items are provided with the Summit switch:

•

Mounting brackets

•

Screws to secure the mounting brackets to the switch

•

Eight M3 screws for Summit X350, X440, X450, X450a, and X450e series switches

•

Twelve M4 screws for Summit X150 and X250e series switches

•

Four rubber mounting feet for table top stacking

To install the switch in a rack, you need the following additional tools and equipment:

•

Four rack mounting screws

The screw size will vary based on your organization’s rack system; screws are not provided.

•

Screwdriver for securing the switch to your organization’s rack

The screwdriver size will vary based on the requirements of your organization’s rack system.

•

AC power cord

An AC power cord is not included with the Summit family switch. You must obtain a power supply cord that meets the requirements listed under

Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies .

To rack-mount a Summit switch:

1 Place the switch upright on a stable work surface.

2 Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the unit.

3 Insert the screws and fully tighten with a suitable screwdriver.



Figure 177: Attaching the Mounting Bracket

Summit X350, X440, X450, X450a, and X450e, series Summit X150 and X250e series

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the other side of the switch.



5 Slide the switch into the rack (see Figure 178: Installing a Switch in a Rack

on page 209).

Take care to load the rack so that it is not top-heavy. Start installing equipment at the bottom of the rack and work up.

Do not cover vents that would restrict airflow. Leave half a rack space between the units for adequate ventilation.

Figure 178: Installing a Switch in a Rack

6 Secure the switch with suitable screws (not provided).

7 Connect the power cables.

For AC-powered units, connect the power cable to the AC power connector on the back of the switch. Then connect the power cable to an AC power socket.

For information about DC-powered units, see Installing Summit DC-Powered Switches .

8 Connect the switch to the redundant power supply (if applicable). For instructions to install and connect redundant power supplies, see

Summit Power Supplies .

Free-Standing and Desktop Mount of Multiple Switches

Summit family switches are supplied with four self-adhesive rubber pads for desktop mounting.

The pads keep the switch from scratching the supporting surface and help ensure adequate airflow around the switches when they are mounted on top of one another.

To desktop mount your summit switches:

1 Carefully separate the four included rubber pads for each switch you are mounting.



2 Apply the pads to the underside of each device by placing a pad in the marked area at each corner of the switch, ensuring that all corners are aligned.

Figure 179: Applying the Rubber Pads to the Underside Corners of the Summit

Switch

Note

You can safely place up to four Summit family switches on top of one another.

Caution

If you are desktop mounting Summit X440-8t switches directly on top of each other, you must use the four rubber pads to maintain adequate airflow around the units.

Installing Summit DC-Powered Switches

This section provides additional details about installing the following Summit DC-powered switches:

•

Summit X250e-24tDC

•

Summit X250e-24xDC

•

Summit X250e-48tDC

•

Summit X440-24tDC

•

Summit X440-48tDC

•

Summit X450a-24tDC

•

Summit X450a-24xDC

•

Summit X450a-48tDC



You must adhere to specific safety requirements when you connect to a DC power source for one of these Summit switches.

Note

For centralized DC power connection, these products are intended to be installed in

Restricted Access Locations (dedicated equipment rooms, equipment closets, or the like) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA

70.

An optional redundant power supply, the EPS-150DC, is available for use with the Summit

DC-powered switches. When the EPS-150DC is used with a DC-powered Summit switch, the power supplies (internal and redundant) are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch. See

EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2) for further details.

Connecting the Internal DC Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage

Before you connect the switch to a power source, complete the physical installation of the switch in the equipment rack.

If you are installing a Summit DC-powered switch, you must ground the chassis before connecting the

switch to the DC source voltage. (See Grounding a Summit X250 or X450 DC-Powered Switch

on page

211.)

Grounding a Summit X250 or X450 DC-Powered Switch

Before you connect the power input cable to a Summit DC-powered switch, you must ground the chassis, following the instructions in this section.

Gather the following materials to ground the Summit X250 or X450 DC-powered switch:

•

Stranded copper wire cable, minimum size 14 AWG, maximum size 6 AWG

The wire should be long enough to reach from the installed switch to the facility ground point

•

Torque screwdriver with 1/4-inch flat blade

•

Additional grounding hardware appropriate to the earth ground connection at your site

Warning

Be sure to connect the chassis ground wire before you connect any power cables.

To ground the switch:

1 At one end of the wire, strip the insulation to expose 1/2 inch (12 mm) of bare wire.

2 Identify the grounding lug on the back of the switch.

The grounding lug is next to the edge of the back panel, identified by the international symbol for earth ground. Depending on the switch model, the grounding lug may be on either side.



Figure 180: Location of the Grounding Lug

Summit X450a series DC-powered switch Summit X250e series DC-powered switch

3 Insert the stripped wire into the grounding lug.

Figure 181: Attaching the Ground Wire to a Summit x450a Series Switch

Figure 182: Attaching the Ground Wire to a Summit X250e Series Switch

4 Using a straight-tip torque screwdriver, tighten the retaining screw to 20 pound-inches (2.25

Newton-meters).

5 Connect the other end of the wire to a known reliable earth ground point at your site.



Connecting the X250 or X450 DC Wiring Harness to the DC Source Voltage

A three-wire, 6-foot long DC wiring harness is included with the Summit family X250 or X450 DCpowered switch.

The DC wiring harness must be properly connected to the DC source voltage at your facility by a qualified electrician before you attach the connector on the wiring harness to the DC power supply socket on the switch. The figure below shows the wiring harness and connector. For information about the wire-to-pin connection, see

Wire-to-Pin Connection Specifications

Pinouts for the DB-9 Console

Connector .

Warning

The Summit DC-powered switch and rack must be connected to protective earth ground before installing any switch components.

Wiring the DC input power harness to your facilities DC source voltage must be performed by a qualified, licensed electrician. After the wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed electrician, you can remove, replace and maintain a

Summit DC-powered switch without further electrician assistance. However, always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC power connections at the rear of the switch.

Caution

The DC wiring harness must be properly connected to a DC main circuit breaker rated no greater than 20 A.

Provide proper connection and strain relief on the DC wiring harness in accordance with all local and national electrical codes.

Figure 183: Three-wire Cable Harness

Note

Each wire on the harness has been properly marked for proper attachment to the DC power source. Leave these labels on each lead wire for future reference.

Grounding a Summit X440 DC-Powered Switch

Before you connect the power input cable to a Summit X440 DC-powered switch, you must ground the chassis, following the instructions in this section.



Gather the following materials to ground the Summit X440 DC-powered switch:

•



•


•


Warning



1 Identify the grounding lug on the back of the switch. The grounding lug is is the middle screw of the

power connector panel, identified by the international symbol for earth ground. See Grounding a

Summit X440 DC-Powered Switch

on page 213.

Figure 184: Location of the Grounding Lug on the X440 DC Powered Switch

1=Grounding lug

2 Insert the Insert the spade terminal of the ground wire underneath the grounding lug.



Figure 185: Attaching the Ground Wire to a Summit X440 DC Series Switch

1=Grounding lug 2=Tighten with screwdriver

Note

The DC power terminal is covered by a plastic shield when shipped. Remove the shield to access the terminals.

3 Using a cross-head (Phillips) torque screwdriver, tighten the retaining screw to 20 pound-inches

(2.25 Newton-meters).


Connecting the DC Power Cables on the Summit X440-24tDC and X440-48tDC Switch to a

-48V Power Source

Warning

Always make sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the

DC power cables.

Warning

Be sure to ground the switch before connecting the power cables. See

Grounding a Summit

X440 DC-Powered Switch on page 213.

Caution

Provide proper connection and strain relief on the DC power cables in accordance with all local and national electrical codes.

To connect the DC power cables on X440 DC powered switches:



1 Verify that the DC circuit is de-energized.

2 Connect the DC power input cables as follows: a On each terminal, loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the

captive square washer (see Figure 186: Connecting the DC Power Cables on page 216).

b Slide the spade terminal of the negative wire (–48 V) under the captive square washer on the negative terminal (labeled –48V).

c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V_RTN) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (labeled –48V_RTN).

Figure 186: Connecting the DC Power Cables

d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 20 pound-inches (2.25 Newton-meters).

3 Energize the DC circuit.

Attaching the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Power Socket on the Switch

After the DC wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed electrician, you can remove, replace, and maintain the Summit DC-powered switch without further electrician assistance.

Note

Be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before you connect the DC wiring harness to the

DC power socket.

Caution


To attach the DC wiring harness to the internal DC power supply:



1 Plug the DC wiring harness connector into the DC power supply socket on the rear of the switch

(see the figure below).

The pins must align properly for the cable to completely connect. Do not force the cable into the

socket until the keyway is aligned properly. Refer to Figure 277: Three-wire Cable Harness on page

302 for the DC wiring harness connector.

Figure 187: DC Power Socket on a Summit X450a Series DC-Powered Switch

Note

The figure above shows the rear panel of a Summit X450a series DC-powered switch. The rear panel of other Summit DC-powered switches may vary slightly; however, the DC power socket is of the same type and the connection process is the same for all DCpowered switches.

2 Tighten the retainer nut on the connector until it is finger-tight.



The Summit X460 series switch fits into a standard 19-inch equipment rack.

The provided rack- mounting brackets attach to the front of the switch unit and are adaptable to either a front-mount or mid-mount installation.

The installation process includes the following tasks:

1 Install the switch in the rack.

2 Install the first power supply.

3 (Optional) Install a second power supply.

4 (Optional) Install a port option card or stacking module, or both.

5 Connect power cables.

6 For a stacked configuration, connect stacking cables

7 Connect network interface cables.

If you are installing Summit X460 series switches for use in a SummitStack configuration, read

Summit


Note




Pre-installation Requirements

Installing the Summit X460 series switch requires two people to maneuver the switch and attach mounting hardware.

Make sure there is adequate space behind the rack to provide access for installing power supplies, port option cards, and stacking modules.

The following items are provided with the Summit X460 series switch:

•

Two rack mounting brackets adaptable for either a front-mount or mid-mount installation

•

Twelve screws for attaching the brackets to the switch enclosure

You need the following additional tools and equipment:

•



•



•

AC power cord for each installed AC power supply

An AC power cord is not included with the Summit X460 series switch. You must obtain a power supply cord that meets the requirements listed under


Switches and AC Power Supplies

.

•

ESD-preventive wrist strap for installing optional ports at the back of the switch

Mid-Mount a Switch in a Two-Post Rack

To mid-mount a Summit X460 series switch in a two-post rack:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate ground point on the rack.

2 On one side of the switch, set the bracket against the switch housing, with the flange toward the

back of the switch (see Figure 188: Attaching a Rack-mounting Flange on page 219).

3 Use six of the provided screws to secure the bracket to the switch housing.



4 Repeat step to attach the other bracket to the other side of the switch.

Figure 188: Attaching a Rack-mounting Flange

5 Slide the switch into the equipment rack.

SH_19 7

SH_19 8

Figure 189: Installing the Summit X460 Series Switch

6 Secure the mounting bracket flanges to the rack, using screws that are appropriate for the rack.

(Rack-mounting screws are not provided.)

The Summit X460 series switch is shipped without installed power supplies. You can install one or two power supplies. After the switch is secured to the rack, install the necessary power supplies for your configuration. For instructions, see the following pages:

•

300 W AC power supply—

Installing a 300 W AC Power Supply in a Summit X460 Series Switch

•

750 W AC power supply— Installing a 750 W AC Power Supply in a Summit X460 Series Switch

•

300 W DC power supply—

Installing a Model 10933 or 10934A 300 W DC Power Supply in a Summit

X460 Series Switch

To install an XGM3-2sf port card, see

Installing a Summit XGM3 Series Port Option Card .



To install a stacking module, see

Installing an Option Card or Port Option Card in Slot B of a Summit

X460 Series Switch

.

Installing Summit DC-Powered Switches

This section provides additional details about installing the following Summit DC-powered switches:

•

Summit X250e-24tDC

•

Summit X250e-24xDC

•

Summit X250e-48tDC

•

Summit X440-24tDC

•

Summit X440-48tDC

•

Summit X450a-24tDC

•

Summit X450a-24xDC

•

Summit X450a-48tDC

You must adhere to specific safety requirements when you connect to a DC power source for one of these Summit switches.

Note

For centralized DC power connection, these products are intended to be installed in

Restricted Access Locations (dedicated equipment rooms, equipment closets, or the like) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA

70.

An optional redundant power supply, the EPS-150DC, is available for use with the Summit

DC-powered switches. When the EPS-150DC is used with a DC-powered Summit switch, the power supplies (internal and redundant) are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch. See

EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2) for further details.

Connecting the Internal DC Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage

Before you connect the switch to a power source, complete the physical installation of the switch in the equipment rack.

If you are installing a Summit DC-powered switch, you must ground the chassis before connecting the

switch to the DC source voltage. (See Grounding a Summit X250 or X450 DC-Powered Switch

on page

211.)

Grounding a Summit X250 or X450 DC-Powered Switch

Before you connect the power input cable to a Summit DC-powered switch, you must ground the chassis, following the instructions in this section.

Gather the following materials to ground the Summit X250 or X450 DC-powered switch:

•



•




•


Warning



1 At one end of the wire, strip the insulation to expose 1/2 inch (12 mm) of bare wire.

2 Identify the grounding lug on the back of the switch.

The grounding lug is next to the edge of the back panel, identified by the international symbol for earth ground. Depending on the switch model, the grounding lug may be on either side.

Figure 190: Location of the Grounding Lug

Summit X450a series DC-powered switch Summit X250e series DC-powered switch

3 Insert the stripped wire into the grounding lug.

Figure 191: Attaching the Ground Wire to a Summit x450a Series Switch



Figure 192: Attaching the Ground Wire to a Summit X250e Series Switch

4 Using a straight-tip torque screwdriver, tighten the retaining screw to 20 pound-inches (2.25

Newton-meters).


Connecting the X250 or X450 DC Wiring Harness to the DC Source Voltage

A three-wire, 6-foot long DC wiring harness is included with the Summit family X250 or X450 DCpowered switch.

The DC wiring harness must be properly connected to the DC source voltage at your facility by a qualified electrician before you attach the connector on the wiring harness to the DC power supply socket on the switch. The figure below shows the wiring harness and connector. For information about the wire-to-pin connection, see

Wire-to-Pin Connection Specifications

Pinouts for the DB-9 Console

Connector .

Warning

The Summit DC-powered switch and rack must be connected to protective earth ground before installing any switch components.

Wiring the DC input power harness to your facilities DC source voltage must be performed by a qualified, licensed electrician. After the wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed electrician, you can remove, replace and maintain a

Summit DC-powered switch without further electrician assistance. However, always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC power connections at the rear of the switch.

Caution

The DC wiring harness must be properly connected to a DC main circuit breaker rated no greater than 20 A.





Note


Attaching the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Power Socket on the Switch

After the DC wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed electrician, you can remove, replace, and maintain the Summit DC-powered switch without further electrician assistance.

Note

Be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before you connect the DC wiring harness to the

DC power socket.

Caution


To attach the DC wiring harness to the internal DC power supply:



1 Plug the DC wiring harness connector into the DC power supply socket on the rear of the switch

(see the figure below).


socket until the keyway is aligned properly. Refer to Figure 277: Three-wire Cable Harness on page

302 for the DC wiring harness connector.

Figure 194: DC Power Socket on a Summit X450a Series DC-Powered Switch

Note

The figure above shows the rear panel of a Summit X450a series DC-powered switch. The rear panel of other Summit DC-powered switches may vary slightly; however, the DC power socket is of the same type and the connection process is the same for all DCpowered switches.

2 Tighten the retainer nut on the connector until it is finger-tight.


Installing AC Power Supplies in Summit X460 Series Switches

Two AC power supplies are available for the Summit X460 series switches:

•


This power supply is compatible with the Summit X460-24t, Summit X460-48t, Summit X460-24x, and Summit X460-48x switch.

•

Summit 750 W AC power supply (Model 10931) for PoE models

This power supply is compatible with the Summit X460-24p and Summit X460-48p switch.

AC Power Supply Cords

An AC power cord is not included with a Summit AC power supply.

You can purchase AC power cords for use in the US and Canada from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The cord must meet the requirements listed under

Power Cord Requirements for AC-

Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies

.




Warning

To prevent an electrical hazard, make sure that the AC power cord is not connected to the power supply before you install the power supply in the power supply bay.

Caution

Make sure that the AC power supply circuit is not overloaded. Use proper over-current protection, such as a circuit-breaker, to prevent over-current conditions.

To install a 300 W AC power supply in a Summit X460 series switch:

1 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X460 series switch.

Figure 195: Removing a Blank Panel

2 Verify that the power supply is right side up (see Figure 196: Installing a Power Supply

on page

226).

3 Carefully slide the power supply all the way into the power supply bay (see

Figure 196: Installing a

Power Supply on page 226).


4 Push the power supply in until the latch snaps into place.

Caution

Do not slam the power supply into the switch.


Figure 196: Installing a Power Supply

Note

If power supplies are not installed in both power supply bays, be sure to install a cover over the unoccupied bay. Unoccupied bays must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

5 Connect the AC power cord to the input connector on the power supply and rotate the wire clip into place over the power cord connector.

6 Connect the other end of the power cord to an AC power outlet.

Warning

Always be sure that the source outlet is properly grounded before plugging the AC power cord into the AC power supply.

To install a second power supply, repeat steps 1 through 6.


Warning


Caution


To install a 750 W AC power supply in a Summit X460 series switch:



1 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X460 series switch ( Removing a

Blank Panel ).


2 Verify that the power supply is right side up (see Installing a 750 W AC Power Supply ).


Installing a 750 W AC

Power Supply ).



Caution



Figure 198: Installing a 750 W AC Power Supply

Note


5 Connect the AC power cord as follows:


Installing Summit Family Switches a If necessary, slide the plastic cord retainer farther away from the back of the switch (

Figure 199:

Moving the Power Cord Retainer on page 229).

Figure 199: Moving the Power Cord Retainer

b Connect the AC power cord to the input connector ( Figure 200: Connecting the Power Cord on

page 229).

Figure 200: Connecting the Power Cord


Installing Summit Family Switches c Open the clip and slip it over the barrel of the connector (

Figure 201: Attaching the Power Cord

Retainer

on page 230).

Figure 201: Attaching the Power Cord Retainer

d Snap the clip firmly around the connector.


Warning



Installing a Model 10933 or 10934A 300 W DC Power Supply in a

Summit X460 Series Switch

Caution

Make sure that the DC power supply circuit is not overloaded. Use proper over-current protection, such as a circuit-breaker, to prevent over-current conditions. You may use up to a

30-Amp breaker.

To install a DC power supply in a Summit X460 switch, perform the following tasks in the order listed:

1 Prepare the power cables and ground cable by attaching the provided connection lugs to the cables

(see

Preparing the Cables

).

2 Insert the power supply into the Summit X460 series switch (see Installing the Power Supply .)

3 Connect the ground (see

Connecting the Ground Cable ).

4 Have a qualified licensed electrician connect the power supply to the DC source voltage.

See Connecting the Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage

.




Required Tools and Materials

You need the following tools and materials to install or remove a 300 W DC power supply in a Summit

X460 series switch:

•

Two spade terminals (Tyco part number 328281 or equivalent) for connecting the input power cables (provided)

•

One ring terminal (Tyco part number 2-320561-4 or equivalent) and screw with captive lock washer

(type 6-32 UNC) for connecting the ground wire (both provided)

•

#14 AWG copper cable for grounding the power supply and connecting the power supply to the DC power source

A DC power cord is not included with the 300 W DC power supply. You must provide the #14 AWG copper cable. Recommended insulation colors are:

•

Red for the –48V connection (–)

•

Black for the –48V RTN connection (+)

•

Green or green with yellow stripe for the ground connection

•

Connection hardware appropriate to the installation site:

•

Hardware for connecting the power wires to the DC source

•

Hardware for connecting the ground wire to the site grounding point

•

Stripping tool

•

Crimping tool for attaching the lug to the ground wire

•

#1 Phillips screwdriver

•

Torque screwdriver and wrench or torque driver with attachments for tightening screws and nuts

•

ESD-preventive wrist strap

•

Thermal protective gloves (required for removal of a power supply)

Connection lugs for power and ground and a screw for connecting the ground wire are shipped with the power supply.

Preparing the Cables

A ring terminal and two spade terminals are provided with the power supply.

You need a crimping tool to attach the terminals to the power and ground cables.

To prepare the cables:

1 On each wire, strip 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from one end.

2 Insert the stripped wire end all the way into the barrel of the terminal (see Figure 202: Attaching

Power Connection Terminals to Cables

on page 232 and

Figure 203: Attaching ground terminal to cable

on page 232 ) and crimp the terminal securely to the wire.

Be sure to attach the ring terminal to the green/yellow wire.



Figure 202: Attaching Power Connection Terminals to Cables

Figure 203: Attaching ground terminal to cable

Installing the Power Supply

Caution

The handle on the Summit 300 W DC power supply is not designed to be used to lift or carry the Summit X460 series switch.

To install a DC power supply in a Summit X460 series switch:






3 Verify that the power supply is right side up (see the figures below).

4 Carefully slide the power supply all the way into the power supply bay (see the figures below).


Caution


Figure 205: Installing a Summit 300 W DC Power Supply (Model 10934A)

Figure 206: Installing a Summit 300 W DC Power Supply (Model 10933)




Connecting the Ground Cable

Warning


Warning

Be sure to disconnect the ground wire after you disconnect all power cables.

To connect the ground wire:



3 Identify the grounding point on the front panel of the power supply (see Connecting the Power

Supply to the DC Source Voltage

).

4 Insert a a 6-32 UNC screw (provided) through the ring terminal and into the grounding point on the power supply.

5 Tighten the screw to 12.6 inch-pounds (1.42 Newton-meters).


Figure 207: Connecting the Ground Wire (Model 10934A)

1 = Grounding point 2 = Ground wire

1

2

Figure 208: Connecting the Ground Wire (Model 10933)




Connecting the Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage

The DC power connection at your facility must be made by a qualified electrician, following the instructions in this section.

There are two 300W DC power supplies available: Model 10933 (recommended) and Model 10934A.

The model 10933 can connect to both a +24V and -48V power source.

Note

The connection instructions are different depending upon which type of power source you are connecting to. The model 10933 can connect to both +24V and -48V sources, while the

10934A can connect to only -48V sources.

Warning


DC power cables on the 300 W DC power supply.

Caution


Connecting the Model 10933 DC Power Supply to a +24V Source

Caution

These instructions are for the Model 10933 DC power supply only. Do not connect a Model

10934A DC power supply to a +24V source.

To connect the DC power input cables on an model 10933 power supply to a +24V source:



3 Slide the cover off the terminal block (see

Figure 209: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1) on

page 236).

4 Connect the DC power input cables as follows: a On each terminal, loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the captive square washer.



Installing Summit Family Switches c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (+24 V) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (+24V).

d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 11 inch-pounds (1.25 Newton-meters).

+24V

-24V

(+)

(–)

Figure 209: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1)

5 Slide the cover into place over the terminal block.

+24V

-24V

(+)

(–)


6 Connect the cables to the DC source voltage, using hardware appropriate to the installation site and following local and national electrical codes.




Leave the ESD strap permanently connected to the rack, so that the strap is always available when you need to handle ESD-sensitive components.

Connecting the Model 10933 or 10934A DC power supply to a -48V source

To connect the DC power input cables on the Model 10933 or 10934A power supplies to a -48V source:



3 Slide the cover off the terminal block (

Figure 211: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1) on page

238).




Installing Summit Family Switches c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (labeled RTN).

RTN

-48V

(+)

(–)


d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 11 inch-pounds (1.25 Newton-meters) ( Figure 212:

Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 2)

on page 239).







Leave the ESD strap permanently connected to the rack, so that the strap is always available when you need to handle ESD-sensitive components.


The Summit X480 series switch fits into a standard 19-inch equipment rack. The provided rackmounting brackets are adaptable to either two-post or four-post mounting.



2 (Optional) Install a VIM2 versatile interface module.

3 Install one or two power supplies and connect power cables.




If you are installing Summit X480 series switches for use in a SummitStack configuration, read Summit


Note

Take care to load the rack so that it is not top-heavy. Start installing equipment at the bottom and work up.

Required Tools and Materials

You need the following tools and materials to install or remove a 300 W DC power supply in a Summit

X460 series switch:

•


•

One ring terminal (Tyco part number 2-320561-4 or equivalent) and screw with captive lock washer

(type 6-32 UNC) for connecting the ground wire (both provided)

•

#14 AWG copper cable for grounding the power supply and connecting the power supply to the DC power source

A DC power cord is not included with the 300 W DC power supply. You must provide the #14 AWG copper cable. Recommended insulation colors are:

•


•


•


•


•


•


•

Stripping tool

•


•


•


•


•



Selecting Rear Mounting Brackets

The Summit X480 series switch has two sets of rear mounting brackets.

Use the bracket that best suits the type of rack installation:

•

Shorter brackets—mid-mounting in a 2-post rack

•

Longer brackets—mounting in a 4-post rack



Mid-Mount the Switch in a Two-Post Rack

Use the shorter rear mounting brackets for a mid-mounted switch.

To mid-mount the switch in a two-post rack:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate ground point on the rack.

2 Using rack-mounting screws suitable for your rack, attach a rear mounting bracket to the back of each rack post.

Do not tighten the screws all the way. You should be able to move the brackets against the rack post.

Figure 213: Attaching a Rear Mounting Bracket

3 From the back of the equipment rack, slide the switch into place over the mounting brackets.

Make sure the brackets slide between the support pegs on both sides of the switch.

Figure 214: Sliding the Switch onto the Rear Mounting Brackets



4 Push the switch forward as far as it will go, until the bracket support pegs are against the T of the mounting bracket (see the following figure).

a Securely tighten the rack mounting screws.

Figure 215: Fastening the Rear Mounting Brackets

5 At the front of the switch, place a front mounting bracket against each side of the switch, in front of the ventilation openings in the side of the switch.

Figure 216: Positioning the Front Mounting Brackets

6 Using the provided screws, attach each front bracket to the switch (see the following figure).



7 Slide the switch back in the rack until the front mounting brackets are against the front of the rack post.

Figure 217: Securing the Front Mounting Brackets to the Rack

8 Using mounting screws suitable for your equipment rack, secure the mounting brackets to the front of the rack post.

After the switch is secured to the rack, install and connect power supplies as described on

Installing a

Summit 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply

for AC power supplies or on

Installing a Summit 450 W or

550 W DC Power Supply

for DC power supplies.

Note

If you are installing a VIM2 module, install it in the switch before you connect the switch to power (see

Installing a Versatile Interface Module in a Summit X480, X650, or X670 Series

Switch ).

Front-Mount the Switch in a Two-Post Rack

1 Place the switch upright on a secure work surface.

2 Place a front mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the unit, with the flange at

the front of the switch (see Figure 218: Attaching a Front Mounting Bracket

on page 244).



3 Insert and tighten seven screws to secure the bracket to the side of the switch.

Figure 218: Attaching a Front Mounting Bracket

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to attach the remaining front bracket to the other side of the switch.

5 Slide the switch into the rack until the mounting bracket flanges are against the rack posts (see

Figure 219: Front-Mounting a Switch on page 244).

6 At each side, fasten the mounting bracket to the rack post using suitable screws.

Figure 219: Front-Mounting a Switch



After the switch is secured to the rack, install and connect power supplies as described on

Installing a


for AC power supplies or on




Note

If you are installing a VIM2 module, install it in the switch before you connect the switch to power.

Installing the Switch in a Four-Post Rack

To install the switch in a four-post rack:

1 At the back of the rack, attach a rear mounting bracket to each rear post.

Figure 220: Attaching Rear Mounting Brackets—Four-Post Installation


3 Set the switch on a secure work surface.

4 At the front of the switch, attach a rack-mounting bracket to each side as shown in Attaching a

Front Mounting Bracket

.


Installing Summit Family Switches a Position the bracket with the flange at the front edge of the switch.

Figure 221: Attaching a Front Mounting Bracket

5 From the front of the rack, slide the switch onto the rear mounting brackets.

Figure 222: Installing the Switch—Four-Post Installation



6 Slide the switch all the way into the rack and secure the mounting brackets to the front posts using suitable screws.

Figure 223: Securing the Switch to the Front Rack Posts—Four-Post Installation

After the switch is secured to the rack, install and connect power supplies as described in

Installing a


for AC power supplies or in




Note

If you are installing a VIM2 module, install it in the switch before you connect the switch to power.

Installing Summit 450 W and 550 W Power Supplies

Summit 450 W power supplies are compatible with the Summit X480 series switches and with Summit

X670 series switches that have front-to-back ventilation airflow.

The Summit 550 W power supplies are compatible only with Summit X670 series switches. They are available in versions for switches with either front-to-back or back-to-front airflow.

The Summit X480 and X670 series switches are shipped without installed power supplies; they accommodate one or two Summit 450 W or 550 W power supply units.

Note

You cannot combine 450 W power supplies and 550 W power supplies in the same Summit

X670 series switch.


Installing the Summit X480 switch requires two people to maneuver the switch and attach mounting hardware.



To allow safe handling of the switch during the installation process, make sure you have the following available space around the rack:

•

Back: Minimum 30 inches behind the rack posts.

•

Sides: For a two-post rack installation, allow adequate space for access to the sides of the switch so that the front mounting brackets can be attached to the switch.


•

2 front mounting brackets

•

16 screws for attaching the front mounting brackets to the switch enclosure

•

2 pairs of rear mounting brackets, one shorter and one longer

You need the following additional tools and materials:

•



•



•





.

•



An AC power cord is not included with the Summit AC power supply.

You can purchase AC power cords for use in the US and Canada from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The cord must meet the requirements listed in


Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies

.

Installing a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply

Warning


Caution


To install a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC power supply:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate grounding point.



2 If you are installing the power supply in a Summit X670 series switch:

a Verify that the switch chassis has been grounded (see step 6

on page 275 ).

b Verify that the airflow direction for the power supply is the same as the airflow direction of the installed fan modules in the switch.

3 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X480 or X670 series switch.


4 Verify that the power supply is right side up, with the latching tab at the left of the unit (see Figure

225: Installing a Power Supply

on page 249).





Caution





7 To install a second power supply, repeat steps 3 through 5.

Note


8 Connect the AC power cord to the input connector on the power supply.

9 Then connect the cord to an AC power outlet.

Warning


Installing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply

To install the Summit 450 W or 550 W DC power supply, perform the following tasks in the order listed:


(see next section).

2 Insert the power supply into the Summit X480 or X670 series switch (see

Installing the Power

Supply

).


Connecting the Ground Wire

).

4 Have a qualified licensed electrician connect the power supply to the DC source voltage (see

Connecting the Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage ).


Warning

To prevent an electrical hazard, make sure that the DC power cord is not connected to the power supply before you install the power supply in the power supply bay.

Caution

Make sure that the DC power supply circuit is not overloaded. Use proper over-current protection, such as a circuit-breaker, to prevent over-current conditions. Do not use a breaker rated for higher than 30 Amps.

Required Tools and Materials

You need the following tools and materials to install or remove a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC power supply:

•

Three spade terminals (Panduit part number PN14-6FN or equivalent) for connecting the ground and input power cables (provided)

•

#14 AWG stranded copper cable for grounding the power supply and connecting the power supply to the DC power source



DC power and grounding cables are not included with the 450 W or 550 W DC power supply. You must provide the #14 AWG stranded copper cable. Recommended insulation colors are:

•


•


•


•


•


•


•

Stripping tool

•

Crimping tool for attaching the lugs to the wires

•


•


•


•


Spade-type connection lugs for power and ground are shipped with the power supply.

Preparing the Cables

Three spade-type terminals are provided with the power supply.

You need a crimping tool to attach the terminals to the power and ground cables.


1 On each wire, strip 0.25 inch of insulation from one end.

2 Insert the stripped wire end all the way into the barrel of the terminal and crimp the terminal securely to the wire.

Figure 226: Attaching a Terminal to a Cable

Installing the Power Supply

To install a 450 W or 550 W DC power supply:


2 If you are installing the power supply in a Summit X670 series switch:

a Verify that the switch chassis has been grounded (see step 6

on page 275).

b Verify that the airflow direction for the power supply is the same as the airflow direction of the installed fan modules in the switch.



3 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X480 or X670 series switch.

_ 157


4 Verify that the power supply is right side up (see Figure 228: Installing a DC Power Supply

on page

252).

5 Carefully slide the power supply all the way into the power supply bay (see Figure 228: Installing a

DC Power Supply

on page 252 ).


Caution


Figure 228: Installing a DC Power Supply

7 To install a second power supply, repeat steps 3 through 6.



Connecting the Ground Wire

Warning


Warning


You need a #1 Phillips screwdriver to secure the ground wire to the power supply.




3 Pull the cover off the terminal block.

4 Identify the grounding point at the left of the terminal block.

Figure 229: Connecting the Ground Wire

5 Connect the ground wire to the grounding point as follows: a Loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the captive square washer (see

Figure 230: Securing the Ground Wire on page 254).

b Slide the spade terminal of the ground wire under the captive square washer.


Installing Summit Family Switches c Tighten the screw to 7 inch-pounds (0.99 Newton meters) (see

Figure 230: Securing the Ground

Wire on page 254).

Figure 230: Securing the Ground Wire


Connecting the Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage


Warning


DC power cables on the Summit 450 W or 550 W DC power supply.

Caution


To connect the DC power input cables:


2 Connect the DC power input cables as follows:


Installing Summit Family Switches a On each terminal, loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the

captive square washer (see Figure 231: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1) on page 256).

b Slide the spade terminal of the negative wire (–48 V) under the captive square washer on the negative terminal (labeled –).


Installing Summit Family Switches c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (labeled +).

(+)

(–)

-48V

RTN

SH _ 161


d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 7 inch-pounds (0.99 Newton meters).

(+)

(–)

-48V

RTN



_ 162

256


3 Snap the cover into place over the terminal block.




The Summit X650 series switch fits into a standard 19-inch equipment rack.

The provided rack-mounting brackets are adaptable to either two-post or four-post (cabinet) mounting.



2 Install one or two power supplies and connect power cables.


If you are installing Summit X650 series switches for use in a SummitStack configuration, read

Summit


Note

Take care to load the rack so that it is not top-heavy. Start installing equipment at the bottom and work up.


Installing the Summit X650 switch requires two people to maneuver the switch and attach mounting hardware.

To allow safe handling of the switch during the installation process, make sure you have the following available space around the rack:

•

Back: Minimum 30 inches behind the rack posts or back of the cabinet.

•

Sides: For a two-post rack installation, allow adequate space for access to the sides of the switch so that the front mounting brackets can be attached to the switch.


•

2 front mounting brackets

•

16 screws for attaching the front brackets to the switch enclosure

•

2 pairs of rear mounting brackets, one shorter and one longer

You need the following additional tools and materials:

•



•





•





.

•


Selecting Rear Mounting Brackets

To allow installation of the switch in cabinets of different depths, the Summit X650 series switch has two sets of rear mounting brackets.

Use the bracket that best suits the cabinet depth or rack depth where the switch will be installed:

•

Shorter brackets—cabinets or racks 25 inches to 31 inches (63.5 cm to 76.7 cm) deep

•

Longer brackets—cabinets or racks 25 inches to 36 inches (63.5 cm to 91.4 cm) deep

For a two-post rack installation, the shorter brackets are recommended.

Installing the Switch in a Two-Post Rack

To install the switch in a two-post rack:


2 Using rack-mounting screws suitable for your rack, attach a rear mounting bracket to the back of each rack post.

Do not tighten the screws all the way. You should be able to move the brackets against the rack post.

Figure 233: Attaching a Rear Mounting Bracket—Two-Post Rack Installation



3 From the back of the equipment rack, slide the switch into place over the mounting brackets.

Make sure the brackets slide between the support pegs on both sides of the switch.

Figure 234: Sliding the Switch onto the Rear Mounting Brackets

4 Push the switch forward as far as it will go, until the bracket support pegs are against the T of the mounting bracket (see

Figure 235: Fastening the Rear Mounting Brackets—Two-Post Rack on page

259).

a Securely tighten the rack mounting screws.

Figure 235: Fastening the Rear Mounting Brackets—Two-Post Rack



5 At the front of the switch, place a front mounting bracket against each side of the switch, in front of the ventilation openings in the side of the switch.

Make sure there is space between the bracket and the ventilation openings.

Figure 236: Positioning the Front Mounting Brackets—Two-Post Rack

6 Using the provided screws, attach each front bracket to the switch (see

Figure 236: Positioning the

Front Mounting Brackets—Two-Post Rack on page 260).



7 Slide the switch back in the rack until the front mounting brackets are against the front of the rack post.

Make sure that the ventilation holes in the side of the switch are within the open channel of the rack post.

Figure 237: Securing the Front Mounting Brackets to the Rack

8 Using mounting screws suitable for your equipment rack, secure the mounting brackets to the front of the rack post.


Installing an

850 W AC Power Supply in a Summit X650 Series Switch or

Installing an 850 W DC Power Supply in a

Summit X650 Series Switch .

Installing the X650 Switch in a Cabinet or Four-Post Rack

To install the switch in a cabinet or four-post rack:



1 At the back of the cabinet, attach a rear mounting bracket to each rear post.

Figure 238: Attaching Rear Mounting Brackets—Cabinet Installation



4 At the front of the switch, attach a rack-mounting bracket to each side (see Figure 239: Attaching the Front Mounting Brackets—Cabinet Installation on page 262).

a Position the bracket with the flange at the front edge of the switch.

Figure 239: Attaching the Front Mounting Brackets—Cabinet Installation



5 From the front of the cabinet, slide the switch onto the rear mounting brackets.

Figure 240: Installing the Switch—Cabinet Installation



6 Slide the switch all the way into the cabinet and secure the mounting brackets to the front rack posts using suitable screws.

Figure 241: Securing the Switch to the Front Rack Posts—Cabinet Installation


Installing an

850 W AC Power Supply in a Summit X650 Series Switch or

Installing an 850 W DC Power Supply in a

Summit X650 Series Switch .

Installing Summit X650 Power Supplies

The Summit X650 series switch is shipped without installed power supplies.

The switch accommodates one or two Summit 850 W power supply units.


An AC power cord is not included with the Summit 850 W AC power supply.

You can purchase AC power cords for use in the US and Canada from Extreme Networks or from your

local supplier. The cord must meet the following requirements listed in Power Cord Requirements for

AC-Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies

.



Installing an 850 W AC Power Supply in a Summit X650 Series Switch

Caution


To install an 850 W AC power supply in a Summit X650 series switch:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate grounding point.



3 Verify that the power supply is right side up, with the latching tab at the right of the unit (see Figure

243: Installing a Power Supply on page 266).






Caution




6 To install a second power supply, repeat steps 5 on page 327 and 6

on page 327.

Note


7 Connect an appropriate AC power cord to the power input socket; connect the other end of the power cord to a grounded AC power outlet.

Warning

Always be sure that the source outlet is properly grounded before plugging the AC power cord into the unit.

Installing an 850 W DC Power Supply in a Summit X650 Series Switch

Caution

Make sure that the DC power supply circuit is not overloaded. Use proper over-current protection, such as a circuit-breaker, to prevent over-current conditions. You may use up to a

30-Amp breaker.

To install the 850 W DC power supply, perform the following tasks in the order listed:


(see next section).



2 Insert the power supply into the Summit X650 series switch (see

Installing the Power Supply .


Connecting the Ground Cable ).

4 Have a qualified licensed electrician connect the power supply to the DC source voltage (see

Connecting the Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage ).


Required Tools and Materials

You need the following tools and materials to install an 850 W DC power supply:

•


•

One ring terminal (Tyco part number 130496 or equivalent) and screw with captive lock washer

(type M3.5) for connecting the ground wire (both provided)

•

#12 AWG stranded copper cable for grounding the power supply and connecting the power supply to the DC power source

A DC power cord is not included with the Summit X650 DC power supply. You must provide the #12

AWG stranded copper cable. Recommended insulation colors are:

•


•


•


•


•


•


•

Stripping tool

•


•


•



Preparing the Cables

A ring terminal and two spade terminals are provided with the power supply. You need a crimping tool to attach the terminals to the power and ground cables.


1 On each wire, strip 0.25 inch of insulation from one end.

2 Insert the stripped wire end all the way into the barrel of the terminal and crimp the terminal securely to the wire.



Figure 244: Attaching Power Connection Terminals to Cables

Figure 245: Attaching ground terminal to cable

Installing the Power Supply

Caution

The handle on the Summit X650 DC power supply is not designed to be used to lift or carry the Summit X650 series switch.

To install an 850 W DC power supply in a Summit X650 series switch:

1 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X650 series switch (see

Figure 246:

Removing a Blank Panel

on page 268).

SH_106


2 Verify that the power supply is right side up (see Figure 247: Installing an 850 W DC Power Supply

on page 269).




Figure 247: Installing an

850 W DC Power Supply on page 269).


Caution


SH_107

Figure 247: Installing an 850 W DC Power Supply

5 To install more power supplies, repeat steps 2 though 4.

Connecting the Ground Cable

Warning


Warning




2 Identify the grounding point on the front panel of the power supply.





3 Insert an M3.5 screw (provided) through the ring terminal and into the grounding point on the power supply.

4 Tighten the screw to 12.6 inch-pounds.


Connecting the Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage


Warning


DC power cables on the Summit X650 DC power supply.

Caution


To connect the DC power input cables:


2 Slide the cover off the terminal block (

Figure 249: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1) on page

271).




Installing Summit Family Switches c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (labeled RTN).

RTN

-48V

(+)

(–)

SH_111


d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 11 inch-pounds (1.2 Newton-meters) (

Figure 250:

Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 2)

on page 272).







Installing a Summit X670 or X770 Series Switch

The Summit X670 and X770 series switch fits into a standard 19-inch equipment rack.

The provided rack-mounting brackets attach to the front of the switch unit and are adaptable to either a front-mount or mid-mount installation. Optional rear-mounting brackets are also included for fourpost racks or cabinets.

The overall installation process includes the following tasks:


2 Ground the switch via the grounding lug (if present).

3 Install the first power supply.

4 (Optional for X670 series switches) Install a second power supply.

5 (Optional for Summit X670V-48x switch) Install a VIM4-40G4X module.

6 Connect power cables.

7 For a stacked configuration, connect stacking cables.




If you are installing Summit X670 or X770 series switches for use in a SummitStack configuration, read

Summit Family Switches before you install the switches.

Note


X670 and X770 Pre-installation Requirements

Installing the Summit X670 or X770 series switch requires two people to maneuver the switch and attach mounting hardware.

Make sure there is adequate space behind the rack to provide access for installing power supplies and port option cards or modules.

Summit X670 and X770 series switches are available in models with either front-to-back or back-tofront ventilation airflow. Make sure that the power supplies for your switch have the same airflow direction as the fans in the sw

The following items are provided with the Summit X670 and X770 series switches:

•

Two rack mounting brackets adaptable for either a front-mount or mid-mount installation

•

Two long mounting brackets (rails) for rear mounting in four-post or cabinet installation

•

Twelve screws for attaching the brackets to the switch enclosure

•

Ring terminal (equivalent to Panduit PV14-8R-E) and M4 screw with captive washer for grounding the switch if it has a grounding lug (X670 series switches only).

You need the following additional tools and equipment:

•


•

Four (or eight for four-post) rack mounting screws


•



•


An AC power cord is not included with the Summit X670 and X770 series switches. You must obtain a power supply cord that meets the requirements listed under


Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies .

•

#14 AWG copper cable for grounding the switch

The recommended insulation color is green or green with yellow stripe

•

Stripping tool

•

Crimping tool for attaching the ring terminal to the ground wire

•




Mid-Mounting a X670 or X770 Switch in a Two-Post Rack

1 On one side of the switch, set a mounting bracket against the switch housing, with the flange toward the back of the switch (see

Figure 251: Attaching a Rack-mounting Bracket (X670 shown)

on page 274).

2 Use six of the provided screws to secure the bracket to the switch housing.

3 Repeat these steps to attach the other bracket to the other side of the switch.

Figure 251: Attaching a Rack-mounting Bracket (X670 shown)


Figure 252: Installing the Summit X670 or X770 Series Switch





6 Ground the switch if grounding lug is present (X670 series switches).

a Strip 0.25 inch from the end of the AWG # 14 copper wire.

b Securely crimp the provided ring terminal onto the stripped wire.

c Insert the provided M4 screw through the ring terminal and into the grounding stud on the front of the switch (see

Figure 253: Grounding a Summit X670 Series Switch on page 275).

d Securely tighten the screw.

Figure 253: Grounding a Summit X670 Series Switch

The Summit X670 and X770 series switches are shipped without installed power supplies. You can install one or two power supplies. After the switch is secured to the rack, install the necessary power supplies for your configuration. For instructions, see the following pages:

•


•


Note

If you are installing a VIM4 module in the Summit X670V-48x switch, install it in the switch

before you connect the switch to power (see Installing a Versatile Interface Module in a

Summit X480, X650, or X670 Series Switch

).

Front-Mounting a Switch in a Two-Post Rack

To front-mount a Summit X670 or X770 series switch in a two-post rack:

1 Attach each mounting bracket as follows: a Set the bracket against the switch housing, with the flange even with the front panel of the switch (see

Figure 254: Attaching a Rack-mounting Bracket (X670 shown) on page 276).

b Use six of the provided screws to secure the bracket to the switch housing.


Installing Summit Family Switches c Repeat steps a and b to attach the other bracket to the other side of the switch.



Figure 255: Installing the Summit X670 or X770 Series Switch (X670 shown)







Installing Summit Family Switches c Insert the provided M4 screw through the ring terminal and into the grounding stud on the front of the switch (

Figure 256: Grounding a Summit X670 Series Switch

on page 277).



The Summit X670 and X770 series switches are shipped without installed power supplies. You can install two power supplies for a redundant power configuration. After the switch is secured to the rack, install the necessary power supplies for your configuration. For instructions, see the following pages:

•


•


Note




).

Installing the X670 or X770 Switch in a Cabinet or Four-Post Rack

To install the Summit X670 or X770 series switch in a cabinet or four-post rack:

1 Attach each front-mounting bracket as follows: a Set the bracket against the switch housing, with the flange even with the front panel of the switch (see

Installing the X670 or X770 Switch in a Cabinet or Four-Post Rack

on page 277).

b Use six of the provided screws to secure the bracket to the switch housing.


Installing Summit Family Switches c Repeat steps a and b to attach the other bracket to the other side of the switch.


2 From the front of the rack, slide the switch into the equipment rack.

Figure 258: Installing the Summit X670 or X770 Series Switch (X670 shown)

3 Secure the front-mounting bracket flanges to the rack, using screws that are appropriate for the rack. (Rack-mounting screws are not provided.)



4 At the rear of the rack or cabinet, for each side, slide the rear mounting brackets (rails) between the two rows of pegs on either side of the switch.

Figure 259: Inserting the Rear Mounting Brackets Between the Pegs on the Side of the Switch

5 Secure the rear mounting brackets to the rack posts using suitable screws. Be sure that the switch is level.





Installing Summit Family Switches c Insert the provided M4 screw through the ring terminal and into the grounding stud on the front of the switch (

#i739419/image_lj1_dvh_bm

on page 280).



The Summit X670 and X770 series switches are shipped without installed power supplies. After the switch is secured to the rack, install the necessary power supplies for your configuration. For instructions, see the following sections:

•


on page 248

•

Installing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply on page 250

Note




on page 317).

Connecting Network Interface Cables

Use the appropriate type of cable to connect the ports of your switch to another switch or router.

For connections to the 10GBASE-T ports on the Summit X650-24t switch, see the following table for cable types and distances.



Cable Type

CAT5E

CAT6

CAT6A

Maximum Distance

55 meters

55 meters

100 meters

Note

Cables used for connection to the 10GBASE-T ports on the Summit X650-24t switch must meet the minimum requirements of the IEEE 802.3an standard.

Working carefully, one port at a time:

1 Verify that you have identified the correct cable for the port.

2 Use an alcohol wipe or other appropriate cleaning agent to clean the cable connectors; make sure they are free of dust, oil, and other contaminants.

3 If you are using optical fiber cable, align the transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx) connectors with the correct corresponding connectors on the switch or the I/O module.

4 Press the cable connectors into their mating connectors on the switch or I/O module until the cable connector is firmly seated.

5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the remaining cables on this or other switches or I/O modules.

6 Dress and secure the cable bundle to provide appropriate strain relief and protection against bends and kinks.

Initial Management Access

When you take your switch from the box and set it up for the first time, you must connect to the console to access the switch and perform initial security configuration.

At this time you can also manually configure an IP address for the management VLAN.

Connecting Equipment to the Console Port

Connection to the console port is used for direct local management.

The console port settings are:

•

Baud rate—9600

•

Data bits—8

•

Stop bit—1

•

Parity—None

•

Flow control—XON/XOFF

The terminal or PC with terminal-emulation software that you connect to an Extreme Networks switch must be configured with these settings. This procedure is described in the documentation supplied with the terminal.



Appropriate cables are available from your local supplier, or you can make your own. To ensure the electromagnetic compatibility of the unit, use only shielded serial cables. For connector pinouts associated with the console port, see

Console Connector Pinouts .

Logging In for the First Time

After your switch has completed all power on self-tests, it is operational. You can log in and configure an IP address for the management VLAN (named mgmt).

Note

The management port is part of the management VLAN by default.

To manually configure the IP settings:

1 Connect a terminal or PC with terminal-emulation software to the console port on the Summit switch.

2 At the terminal, press [Enter] one or more times until you see the login prompt.

3 At the login prompt, enter the default user name admin to log on with administrator privileges.

For example: login: admin

Administrator capabilities allow you to access all switch functions.

The system will ask a series of questions about the default management settings, which allow all forms of management access for convenience in setting the initial configuration.

4 Answer each question based on the level of security needed for the particular management access type.

Note

For more information about logging in to the switch and configuring switch management access, see the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

5 At the password prompt, press [Enter].

The default user name admin has no password assigned to it.

When you have successfully logged on to the system, the command line prompt displays the system name (for example, SummitX650>) in its prompt.

Note

For more information about how to assign a specific system name, see the ExtremeXOS

Concepts Guide.

6 Assign an IP address and subnetwork mask for VLAN default by typing: configure vlan mgmt ipaddress 123.45.67.8 255.255.255.0

Your changes take effect immediately.



7 Save your configuration changes so that they will be in effect after the next system reboot by typing: save

The configuration is saved to the configuration database of the switch.

Note

For more information about saving configuration changes, see the ExtremeXOS Concepts

Guide.

8 When you are finished with these tasks, log out of the switch by typing: logout


7

Installing Summit External Power

Supplies

Safety


Installing an EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)

Installing an EPS-LD External Power Supply

Installing an EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit

Installing an EPS-600LS External Power Module

Installing an EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)

Installing an EPS-C2 Chassis

Read the information in the following sections thoroughly before you start to install or remove an external power supply.

Safety

Only trained service personnel should perform service to Extreme Networks switches and their components.

Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Trained service personnel have read all related installation manuals, have the technical training and experience necessary to be aware of the hazards to which they are exposed in performing a task, and are aware of measures to minimize the danger to themselves or other persons.

Note

See

Technical Specifications for additional information regarding regulatory compliance

certifications.

Caution

Before installing or removing any components of the system, or before carrying out any

maintenance procedures, read the safety information provided in Safety Information of this

guide. Not following these precautions can result in equipment damage or shock.


Warning

Extreme Networks AC power supplies do not have switches for turning the unit on and off.

Remove the wall plug from the electrical outlet to disconnect the power to an Extreme

Networks AC power supply. Make sure that this connection is easily accessible.

When the power supply is outside the chassis (not installed), do not plug the power supply into an electrical outlet. Plugging an uninstalled AC power supply into an electrical outlet exposes you to a hazardous energy and is a potential fire hazard.

Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC wiring harness at the DC power socket on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit, and before connecting or disconnecting the redundant power cord between the switch and the

EPS-150DC unit.


You need the following tools and equipment to install an external power supply:

•

# 1 Phillips screwdriver

•

Rack mount screws suitable for your organization’s equipment rack

•

Screwdriver suitable for use with your rack-mount screws

•

AC power cord

An AC power cord is not included with the external power supply. You must obtain a power supply cord that meets the requirements listed under


Note

When you connect an external power supply, consider all of the equipment that is connected to the power supply circuit to ensure that the circuit is not overloaded. Use proper overcurrent protection, such as a circuit breaker, to prevent overcurrent conditions.

The switch and each redundant power supply source should be plugged into separate branch circuits to provide redundancy.



Installing an EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)

You can order the EPS-T chassis with one or two EPS-160 power supplies already installed. You can also order an additional power supply from your Extreme Networks reseller.

The EPS-T can be mounted in a rack or placed free-standing on a table.

Rack-mount the EPS-T

Caution

Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-T from under a table or desk, or to attach the EPS-T to a wall.

To rack-mount the EPS-T:

1 Place the EPS-T upright on a stable surface, with the front facing you.

2 Remove the mounting bracket kit from the packaging.

3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows: a Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the EPS-T (see the figure below).

b Insert the screws and fully tighten them using a screwdriver.


c Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the other side of the EPS-T.

4 Slide the EPS-T into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.

Installing an EPS-160 Power Supply into an EPS-T

To install an EPS-160 power supply into the EPS-T:

1 Remove the EPS-160 power supply from the packing material.

2 Remove the cover plate from an empty slot on the EPS-T.

3 Insert the power supply into the empty slot on the EPS-T.

4 Tighten the captive thumbscrews to secure the power supply to the EPS-T.

Connect the EPS-160 power supply to the Summit switch, following the instructions in Connecting the

EPS-160 Power Supply to the Switch

.



Connecting the EPS-160 Power Supply to the Switch

One end of the EPS-160 redundant power cord has a keyed connector to ensure correct alignment of the connector.

The key is a plastic tab on the cord connector housing that fits into the EPS-160 unit.

Figure 262: Redundant Power Cord Connector

Caution

Always connect the redundant power supply cord before you attach the AC power cord to the EPS-160 power supply.

To connect the EPS-160 power supply to the switch:

1 Connect the keyed end of the redundant power supply cord to the EPS-160 power supply (see

Redundant Power Connections ).



2 Connect the other end of the redundant power supply cord to the Extreme switch (see

Redundant

Power Connections ).

This connector end can only be inserted into the switch with the end marked TOP facing up.

Note

If your switch was shipped with a metal cover plate over the redundant power input connector, remove the cover.

Warning

The redundant power input connector on the rear of the switch contains high energy and is a burn hazard. Use care when connecting the redundant power supply cord to the rear of the switch.

Figure 263: Redundant Power Connections

3 Connect an appropriate AC power cord to the AC connector on each unit.

Note

An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-160 unit. For information about selecting

a power cord, see Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC Power

Supplies .

The Power LED on the front of the EPS-160 should light solid green to indicate that it is ready.

Installing an EPS-LD External Power Supply

The EPS-LD power supply can be mounted in a rack or placed free-standing on a table.

You can position the EPS-LD facing either the front or the back of the rack. For this reason, each unit has two sets of mounting holes on each side. Extreme Networks recommends that you position the



EPS-LD so that the power output connectors on the EPS-LD unit are on the same side as the external connector on the connecting switch.

Caution

Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-LD from under a table or desk, or to attach the unit to a wall.

Note

An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-LD power supply. See

Power Cord

Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies

for information about selecting a power cord.

Rack-mount the EPS-LD Power Supply

Note

When installing an EPS-LD in a rack, make sure air vents are not restricted. Allow for elevated ambient operating temperatures when the EPS-LD is installed adjacent to other equipment.

Be sure you mount the equipment in the rack so that the load is evenly distributed.

To rack-mount each EPS-LD unit:

1 Place the EPS-LD unit upright on a stable surface, with the side you want to face to the front of the switch toward you.


3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows: a Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the unit (see the figure below)).

b Insert the provided screws and fully tighten them using a screwdriver.


c Repeat steps a and b

for the other side of the EPS-LD unit.



4 Slide the EPS-LD into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.

Note

Extreme Networks recommends that you position the EPS-LD so that the output connectors are on the same side as the external connector on the connecting switch. If you mount the EPS-LD with the connectors facing in the opposite direction from the

Summit switch connector, leave at least 1 U between the switch and the EPS-LD through which to slide the power cords. Do not route the power cords around the equipment rack.

Connecting the EPS-LD to the Switch

Caution

Do not attach the AC power cord to the EPS-LD unit until the unit is properly grounded at the electrical outlet and the redundant power supply cord is connected.

One end of the EPS-LD cord has a keyed connector to ensure correct alignment of the connector. The key is a plastic tab on the cord connector housing that fits into the EPS-LD unit.

Collin's

ES4K027

Figure 265: EPS-LD Connector with Key

To connect the EPS-LD to the switch:

1 Connect the keyed end of the cord to the power supply unit (see Figure 266: Connecting an EPS-LD

Unit to a Switch on page 291).

2 Align and tighten the captive retaining screws on the connector.



3 Connect the other end of the EPS-LD cord to the Extreme switch.

The connector fits in only one direction.

Note


Warning


Figure 266: Connecting an EPS-LD Unit to a Switch

Connecting the EPS-LD to Power

An AC input power cord is not provided with the EPS-LD.

Make sure the EPS-LD is connected to the switch before you connect the AC power.

Caution

The EPS-LD does not have a switch for turning the unit on and off. You disconnect power to the EPS-LD by removing the plug from the electrical outlet. Make sure that this connection is easily accessible.

To connect the EPS-LD to power:

1 Connect the AC input power cord to the AC connector on the EPS-LD.

2 Connect the other end of the AC cord to the electrical outlet.

a Make sure the electrical outlet is properly grounded.

The Power LED on the front of the EPS-LD lights solid green to indicate that it is ready.

Installing an EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit

You can position the EPS-500 facing either the front or the back of the rack.



For this reason, each unit has two sets of mounting holes on each side. Extreme Networks recommends that you position the EPS-500 unit so that the power output connectors of the EPS-500 unit are on the same side as the external connector on the connecting switch.

The EPS-500 unit can be mounted in a rack or placed free-standing on a table.

Note

An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-500 unit. See Power Cord Requirements for

AC-Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies


Rack-mount an EPS-500 Power Supply

Caution

When you install an EPS-500 in an equipment rack, make sure that the air vents are not restricted. Allow for elevated ambient operating temperatures when the unit is installed adjacent to other equipment. To avoid hazardous conditions due to uneven mechanical loading, make sure that the equipment is mounted properly in the equipment rack.

Caution

Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-500 from under a table or desk, or to attach the unit to a wall.

To rack-mount each EPS-500:

1 Place the EPS-500 upright on a stable surface, with the side you want to face to the front of the switch toward you.


3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows: a Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the EPS-500 (see

Figure 267:

Attaching a Mounting Bracket on page 292).

b Insert the provided screws and fully tighten the screws using a screwdriver.

Figure 267: Attaching a Mounting Bracket

c Repeat steps 2 and 3 on the opposite side of the EPS-500.



4 Slide the EPS-500 into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.

Note

Extreme Networks recommends that you position the EPS-500 so that the output connectors are on the same side as the external connector on the connecting switch. If you position the EPS-500 with the connectors facing in the opposite direction from the

Summit switch connector, leave at least 1 U between the switch and the EPS-500 through which to slide the power cords. Do not route the power cords around the equipment rack.

Connecting the EPS-500 Power Supply

Caution

Do not attach the AC power cord to the EPS-500 unit until the unit is properly grounded at the electrical outlet and the redundant power cord is connected.

One end of the EPS-500 cord has a keyed connector to ensure correct alignment of the connector. The key is a plastic tab on the connector housing that fits into the EPS-500 unit.

Figure 268: EPS-500 Redundant Power Cord with Connector Key

1 Connect the keyed end of the EPS-500 redundant power cord to the power supply unit (see

Connecting an EPS-500 Unit to a Switch).



2 Connect the other end of the redundant power cord to the Extreme switch.

The connector fits the slot in only one direction.

Note


Warning


Figure 269: Connecting an EPS-500 Unit to a Switch

3 Connect an appropriate AC input power cord to the AC connector on the EPS-500 unit.

Note

An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-500 unit. See Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC Power Supplies


Caution

The EPS-500 unit does not have a switch for turning the unit on and off. Disconnect power to the EPS-500 unit by removing the plug from the electrical outlet. Be sure that this connection is where you can easily reach it.

4 Connect the other end of the AC power cord to the electrical outlet.

Be sure that the electrical outlet is properly grounded.

The Power LED on the front of the EPS-500 unit should light solid green to indicate that it is ready.



Installing an EPS-600LS External Power Module

Install one, two, or three EPS-600LS power modules (model 10913) in the EPS-C chassis (Model No.

10912) to build an external redundant power system for a Summit PoE-capable switch.

A redundant power cable shipped with the EPS-C chassis provides the connection between the external power system and the redundant power input connector on the back of the switch.

Note

An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-600LS power module. See Power Cord



Each EPS-C chassis is shipped with a special redundant power supply cord for connection to the Summit switch. Make sure that the EPS-C chassis is installed in the rack system before installing an EPS-600LS unit.

Installing an EPS-C Chassis

Caution

Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-C from under a table or desk, or to attach the EPS-C unit to a wall.

The EPS-C is intended for use only with a Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch. You can install the

EPS-C above or below the Summit switch.

Figure 270: EPS-C and Summit Switch

To rack-mount the EPS-C:

1 Place the EPS-C upright on a secure work surface.


3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows: a Place a rack-mount bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the unit.


Installing Summit External Power Supplies b Insert the provided screws and tighten them securely.


c Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the other side of the EPS-C.

4 Slide the EPS-C into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.

5 Connect the keyed end of the redundant power cord to the EPS-C (see

Figure 272: Installing the

Redundant Power Cord on page 296). Verify that the side of the connector marked TOP is facing

up.

The key is a plastic tab on the cable connector housing that fits into the EPS-C to ensure correct alignment of the connector.

6 Connect the other end of the redundant power cord to the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch (see

Figure 272: Installing the Redundant Power Cord on page 296). Be sure that the side of

the connector marked TOP is facing up.

Figure 272: Installing the Redundant Power Cord

Installing an EPS-600LS Power Supply

To install an EPS-600LS unit into an EPS-C:



1 If necessary, remove a cover plate from a slot in the EPS-C.

2 Slide the EPS-600LS into an empty slot in the EPS-C.

Caution

Be sure that empty slots in the EPS-C chassis are always covered by a cover plate when not in use. The EPS-C is shipped with slots 2 and 3 covered and slot 1 open. Extreme

Networks recommends that you populate slot 1 with an EPS-600LS unit first, but this is not required. You can install EPS-600LS units into any of the slots in the EPS-C. The installation sequence does not affect the performance of the power supply units, but empty slots must be covered at all times.

Figure 273: Installing the EPS-600LS Unit in the EPS-C Chassis

3 Slide the unit completely into the chassis until the front of the EPS-600LS is flush with the surface of the EPS-C (see

Figure 274: Securing the EPS-600LS to the EPS-C Chassis on page 298).



4 Align and tighten the captive screws to secure the EPS-600LS unit in place in the EPS-C (see Figure

274: Securing the EPS-600LS to the EPS-C Chassis on page 298).

Figure 274: Securing the EPS-600LS to the EPS-C Chassis



5 Connect an appropriate AC power cord to the AC connector on the EPS-600LS unit (see

Figure

275: Connecting the AC Power Cord

on page 299).

Use the cable clip on the EPS-600LS unit to hold the AC power cord in place (see Figure 275:

Connecting the AC Power Cord

on page 299).

Note

An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-600LS unit. See

Power Cord



Caution

The EPS-600LS unit does not have a switch for turning the unit on and off. Disconnect power to the EPS-600LS unit by removing the plug from the electrical outlet. Make sure that this connection is easily accessible to you.

Figure 275: Connecting the AC Power Cord

6 Connect the other end of the AC power cord to the electrical outlet (see the figure above).

Be sure that the electrical outlet is properly grounded.

7 Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each EPS-600LS unit.

Installing an EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)

The EPS-150DC power supply is a modular power supply for use in the EPS-T2 External Power System

Tray.



The EPS-T2 is a rack-mountable chassis or tray that holds one or two EPS-150DC power supplies. Each

EPS-150DC provides one-to-one redundancy to an attached Extreme Networks switch. You must install the EPS-150DC power supply in the EPS-T2 tray.

Note

For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in restricted access locations (dedicated equipment rooms, equipment closets, or the like) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Caution

Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-T2 from under a table or desk, or to attach the EPS-T2 to a wall.

Rack-mount the EPS-T2

To install the EPS-T2:

1 Place the EPS-T2 upright on a secure surface, with the front facing you.


3 Attach the mounting brackets:

a Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the EPS-T2 (see Figure 276:

Attaching the Mounting Bracket on page 300).

b Insert the provided screws and fully tighten with a screwdriver.


c Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the other side of the EPS-T2.

4 Slide the EPS-T2 into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mounting screws.



Installing an EPS-150DC Power Supply

Note

Install the EPS-T2 before you begin installing the EPS-150DC.

Warning

Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC wiring harness at the DC power socket on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit, and before connecting or disconnecting the redundant power cord between the switch and the

EPS-150DC unit.

Installing an EPS-150DC unit consists of the following tasks:

•

Connecting the DC wiring harness to the DC source voltage (see the next section).

This task must be performed by a licensed, qualified electrician.

•

Installing an EPS-150DC unit in an EPS-T2 (see Install an EPS-150DC Unit into an EPS-T2

)

•

Connecting the DC wiring harness to the DC power socket on the EPS-150DC (see Connect the DC

Wiring Harness to the DC Power Socket on the EPS-150DC

)

•

Connecting the EPS-150DC to a switch (see Connect the EPS-150DC to a Switch )

Perform these four tasks in the order they are described.

Connecting the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Source Voltage

A three-wire, 6-foot long DC wiring harness (

Figure 277: Three-wire Cable Harness

on page 302) is included with the EPS-150DC unit. The DC wiring harness must be properly connected to the DC source voltage at your facility by a qualified electrician before the connector on the wiring harness can be attached to the DC power supply socket on the rear of the unit. See


for information about connector pinouts and for DC power specifications to be used in connecting the wiring harness to the DC source voltage.

Warning

Wiring the EPS-150DC DC wiring harness to your facilities DC source voltage must be performed by a qualified, licensed electrician. After the wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed electrician, you can remove, replace and maintain the ESP-150DC without further electrician assistance. However, always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC power connection at the rear of the EPS-150DC unit.

Caution

The DC wiring harness must be properly connected to a DC main circuit breaker or fuse rated no greater than 20 A.





Note


Installing an EPS-150DC Unit into an EPS-T2

Warning

The EPS-150DC unit and rack must be connected to protective earth ground.

To install an individual EPS-150DC unit into an EPS-T2:

1 Remove the EPS-150DC unit from the packing material.

2 Insert the EPS-150DC unit into the front of the EPS-T2.

3 Tighten the captive thumbscrews to secure the power supply to the tray.

Connecting the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Power Socket on the EPS-150DC

After the DC wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed electrician, you can remove, replace, and maintain the EPS-150DC unit without further electrician assistance.

Warning

Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting the DC wiring harness to the DC power socket.

To connect the DC wiring harness to the EPS-150DC unit:

1 Verify that the DC power is turned off at the source.



2 Plug the DC cable connector into the DC power supply socket on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit.


socket until the keyway is aligned properly. Refer to Three-wire Cable Harness

for the DC wiring

harness connector and to Figure 278: Connecting the Input Cable to the EPS-150DC Unit on page

303 for the DC power socket location on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit.

Figure 278: Connecting the Input Cable to the EPS-150DC Unit

3 Tighten the retainer nut on the connector until it is finger tight.

Connecting the EPS-150DC to a Switch

If you are connecting the EPS-150DC unit to a Summit X450a-48tDC switch, you must ground the

switch before connecting power. For instructions on grounding the switch, see Grounding a Summit

DC-Powered Switch

.

Warning

Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting the EPS-150DC to the switch.

One end of the EPS-150DC cord has a keyed connector to ensure correct alignment of the connector.

The key is a plastic tab on the connector housing that fits into the EPS-150DC unit.

Figure 279: EPS-150DC Redundant Power Cord with Connector Key

To connect the EPS-150DC to a switch:

1 Verify that the DC power is turned off at the source.

2 Identify the keyed end of the redundant power cable.

3 Holding the keyed connector so that the side labeled “Top” is facing up, connect the EPS-150DC redundant power cable to the power supply unit (see

Figure 280: Connecting an EPS-150DC Unit to a Switch

on page 304).

4 Align and tighten the connector retaining screws to secure the cable connector to the power supply unit.

5 Connect the other end of the redundant power cord to the Extreme switch.

The connector fits the slot in only one direction.



6 Align and tighten the captive retaining screws to secure the cable connector to the switch.

Figure 280: Connecting an EPS-150DC Unit to a Switch


The Power LED on the front of the EPS-150DC unit turns solid green to indicate that it is ready.


Install one, two, or three Summit 750 W AC power supplies (model 10931) in the EPS-C2 chassis (model

10936) to build an external redundant power system for one or more compatible Summit switches

One redundant power cable is shipped with the EPS-C2 chassis to provide the connection between the external power system and the redundant power input connector on the back of a Summit X440 series switch. Additional redundant power cables are available from Extreme Networks.

When installing an EPS-C2 chassis at the same time as a Summit switch, install the components in the following order:

1 Install Switch into rack.

2 Install EPS-C2 chassis into rack.

3 Install power supplies into the EPS-C2 chassis.

4 Attach redundant power cable from EPS-C2 chassis to switch.

5 Attach AC power cord to internal power supply of switch, and then plug into AC power source.

6 Install AC power cords to internal power supplies of the EPS-C2 chassis, and then plug power cords into AC power source.

Warning

Be sure to attach power to components in the order listed in this section. If you attach power out of the order listed, you can damage your equipment.



The following sections describe the specific steps for installing the EPS-C2 chassis.

Note

An AC power cord is not provided with the Summit 750 W AC power supply. See

Selecting

Power Supply Cords



Figure 281: EPS-C2 Power System and Summit Switch

To mount the EPS-C2 chassis in a rack:

1 Place the EPS-C2 chassis upright on a secure work surface.


3 On each side, attach a rack mounting bracket: a Place a rack mounting bracket over the mounting holes.


Installing Summit External Power Supplies b Insert the provided screws and tighten them securely.

Figure 282: Attaching the Mounting Bracket to the EPS-C2 Chassis

4 Slide the EPS-C2 into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.

Figure 283: Sliding the EPS-C2 into the Rack and Securing it

Installing a Summit 750 W AC Power Supply into the EPS-C2

The EPS-C2 chassis is shipped with slots 2 and 3 covered and slot 1 open.



Extreme Networks recommends that you install a power supply first in slot 1, but this is not required.

You can install power supplies into any of the slots in the EPS-C2 chassis. The installation sequence does not affect the performance of the power supply units, but empty slots must be covered at all times.

Warning


After the EPS-C2 has been installed in a rack, do the following to install a 750 W AC power supply in an

EPS-C2 chassis:

1 If necessary, grasp the two tabs on either side of the slot cover and pull gently to remove it from the front of the EPS-C2 chassis.

Figure 284: Removing a Blank Panel from the EPS-C2 Chassis

2 Verify that the power supply is right side up (there is a sticker labeled “This Side Up”).

3 Carefully slide the power supply all the way into the slot in the EPS-C2 chassis (see Figure 285:

Installing a 750 W AC Power Supply in an EPS-C2 Chassis on page 308).



Caution



Figure 285: Installing a 750 W AC Power Supply in an EPS-C2 Chassis

Note

If power supplies are not installed in all three slots, be sure to install a cover over each unoccupied slot. Unoccupied slots must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

To install each additional power supply, repeat steps 1 through 3.

Connecting Redundant Power Cables for the EPS-C2 Chassis

The EPS-C2 chassis can use the following types of redundant power connectors (See Figure 286: EPS-

C2 2x9 Pin Redundant Power Cable with Connector Key Tab on page 309 and Figure 287: EPS-C2 2x7

Pin Redundant Power Cable with Connector Key Tab on page 309):

•

One 2X9-pin connector

This connector is compatible with the Summit X450e-48p or Summit X250e-48p switch.

Warning

The 2x9 cable is not hot-pluggable. Do not attach a powered EPS-C2 to any Summit switch using the 2x9 connector.



Figure 286: EPS-C2 2x9 Pin Redundant Power Cable with Connector Key Tab

•

Five 2X7-pin connectors

These connectors are compatible with the Summit X440 series switches.

Figure 287: EPS-C2 2x7 Pin Redundant Power Cable with Connector Key Tab

The redundant power cable has keyed ends. The key is a plastic tab on the cable connector housing to ensure correct alignment of the connector. The keyed ends of the 2x7 cable are not symmetrical; one end of the cable will fit into the EPS-C2 chassis and the other end will fit into the summit x440 switch.

A switch on the front of the EPS-C2 chassis (see the figure below) selects which connector type is active for the power system.

Figure 288: EPS-C2 Connector Selector Switch

After the EPS-C2 has been installed in a rack and the power supplies have been installed, do the following to connect the redundant power cables:

1 Set the connector selection switch for either the 2X9 or 2X7 connectors.

2 Connect the keyed end (for the 2x7 connector cable, the end with the tab offset from the edge of the connector pins) of the redundant power cord to the EPS-C2 chassis (see

Figure 289: Installing the Redundant Power Cord on page 310).

3 Verify that the side of the connector marked TOP is facing up.



4 Connect the other end of the redundant power cable (for the 2x7 connector cable, the end with the key flush with the edge of the connector pins) to the Summit switch (see

Figure 289: Installing the

Redundant Power Cord on page 310).

Be sure that the side of the connector marked TOP is facing up.

Figure 289: Installing the Redundant Power Cord

5 Repeat steps 2 through 4 to connect any additional redundant power cords.

Connecting the AC Power cord to the EPS-C2

After the redundant power cord is connected between the EPS-C2 and the switch, and an AC power cord to the internal power supply of the switch is attached to a power source (see

Summit Family

Switches ), install the AC power cord to the power supplies in the EPS-C2 as follows:



1 If necessary, slide the plastic cord retainer farther away from the back of the power supply (see

Figure 290: Moving the Power Cord Retainer on the 750 W AC Power Supply

on page 311).

Figure 290: Moving the Power Cord Retainer on the 750 W AC Power Supply

2 Connect the AC power cord to the input connector.

Figure 291: Connecting the Power Cord on the 750 W AC Power Supply


3 Open the clip and slip it over the barrel of the connector.


Figure 292: Attaching the Power Cord Retainer on the 750 W AC Power Supply

4 Snap the clip firmly around the connector.


Warning


Caution



8

Installing Optional Ports

Installing a Summit Port Option Card

Installing an Option Card in Slot B of a Summit X460 Series Switch

Installing a Versatile Interface Module in a Summit X480, X650, or X670 Series Switch

This chapter describes how to install Summit port option cards, versatile interface modules, and stacking modules.

Note

Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before trying install or remove a Summit option card.

Installing a Summit Port Option Card

You need the following tools and equipment to install a Summit option card:

•


•

# 1 Phillips screwdriver

•

Straight-tip screwdriver for the XGM3-2sf option card

Caution


Pluggable optical modules may become very hot after prolonged use. Take care when removing a pluggable optical module from the option card. If the pluggable optical module is too hot to touch, disengage the module and allow it to cool before removing it completely.

Summit port option cards are not hot-swappable. Disconnect power to the switch before installing or removing any option card. After the Summit port option card is installed in a compatible switch, you can hot-swap the pluggable optical modules. Use only optical modules approved by Extreme Networks.

Installing XGM and XGM2 Series Port Option Cards

All Summit XGM and XGM2 series port option cards are installed the same way. The instructions in this section apply to all option cards for the Summit X350, X450a, and X450e series switches.

To install a Summit XGM or XGM2 series port option card:

1 Disconnect the AC power and any redundant power supply from the Summit switch.

2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate ground point on the equipment rack.

Installing Optional Ports

3 Remove the screws holding the filler panel over the option slot on the back of the switch (see the figure below).

4 Remove the filler panel and set it aside.

a Save the screws for re-use.

Figure 293: Option Slot Filler Panel

5 Align the sheet metal edges on the option card with the card guides in the switch housing.

6 Carefully slide the option card into the switch housing until the connectors engage and the card is flush with the back panel of the switch.

Figure 294: Installing a Summit Port Option Card (XGM-2xn Shown)

7 Using the screws from the cover plate, secure the option card to the back panel of the switch.

If you install only one pluggable optical module in the Summit option card, attach the appropriate cover plate or dust cover over the remaining open optical module slot or cage.

Note

Be sure that the switch option slot always has either an installed Summit option card or a faceplate over the opening. An open slot could divert air from the switch and cause overheating.

For information about installing or replacing the pluggable optical modules in the Summit option card, refer to the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules Installation Manual.

Installing a Summit XGM3 Series Port Option Card

The XGM3 series port option cards can be installed only in a Summit X460 series switch; they are not mechanically compatible with any other Summit switch series.

To install an XGM3 series port option card:




2 At the back of the switch, remove the blank cover over slot A.

Figure 295: Removing the Slot A Cover

3 Carefully slide the XGM3 series port option card all the way into the slot (see the figure below).

4 Align and fully tighten the captive retaining screws.

Figure 296: Installing an XGM3-2sf Port Option Card

Installing an Option Card in Slot B of a Summit X460 Series

Switch

Slot B of a Summit X460 series switch accommodates either a Summit X460 stacking module or an

XGM3SB-4sf port option card



In the Summit X460 series switch, a stacking module or XGM3SB-4sf option card can be installed in

Slot B on the back panel of the switch.

To install an option card in Slot B:


2 At the back of the switch, remove the cover from Slot B.

Figure 297: Removing the Slot B Cover

3 Carefully slide the stacking module or option card all the way into the slot (see the figure below).


Figure 298: Installing a Stacking Module (SummitStack module shown)



Installing a Versatile Interface Module in a Summit X480, X650, or

X670 Series Switch

This section describes how to install VIM1, VIM2, VIM3, and VIM4 versatile interface modules (VIMs).

You need the following tools and materials to install a VIM:

•


•


Caution

Summit VIMs are not hot-swappable. Disconnect power to the switch before removing an installed VIM or installing a new VIM.

The installation procedure is the same for all VIMs in Summit X480, X650, and X670 series switches.

To install a versatile interface module:


2 Disconnect the switch power.

3 Remove the cover plate from the VIM slot: a Remove the retaining screws at the top corners of the cover plate or module, and set the screws aside in a safe place.

b Save the retaining screws to secure the new module in the switch.

c Pull the cover plate away from the module slot.

Figure 299: Removing a VIM Cover Plate

4 Remove the new VIM from its anti-static packaging.

5 Install the VIM in the switch (see

Figure 300: Installing a Versatile Interface Module on page 318):

a Make sure the inserter/ejector levers are rotated down.

b Carefully slide the module into the switch until the inserter/ejector levers begin to rotate upward.


Installing Optional Ports c Simultaneously rotate both levers upward to seat the module internal connectors.

d Insert and tighten the retaining screws you removed earlier.

Figure 300: Installing a Versatile Interface Module

VIM2-SummitStack module VIM4-40G4X module


9

Replacing AC Power Supplies in


Replacing a Summit 300 W AC Power Supply

Replacing a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply


Replacing a Summit X850 W AC Power Supply

Removing EPS Series AC Redundant Power Supplies

This chapter describes how to replace AC power supplies in a Summit X460, X480, X650, or X670 series switch and how to remove EPS series AC redundant power supplies

Note

Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before attempting to replace one of the listed SummitX650components.


The Summit 300 W AC power supplies are compatible with the Summit X460 series non-PoE switches.

You need the following tools and materials to replace a Summit 300 W AC power supply:

•

Thermal protective gloves

•

AC power cord, if you will not be re-using the cord from the removed power supply

An AC power cord is not included with a Summit AC power supply. You must obtain a power supply cord that meets the requirements listed under


These switches have two bays for hot-swappable power supplies. In a switch with a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit AC power supply without powering down the switch. To replace a Summit 300 W AC power supply:

1 Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall outlet and from the power supply.

2 Note the orientation of the installed power supply.

Replacing AC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches

3 Push the latching tab toward the power supply handle and pull outward on the handle to disengage the power supply internal connectors.

Figure 301: Removing a Summit 300 W AC Power Supply

4 Carefully slide the power supply the rest of the way out of the switch.

Caution

Power supplies may become very hot during operation. Wear thermal protective gloves when you remove a power supply from an operating switch.

Note

If you are not installing a replacement power supply, install a cover over the unoccupied power supply bay. Unoccupied bays must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

5 Verify that the replacement power supply is oriented the same way as the unit you removed.

6 Carefully slide the power supply all the way into the power supply bay (see the figure below).




Figure 302: Installing a Summit X460 300 W AC Power Supply

Caution


8 Connect the AC power cord to the input connector on the power supply and rotate the wire clip into place over the power cord connector.


Warning


Replacing a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply

Summit 450 W AC power supplies are compatible with the Summit X480 series switches and with

Summit X670 series switches that have front-to-back ventilation airflow.

You need the following tools and materials to replace a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC power supply:

•


•


An AC power cord is not included with the Summit AC power supply. You must obtain a power supply cord that meets the requirements listed under



.

The Summit 550 W AC power supplies are compatible only with Summit X670 series switches. The

550W AC power supplies are available in versions for switches with either front-to-back or back-tofront airflow.



The Summit X480 and X670 switches have two bays for hot-swappable power supplies. In a switch with a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit AC power supply without powering down the switch.

Note


X670seriesswitch.

To replace a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC power supply:



3 For a Summit X670 series switch, note the direction of ventilation airflow, and verify that the power supply airflow direction is the same as that of the switch.

In a switch with front-to-back airflow, the fan modules are labeled Air Out.

In a switch with back-to-front, the fan modules are labeled Air In.

4 Push the latching tab toward the power supply handle and pull outward on the handle to disengage the power supply internal connectors (see the figure below).

Figure 303: Removing a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply


Caution


Note



a For a Summit X670 series switch, verify that the airflow direction of the power supply matches the airflow direction of the switch.





Figure 304: Installing a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply

Caution


9 Connect the power cord to the power supply and to a grounded AC power outlet.

Warning


10 If the power supply is equipped with a power cord retainer, use the retainer to secure the power cord to the power supply.


The Summit 750 W AC power supply is compatible with the Summit X460 series PoE-capable switches.

You need the following tools and materials to replace a Summit 750 W AC power supply:

•


•


An AC power cord is not included with a Summit AC power supply. You must obtain a power supply cord that meets the requirements listed under


These switches have two bays for hot-swappable power supplies. In a switch with a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit AC power supply without powering down the switch.

To replace a Summit 750 W AC power supply:




2 Note the orientation of the installed power supply (see the figure below).


Figure 305: Removing a Summit 750 W AC Power Supply


Caution


Note







Figure 306: Installing a Summit 750 W AC Power Supply

Caution


8 If necessary, slide the plastic cord retainer farther away from the back of the switch (see the figure below).

Figure 307: Moving the Power Cord Retainer



9 Connect the AC power cord to the input connector (see the figure below).

Figure 308: Connecting the Power Cord

10 Open the clip and slip it over the barrel of the connector (see the figure below).

Figure 309: Attaching the Power Cord Retainer

11 Snap the clip firmly around the connector.


Replacing a Summit X850 W AC Power Supply

The Summit 850 W AC power supplies are compatible with the Summit X650 series switches.

You need the following tools and materials to replace a Summit X850 W AC power supply:

•


•


These switches have two bays for hot-swappable power supplies. In a switch with a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit AC power supply without powering down the switch.



To replace a Summit X850 W AC power supply:


2 Note the orientation of the installed power supply, and the location of the latching tab at the right of the unit.

3 Push the latching tab toward the power supply handle and pull outward on the handle to disengage

the power supply internal connectors (see Figure 310: Removing a Summit X650 AC Power Supply

on page 327).

Figure 310: Removing a Summit X650 AC Power Supply


Caution


Note







Figure 311: Installing A Summit X650 AC Power Supply

Caution


8 Connect the power cord to the power supply and to a grounded AC power outlet.

Warning


9 If the power supply is equipped with a power cord retainer, use the retainer to secure the power cord to the power supply.

Removing EPS Series AC Redundant Power Supplies

Removing an EPS-LD or EPS-500 Power Supply

To remove an EPS-LD or EPS-500 power supply:

1 Disconnect the AC power by removing the plug from the wall.

2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the power supply.

3 Disconnect the redundant power cord that connects the switch to the power supply.

4 Remove the mounting screws securing the power supply to the rack.

5 Slide the power supply out of the rack.



Removing an EPS-160 Power Supply from an EPS-T

To remove an EPS-160 power supply from an EPS-T:


2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the EPS-160.

3 Disconnect the redundant power cord from the EPS-160.

4 Loosen the captive retaining screws on the front of the EPS-160 and slide it out of the EPS-T.

Removing an EPS-600LS Power Module

This enables a graceful power transition from the external power supplies to the internal power supply.

To remove an EPS-600LS unit:


2 Release the cable clip securing the AC power cord to the EPS-600LS unit.

3 Disconnect the AC power cord from the EPS-600LS unit.

4 Loosen the captive screws on the EPS-600LS unit securing it to the EPS-C chassis.

5 Slide the EPS-600LS unit out of the EPS-C chassis.


10

Replacing DC Power Supplies in


Replacing a Summit 300 W DC Power Supply

Replacing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply


Removing an EPS-150DC Power Module from an EPS-T2 Tray

This chapter describes how to replace DC power supplies in a Summit X460, X480, X650, or X670 series switch. These switches have two bays for hot-swappable power supplies. In a switch with a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit DC power supply without powering down the switch.

Note

Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before attempting to replace one of the listed Summit X650 components.


These switches have two bays for hot-swappable power supplies. In a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit DC power supply without powering down the switch.

The following instructions apply to both the Model 10933 and 10934A 300 W DC power supplies.

You need the following tools and materials to replace a Summit 300 W DC power supply:

•


•


•


Warning

Be sure to disconnect all power cables before you disconnect the chassis ground wire.

Removing the Power Supply

To remove an installed Summit 300 W DC power supply:

1 De-energize the DC circuit.

2 Disconnect the DC power cables as follows: a Slide the cover off the terminal block.

b Loosen the screws that secure the cable terminals to the terminal block.

c Slide the wires out from under the captive washers.

Replacing DC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches

3 Disconnect the ground wire as follows: a Remove the screw that secures the ground wire to the power supply.

b Move the wire away from the power supply.

4 Push the latching tab to the left as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the power supply internal connectors (see the figures below).

Figure 312: Removing a Summit 300 W

DC Power Supply (Model 10934A)

Figure 313: Removing a Summit 300 W

DC Power Supply (Model 10933)


Install the Replacement Power Supply

To install a replacement Summit 300 W DC power supply:

1 Verify that the power supply is right side up. See Figure 314: Installing a Summit 300 W DC Power

Supply (Model 10934A)

on page 332 and

Figure 315: Installing a Summit 300 W DC Power Supply

(Model 10933)

on page 332.

2 Carefully slide the power supply all the way into the power supply bay. See Figure 314: Installing a

Summit 300 W DC Power Supply (Model 10934A) on page 332 and Figure 315: Installing a Summit

300 W DC Power Supply (Model 10933)

on page 332.


Caution




Figure 314: Installing a Summit 300 W

DC Power Supply (Model 10934A)

Figure 315: Installing a Summit 300 W

DC Power Supply (Model 10933)


To connect the ground wire to the Summit 300 W DC power supply:


2 Identify the grounding point on the front panel of the power supply (see Figure 316: Connecting the

Ground Wire (Model 10934A)

on page 332).

3 Insert an M3.5 screw (provided) through the ring terminal on the ground wire and into the grounding point on the power supply.



Figure 316: Connecting the Ground Wire (Model 10934A)




1

2

Figure 317: Connecting the Ground Wire (Model 10933)


Connecting the DC Power Cables

The model 10933 connects to both +24V and -48V power supplies, while the model 10934A connects to

-48V power supplies only.

Note

The connection instructions are different depending upon which type of power source you are connecting to. The model 10933 can connect to both +24V and -48V sources, while the

10934A can connect to only -48V sources.

Connecting the DC Power Cables on the Model 10933 DC Power Supply to a +24V Source

Caution

These instructions are for the Model 10933 DC power supply only. Do not connect a Model

10934A DC power supply to a +24V source.

To connect the DC power cables to the Model 10933 Summit DC power supply to a 24V source:




page 334).


b Slide the spade terminal of the negative wire (–24V) under the captive square washer on the negative terminal (labeled –24V).


Replacing DC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (+24V) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (labeled +24V).

+24V

-24V

(+)

(–)


d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 11 inch-pounds (see Figure 319: Connecting the DC

Power Cables (Part 2) on page 335).



4 Slide the cover into place over the terminal block (see

Figure 319: Connecting the DC Power Cables

(Part 2) on page 335).

+24V

-24V

(+)

(–)



Connecting the DC Power Cables on the Model 10933 or 10934A 300W DC Power Supply to a

-48V power source




page 336).




Replacing DC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (labeled RTN).

RTN

-48V

(+)

(–)











Replacing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply

The Summit 550 W DC power supplies are compatible only with Summit X670 series switches. The 550

W DC power supplies are available in versions for switches with either front-to-back or back-to-front airflow.

The Summit X480 and X670 switches have two bays for hot-swappable power supplies. In a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit X480 DC power supply without powering down the switch.


•


•


•


Note


X670 series switch.



Removing the Power Supply

Caution

The DC power supply may be hot to the touch; use thermal protective gloves when handling the power supply during removal.

To remove an installed Summit 450 W OR 550 W DC power supply:


2 Disconnect the DC power cables as follows: a Pull the cover off the terminal block.



Warning


3 Disconnect the ground wire as follows: a Loosen the screw that secures the ground wire to the terminal block.

b Slide the wire out from under the captive washer.


5 For a Summit X670 series switch, note the direction of ventilation airflow, and verify that the power supply airflow direction is the same as that of the switch.

In a switch with front-to-back airflow, the fan modules are labeled Air Out.

In a switch with back-to-front, the fan modules are labeled Air In.


Figure 322: Removing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply




8 If a replacement power supply will not be installed, install a cover over the unoccupied power supply bay.

Note

Unoccupied power supply bays must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

Installing the Replacement Power Supply

To install a replacement Summit 450 W or 550 W DC power supply:

1 Verify that the replacement power supply is oriented the same as the unit you removed (see

Figure

323: Installing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply on page 339). For a Summit X670

series switch, verify that the airflow direction of the power supply matches the airflow direction of the switch.



Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply

on page 339).


Caution


Figure 323: Installing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply

4 Reconnect the ground wire as described in the next section.

Connect the Ground Wire

Warning


To connect the ground wire to the Summit 450 W or 550 W DC power supply:




2 Pull the cover off the terminal block ( Connecting the Ground Wire ).

3 Identify the grounding point at the left of the terminal block (


).


4 Connect the ground wire to the grounding point as follows: a Loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the captive square

washer ( Securing the Ground Wire ).

b Slide the spade terminal of the ground wire under the captive square washer.


Replacing DC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches c Tighten the screw to 7 inch-pounds (0.99 Newton meters) ().

Figure 325: Securing the Ground Wire


Connect the DC Power Cables

Warning


DC power cables on the Summit 450 W or 550 W DC power supply.

Caution


To connect the DC power cables to the Summit 450 W DC power supply:


2 Connect the DC power input cables as follows:


Replacing DC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches a On each terminal, loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the

captive square washer ( Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1) ).

b Slide the spade terminal of the negative wire (–48 V) under the captive square washer on the negative terminal (labeled –).

c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (labeled +).

(+)

(–)

-48V

RTN

_ 161


d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 7 inch-pounds (0.99 Newton meters) (

Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 2) ).



3 Snap the cover into place over the terminal block ().

(+)

(–)

-48V

RTN

SH _ 162





•


•


•

Thermal protective gloves (required for removal of a power supply) warning


Remove the Power Supply

To remove an installed Summit 850 W DC power supply:


2 Disconnect the DC power cables as follows:


Replacing DC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches a Slide the cover off the terminal block.






SH _113

Figure 328: Removing a Summit 850 W DC Power Supply

Installing the Replacement Power Supply

To install a replacement Summit 850 W DC power supply:

1 Verify that the power supply is right side up. Carefully slide the power supply all the way into the power supply bay.


Caution


SH_107

Figure 329: Installing a Summit 850 W DC Power Supply




To connect the ground wire to the Summit 850 W DC power supply:


2 Identify the grounding point on the front panel of the power supply (see Figure 330: Connecting the

Ground Wire on page 345).

3 Insert an M3.5 screw (provided) through the ring terminal and into the grounding point on the power supply.





Connecting the DC Power Cables




Figure 331: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1)

on page 346).




Replacing DC Power Supplies in Summit Family Switches c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the positive terminal (labeled RTN).

RTN

-48V

(+)

(–)

SH_111











Removing an EPS-150DC Power Module from an EPS-T2 Tray

Warning

Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before disconnecting any cables and attempting to remove an EPS-150DC power module.

Warning

Removing the DC wiring harness from your facilities DC source voltage must be done by a qualified, licensed electrician.

To disconnect and remove an EPS-150DC power module:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to the an appropriate ground point on the equipment rack.


3 At the back of the system, remove power from the EPS-150DC power module by unplugging the DC connector from the DC power supply socket on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit.

a Loosen the retainer nut on the DC power connector and unplug the connector from the back of the power unit.

4 At each end of the redundant power cable, unscrew the captive retaining screws on the power connector and disconnect the cable from the switch and the EPS-150DC unit.

5 Loosen the thumbscrews on the front of the EPS-150DC unit until they are completely free of the

EPS-T tray, and slide the EPS-150 unit out of the tray.


11

Replacing Fan Modules in Summit

Family Switches

Pre-Installation Requirements

Airflow Direction Requirements in Summit X670 and X770 Series Switches

Replacing a Summit Fan Module

This section describes how to replace fan modules in a Summit X460, X480, X650, X670, or X770 series switch.

The procedure for replacing a fan module is the same for all switch series. Illustrations in this chapter show the Summit X460 and X650 series switches.

Note

Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before attempting to replace a fan module.

Pre-Installation Requirements

You need a 1/4-inch flat-blade screwdriver to replace a fan module in a Summit family switch.

Caution

Be sure to finish the replacement procedure promptly. The switch may overheat if it is left without cooling for an extended period.

Airflow Direction Requirements in Summit X670 and X770 Series

Switches

The Summit X670 and X770 switches are available in models with the following ventilation airflow direction:

•

The air flows from front to back. In these switch models, the fan modules are labeled Air Out.

•

The air flows from back to front. In these switch models, the fan modules are labeled Air In.

All installed fan modules must blow air in the same direction and must match the airflow direction of the installed power supplies.

Replacing a Summit Fan Module

To replace the fan module:

Replacing Fan Modules in Summit Family Switches

1 Completely loosen the captive retaining screws on the fan module.

On the Summit X460, X480, and X650 series switches, the fan module has two retaining screws at

the bottom corners of the module Figure 333: Removing a Summit Fan Module (Summit X460

Series Switch Shown) on page 349.

On the Summit X670 and X770 series switches, the fan module has a single retaining screw at the top right corner of the module.

2 Slide the fan module out of the switch and set it aside.

Figure 333: Removing a Summit Fan Module (Summit X460 Series Switch Shown)

3 For a Summit X670 and X770 series switch, verify that the airflow direction on the replacement fan module matches that of the installed fan modules.

Fans with front-to-back airflow are labeled Air Out.

Fans with back-to-front airflow are labeled Air In.

4 Carefully slide the replacement fan module into the switch.

Figure 334: Installing a Summit Fan Module (Summit X460 Series Switch Shown)



12

Replacing Port Option Cards and

VIMs

Replacing a Stacking Module or Option Card in Slot B of a Summit X460 Series

Switch

Replacing an XGM3/XGM3S Series Port Option Card in a Summit X460 Series Switch

Replacing a Versatile Interface Module (VIM) in a Summit X480, X650 or X670 Series

Switch

Replacing XGM and XGM2 Series Port Option Cards

This section describes how to replace port option cards, stacking modules, and versatile interface modules (VIMs) in a Summit X460, X480, X650, or X670 series switch.

Note

Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before attempting to replace one of the listed Summit X650 components.

Replacing a Stacking Module or Option Card in Slot B of a Summit

X460 Series Switch

Slot B on the back of a Summit X460 series switch accommodates a SummitStack or a SummitStack-

V80 stacking module, or an XGM3SB-4sf port option card. The replacement process is the same for either of these options.

You need the following tools to replace a stacking module:

•


•

Screwdriver

To replace a stacking module or option card in Slot B:


Replacing Port Option Cards and VIMs

2 Completely loosen the captive retaining screws and slide the installed option card or stacking module out of the switch.

Figure 335: Removing a SummitStack Module

3 Carefully slide the replacement module or card into the switch (see Figure 336: Installing a

SummitStack Module

on page 351).

4 Align and tighten the captive retaining screws.

Figure 336: Installing a SummitStack Module



Replacing an XGM3/XGM3S Series Port Option Card in a Summit

X460 Series Switch

Note

After you replace an XGM3-2sf port option card, you must reboot the switch before the ports on the card will become operational.

To replace an XGM3/XGM3S series port option card:


2 Loosen the captive retaining screws on the option card until they are completely loose (see Figure

337: Removing an XGM3-2sf Port Option Card on page 352).

3 Carefully slide the option card out of the slot.

Figure 337: Removing an XGM3-2sf Port Option Card

4 Carefully slide the replacement option card into the switch.

Figure 338: Installing an XGM3-2sf Port Option Card



5 Align and tighten the captive retaining screws.

Replacing a Versatile Interface Module (VIM) in a Summit X480,

X650 or X670 Series Switch

You need the following tools and materials to replace a VIM:

•


•


Caution

Summit VIMs are not hot-swappable. Disconnect power to the switch before removing an installed VIM. After a VIM is installed in a compatible switch, you can hot-swap the installed SFP, SFP+, and QSFP+ modules. Use only SFP, SFP+, and QSFP+ modules approved by Extreme Networks.

Note

VIM1 modules must be installed in Summit X650 series switches, VIM2 modules must be installed in Summit X480 series switches, and VIM4 modules must be installed in Summit

X670 series switches. VIM3 modules can be installed in X480, X650, and X670 series switches. AVIM will not operate if it is installed in the wrong switch series.

To replace a VIM:


2 Disconnect the switch power.

3 Remove the installed VIM (see

Figure 339: Removing a VIM (VIM1-SummitStack Module Shown) on

page 353): a Remove the retaining screws at the top corners of the module, and set the screws aside in a safeplace.

b Save the retaining screws to secure the new module in the switch.

c Rotate the inserter/extractor levers downward to disconnect the internal module connectors.

d Carefully slide the module out of the switch and set it on an anti-static surface.

Figure 339: Removing a VIM (VIM1-SummitStack Module Shown)



4 Remove the replacement VIM from its anti-static packaging.

5 Install the replacement VIM in the switch (see Figure 340: Installing a VIM on page 354):

a Make sure the inserter/ejector levers are rotated down.

b Carefully slide the module into the switch until the inserter/ejector levers begin to rotate upward.

c Simultaneously rotate both levers upward to seat the module internal connectors.

d Insert and tighten the retaining screws you removed earlier.

Figure 340: Installing a VIM

VIM2-SummitStack module VIM4-40G4X module

Replacing XGM and XGM2 Series Port Option Cards

This section describes how to replace XGM and XGM2 series port option cards in Summit X350, X450a, and X450e series switches.

Caution

Pluggable optical modules may become very hot after prolonged use. Take care when removing a pluggable optical module from the option card. If the pluggable optical module is too hot to touch, disengage the module and allow it to cool before removing it completely.

Caution

Summit port option cards are not hot-swappable. Disconnect power to the switch before installing or removing a Summit XGM or XGM2 series option card. After the Summit port option card is installed in a compatible switch, you can hot-swap pluggable optical modules.

Use only optical modules approved by Extreme Networks.

To replace a port option card:

1 Disconnect the AC power and any redundant power supply from the Summit switch.

2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate ground point on the equipment rack.

3 Remove the screws that secure the option card to the switch.

a Save the screws for re-use.

4 Pull the option card out of the switch and set it on an ESD-preventive surface.



5 Align the sheet metal edges on the new option card with the card guides in the switch housing.

6 Carefully slide the option card into the switch housing until the connectors engage and the card is flush with the back panel of the switch.

Figure 341: Installing a Summit Port Option Card (XGM-2xn Shown)

7 Use the screws you removed from the old option card to secure the new option card to the back panel of the switch.

Note

If you remove a Summit option card without installing a replacement, you must install a faceplate over the opening. An open slot could divert air from the switch and cause overheating.


13

Removing a Summit Family

Switch from a Rack

Overview

Removing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than Summit X460, X480, X650, and X670 Series)

Removing a Summit X460 Series Switch



Removing a Summit X670 and X770 Series Switch

This section describes how to remove a Summit family switch from an equipment rack.

Note

Read the information in this section and subsections thoroughly before attempting to remove a Summit family switch from a rack.

Overview

Depending on the switch model, the type of rack, and the position in the rack, a Summit family switch may be installed using simple front-attached mounting brackets or a combinations of front and back mounting brackets.

The following lists the locations of the removal instructions for each type of switch installation.

Table 87: Summit Switch Removal Instructions

Switch Series Rack Type, Position Section

Summit X150 series N/A

Removing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than

Summit X460, X480, X650, and X670 Series)

Summit X250e series N/A

Summit X350 series

Summit X440 series

Summit X450 series

Summit X450a series

Summit X450e series

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A













Removing a Summit Family Switch from a Rack

Table 87: Summit Switch Removal Instructions (continued)

Switch Series Rack Type, Position Section

Summit X460 series

Summit X480 series

Summit X650 series

Summit X670 series

Two-post, front-mount or mid-mount


Two-post, mid-mount

Two-post, front-mount,

Removing a Mid-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

Removing a Front-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post

Rack

Removing a Switch from a Four-Post Rack

Four-post rack

Two-post rack, mid-mount

Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch from a Two-

Post Rack

Four-post rack

Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch from a Cabinet or Four-Post Rack

Two-post rack, front-mount or mid-mount

Removing the Switch from the Rack

Removing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than Summit

X460, X480, X650, and X670 Series)

To remove a Summit switch from a rack:

1 Remove power from the switch in one of the following ways:

AC-powered switch: Unplug the power cables from the from the wall outlets first and then from the switch.

DC-powered switch: De-energize the DC circuit for all power connections. Loosen the retainer nut and unplug the DC power connector from the DC power socket on the rear of the switch.

2 Disconnect the Summit switch from the redundant power supply (if applicable).

3 For a DC-powered switch, disconnect the ground: a At the back of the switch, loosen the retaining screw on the ground lug.

a Pull the ground wire out of the lug and move the ground wire out of the way.

4 Loosen and remove the four screws holding the switch in place in the equipment rack.

5 Carefully remove the switch from the rack and place it on a secure, flat surface.

Warning

Removing the DC wiring harness from your facilities DC source voltage must be performed by a qualified, licensed electrician.


Before you remove a Summit X460 series switch from an equipment rack, remove all installed power supplies as described in one of the following sections:

•

Removing a Summit X460 AC Power Supply

•

Removing a Summit X460 DC Power Supply




Caution

The power supply may be hot to the touch; wear thermal protective gloves when handling the power supply during removal.

To remove a Summit X460 AC power supply:




750 W AC Power Supply 300 W AC Power Supply



To remove an installed Summit X460 DC power supply:


2 Disconnect the DC power cables as follows: a Slide the cover off the terminal block.







4 Push the latching tab to the left as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the power supply internal connectors.

Figure 343: Removing a Summit X460 DC Power Supply


Removing the Summit X460 Series Switch from the Rack

To remove a Summit X460 series switch from the equipment rack:

1 Verify that the power supplies have been removed from the switch.

2 Support the switch as you remove the screws that hold the switch to the rack.

3 Slide the switch out of the rack.


This section provides procedures for removing a Summit X480 series switch from a two-post or fourpost equipment rack.

Before you remove a Summit X480 series switch from the rack, remove all installed power supplies.

Removing a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply

Summit 450 W AC power supplies are used in Summit X480 series and X670 series switches.

Summit 550 W AC power supplies are used only in Summit X670 series switches.

Caution

The power supply may be hot to the touch; wear thermal protective gloves when handling the power supply during removal.

To remove a Summit 450 W or 550 W AC power supply:

1 Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall outlet and from the power input connector on the power supply.



2 Push the latching tab to the right as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the power supply internal connectors.

Figure 344: Removing a 450 W or 550 W AC Power Supply


Removing a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply

Summit 450 W DC power supplies are used in Summit X480 series and X670 series switches.

Summit 550 W DC power supplies are used only in Summit X670 series switches.

Warning


Caution


To remove a Summit 450 W or 550 W DC power supply:


2 Disconnect the DC power cables as follows: a Pull the cover off the terminal block.



3 Disconnect the ground wire as follows: a Loosen the screw that secures the ground wire to the terminal block.

b Slide the wire out from under the captive washer.



4 Push the latching tab to the right as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the power supply internal connectors.

Figure 345: Removing a 450 W or 550 W DC Power Supply


Removing a Mid-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

Removing a mid-mounted Summit X480 switch from a rack requires two people to maneuver the switch and disconnect the mounting hardware.

To remove a mid-mounted Summit X480 series switch from a two-post rack:


2 At the front of the equipment rack, support the switch while you remove the rack-mounting screws holding the front mounting brackets in place against the rack post.

Figure 346: Removing the Front Mounting Screws from a Mid-Mount Installation

3 Remove the screws holding the front mounting brackets to the sides of the switch, and set the mounting brackets aside.



4 Support the front and back of the switch as you slide the switch back, off the rear mounting brackets, and out of the rack.


_ 127

Figure 347: Removing a Mid-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

6 Remove the rack-mounting screws and detach the rear mounting brackets from the rack post.

Figure 348: Removing the Rear Mounting Brackets

Removing a Front-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

Removing a front-mounted Summit X480 switch from a rack requires two people to maneuver the switch and disconnect the mounting hardware.

To remove a front-mounted switch:



1 Verify that all power supplies have been removed from the switch.

2 Support the switch while you remove the rack-mounting screws holding the front mounting brackets in place against the rack post.


Figure 349: Removing a Front-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

Removing a Switch from a Four-Post Rack

Removing the Summit X480 switch from a cabinet or four-post rack requires two people to maneuver the switch and disconnect the mounting hardware.

To remove the Summit X480 series switch from a cabinet or four-post rack:

1 Verify that all power supplies have been removed from the switch.

2 Support the front of the switch while you remove the front rack mounting screws.



3 Carefully slide the switch forward out of the cabinet and off the rear mounting brackets.

Figure 350: Removing the Switch from a Four-Post Rack


5 Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, remove the front mounting brackets from the sides of the switch.

6 Remove the rear mounting brackets from the rear rack posts.


This section provides procedures for removing a Summit X650 series switch from a two-post or fourpost equipment rack.

Before you remove a Summit X650 series switch from the rack, remove all installed power supplies, as described in one of the following sections.


To remove a Summit X650 AC power supply:

1 Disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet and from the power input connector on the power supply.

2 Push the latching tab to the left as you pull the handle to disengage the power supply from its internal connectors.



3 Carefully slide the power supply out of the switch and set it aside.



Warning


Caution


To remove a Summit X650 DC power supply:


2 Disconnect the DC power cables: a Slide the cover off the terminal block.



3 Disconnect the ground wire: a Remove the screw that secures the ground wire to the power supply.




4 Push the latching tab to the left as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the power supply internal connectors.

Figure 352: Removing a Summit X650 DC Power Supply

Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch from a Two-Post Rack

Removing the Summit X650 switch from a rack requires two people to maneuver the switch and disconnect the mounting hardware.

Caution

Make sure that proper ESD controls are in use before maintenance is performed. This includes but is not limited to wrist straps that are grounded to the switch chassis and earth grounds.

To remove the Summit X650 series switch from a two-post rack:




2 At the front of the equipment rack, support the switch while you remove the rack-mounting screws holding the front mounting brackets in place against the rack post.

Figure 353: Removing the Front Mounting Screws from a Two-Post Rack

3 Remove the screws holding the front mounting brackets to the sides of the switch, and set the mounting brackets aside.

4 Support the front and back of the switch as you slide the switch back, off the rear mounting brackets, and out of the rack (see the figure below).




Figure 354: Removing the Switch from a Two-Post Rack

6 Remove the rack-mounting screws and detach the rear mounting brackets from the rack post.

Figure 355: Removing the Rear Mounting Brackets—Two-Post Rack



Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch from a Cabinet or Four-Post Rack

Removing the Summit X650 switch from a cabinet or rack requires two people to maneuver the switch and disconnect the mounting hardware.

To remove the Summit X650 series switch from a cabinet or four-post rack:

1 Disconnect all power cords from the back of the switch.

2 Remove all installed power supplies: a Push the latching tab to the left as you pull the handle to disengage the power supply from its internal connectors.

b Carefully slide the power supply out of the switch and set it aside.

3 Support the front of the switch while you remove the front rack mounting screws.

4 Carefully slide the switch forward out of the cabinet and off the rear mounting brackets.

Figure 356: Removing the Switch from a Cabinet


6 Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, remove the front mounting brackets from the sides of the switch.

7 Remove the rear mounting brackets from the rear rack posts.

Removing a Summit X670 and X770 Series Switch

Before you remove a Summit X670 or X770 series switch from a rack, remove all installed power supplies.



Removing the Switch from the Rack

To remove a Summit X670 series switch from an equipment rack:


2 Support the switch as you remove the screws that hold the switch to the rack.



A

Safety Information

Considerations Before Installing

General Safety Precautions

Maintenance Safety

Cable Routing for LAN Systems

Installing Power Supply Units and Connecting Power

Selecting Power Supply Cords

Battery Replacement and Disposal

Battery Warning - Taiwan

Fiber Optic Ports and Optical Safety

Sicherheitshinweise

Überlegungen vor der Installation

Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise

Sicherheit bei Wartungsarbeiten

Kabelverlegung für LAN-Systeme

Installation der Netzteile und Netzanschluss

Auswahl der Netzkabel

Wechseln und Entsorgen der Batterie

LWL-Ports und optische Sicherheit

Konformität von GBIC, SFP (Mini-GBIC), QSFP+, XENPAK undXFP

Mögliche Netzanschlussgerät- und Lüftereinsatz-Konfigurationen für X770-32q

Warning

Read the following safety information thoroughly before installing Extreme Networks products. Failure to follow this safety information can lead to personal injury or damage to the equipment.

Only trained and qualified service personnel (as defined in IEC 60950-1 and AS/NZS 3260) should install, replace, or perform service to Extreme Networks switches and their components. Qualified personnel have read all related installation manuals, have the technical training and experience necessary to be aware of the hazards to which they are exposed in performing a task, and are aware of measures to minimize the danger to themselves or other persons.

If you are in the USA, install the system in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical Code (NEC).

Considerations Before Installing

Consider the following items before you install equipment.

•

For equipment designed to operate in a typical Telco environment that is environmentally controlled, choose a site that has the following characteristics:

Safety Information

•

Temperature-controlled and humidity-controlled, such that the maximum ambient room temperature shall not exceed 40ºC (104ºF).

•

Clean and free from airborne materials that can conduct electricity.

•

Well ventilated and away from sources of heat including direct sunlight.

•

Away from sources of vibration or physical shock.

•

Isolated from strong electromagnetic fields produced by electrical devices.

•

For equipment designed to be installed in environments that are not environmentally controlled, such as outdoor enclosures, see the product data sheet or Appendix B of this guide for environmental conditions, temperature, and humidity.

•

Establish at least 3 inches clearance on all sides for effective ventilation. Do not obstruct the air intake vent on the front, side, or rear ventilation grills. Locate the system away from heat sources.

•

Make sure that your equipment is placed in an area that accommodates the power consumption and component heat dissipation specifications.

•

Make sure that your power supplies meet the site DC power or AC power requirements of all the network equipment.

•

Racks for Extreme Networks equipment must be permanently attached to the floor. Failure to stabilize the rack can cause the rack to tip over when the equipment is removed for servicing.

•

Do not operate the system unless all modules, faceplates, front covers, and rear covers are in place.

Blank faceplates and cover panels are required for the following functions:

•

Preventing exposure to hazardous voltages and currents inside the equipment

•

Containing electromagnetic interference (EMI) that might disrupt other equipment

•

Directing the flow of cooling air through the equipment

•

Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.

General Safety Precautions

Follow these guidelines:

•

Do not try to lift objects that you think are too heavy for you.

•

When you install equipment in a rack, load heavier devices in the lower half of the rack first to avoid making the rack top-heavy.

•

Use only tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Do not use equipment with visible damage.

•

Route cables in a manner that prevents possible damage to the cables and avoids causing accidents, such as tripping.

•

Do not place a monitor or other objects on top of the equipment. The chassis cover is not designed to support weight.

•

To reduce the risk of fire, use only #26 AWG or larger telecommunications line cord. Use only copper conductors.

•

Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity.

•

This equipment must be grounded. Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor.


Safety Information

Maintenance Safety

When you perform maintenance procedures on Extreme Networks equipment, follow these recommendations:

•

Use only authorized accessories or components approved for use with this system. Failure to follow these instructions may damage the equipment or violate required safety and EMC regulations.

•

This system contains no customer serviceable components. Do not attempt to repair a chassis, power supply, module, or other component. In the event of failure, return the defective unit to

Extreme Networks for repair or replacement, unless otherwise instructed by an Extreme Networks representative.

•

To remove power from the system, you must unplug all power cords from wall outlets. The power cord is the disconnect device to the main power source.

•

Disconnect all power cords before working near power supplies, unless otherwise instructed by a product-specific maintenance procedure.

•

Replace a power cord immediately if it shows any signs of damage.

•

When you work with optical devices, power supplies, or other modular accessories, put on an ESDpreventive wrist strap to reduce the risk of electronic damage to the equipment. Connect the other end of the strap to an appropriate grounding point on the equipment rack or to an ESD jack on the chassis if one is provided. Leave the ESD-preventive wrist strap permanently attached to the equipment rack or chassis so that it is always available when you need to handle components that are sensitive to ESD.

•

Install all cables in a manner that avoids strain. Use tie wraps or other strain relief devices.

Cable Routing for LAN Systems

Extreme Networks equipment meets the requirements for LAN system equipment.

LAN systems are designed for intra-building installations; that is, cable runs between devices must be in the same building as the connected units, except under the conditions listed in the next paragraph.

As allowed in the USA by the National Electrical Code (NEC), this equipment can be connected between buildings if any one of the following conditions is true:

•

Cable runs between buildings are less than 140 feet long.

•

Cable runs between buildings are directly buried.


Safety Information

•

Cable runs between buildings are in an underground conduit, where a continuous metallic cable shield or a continuous metallic conduit containing the cable is bonded to each building grounding electrode system.

Caution

Failure to follow these requirements for cable routing conditions may expose the user to electrical shock and expose the unit to damage that can cause errors.

Warning

The Ethernet ports of the equipment and its sub-assemblies are suitable only for intrabuilding connections (within the same building) or for connections to unexposed wiring or cabling. (See the conditions listed above.) The Ethernet ports of this equipment or its subassemblies must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the outside plant

(OSP) or its wiring. Ethernet interfaces are designed for use only as intra-building interfaces

(described as Type 2 or Type 4 ports in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 6) and require isolation from the exposed OSP wiring. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection to connect these interfaces metallically to OSPwiring.

This warning does not apply to T1/E1 ports because T1/E1 ports have built-in isolation and surge protection that allows them to be connected to OSP wiring.

Installing Power Supply Units and Connecting Power

For the ratings and power input requirements of each power supply unit, see

Appendix B

of this guide or the data sheet for the power supply at www.extremenetworks.com

.

Warning

Be sure to satisfy the requirements listed in this section when you install Extreme Networks power supplies or connect power.

When you install any power supply:

•

Do not use excessive force when you insert a power supply into the bay.

•

Do not attempt to open the power supply enclosure for any reason; the power supply does not contain user-serviceable parts. In the event of failure, return the defective power supply to Extreme

Networks for repair or replacement.

•

Do not put your hand into an open power supply bay when a power supply is not present.

•

Before you work on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove all jewelry, including watches. Metal objects heat up when they are connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals.

•

An electrical arc can occur when you connect or disconnect the power with power applied. This could cause an explosion in hazardous area installations. Be sure that power is removed from the device.

•

When you install or replace equipment, always make the ground connection first and disconnect the ground connection last.

When you install AC power supplies:


Safety Information

•

For switches with field-replaceable power supplies, do not connect the power supply to an electrical source when the power supply is not installed in the switch; doing so would expose a hazardous energy and poses a potential shock and fire hazard.

•

Plug power supplies only into properly grounded electrical outlets to help prevent electrical shock and to comply with international safety standards.

•

Use only power cords that are certified for use within the country of use. Do not attempt to modify

AC power cords.

•

Make sure that the voltage and frequency of your power outlet match the system electrical ratings for the equipment. The building and/or power source must provide overload protection.

•

Use a surge suppressor, line conditioner, or uninterruptible power supply to protect the system from momentary increases or decreases in electrical power.

•

When multiple power supplies are used with a system, connect each power supply to a different, independent over-current protection device, such as a circuit breaker. If a single power source fails, it will affect only that power supply to which it is connected. See the data sheet of the power supply for proper sizing of the circuit breaker.

•

Extreme Networks AC power supplies do not have switches for turning the unit on and off. Remove all wall plugs from the electrical outlets to disconnect the power. Make sure that these connections are easily accessible.

When you install DC power supplies or connect DC power:

•

Making the connection to your facility DC source voltage must be performed by a qualified, licensed electrician.

•

Extreme Networks DC power supplies do not have switches for turning the unit on and off. Make sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC power cord at the DC input power socket.

•

Do not connect a DC power supply to the DC source power when the power supply is not installed in the chassis; doing so would expose a hazardous energy and poses a potential shock and fire hazard.

•

Connect the system or power supply only to a DC power source that complies with the safety extralow voltage (SELV) requirements in IEC 60950-based safety standards.

•

DC-powered equipment must be installed in a restricted-access area to ensure that only trained and qualified service personnel have access to the equipment. A restricted-access area can be entered only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.

Note

Because building codes vary worldwide, Extreme Networks strongly recommends that you consult an electrical contractor to ensure proper equipment grounding and power distribution for your specific installation and country.

Selecting Power Supply Cords

Extreme Networks does not include power input cords in the product box.

You can purchase a power cord for your product and for your specific country from your local Extreme

Networks Channel Account Manager or Sales Manager, or you can purchase a cord from your local supplier. Requirements for the power cord are listed in Appendix B of this guide.


Safety Information

To locate a Sales Manager or Partner in your region visit: www.extremenetworks.com/how-to-buy/ how-to-buy.aspx

Note

This equipment is not intended to be directly powered by power distribution systems where phase-phase voltages exceed 240V AC (2P+PE), such as those used in Norway, France, and other countries. For these applications it is recommended that a transformer be used to step down the voltage to < 240V AC from phase-phase, or that you make a connection to a (P+N

+PE) power distribution where voltages do not exceed240VAC.

All installations should confirm that the product is reliably grounded according to the country’s local electrical codes.

Battery Replacement and Disposal

Batteries included with Extreme products are encapsulated and must be replaced only by qualified

Extreme Service personnel.

Contact your Extreme Networks Service personnel for product replacement. Do not attempt to replace the battery. If these instructions are disregarded and replacement of these batteries is attempted, the following guidelines must be followed to avoid danger of explosion:

•

Replace with the same or equivalent battery type as recommended by the battery manufacturer.

•

Dispose of the battery in accordance with the battery manufacturer’s recommendation.

Battery Warning - Taiwan

Fiber Optic Ports and Optical Safety

The following safety warnings apply to all optical devices used in Extreme Networks equipment that are removable or directly installed in an I/O module or chassis system.


Safety Information

Such devices include but are not limited to gigabit interface converters (GBICs), small form factor pluggable (SFP) modules (or mini-GBICs), QSFP+ modules, XENPAK transceivers, and XFP laser optic modules.

Warning

Laser optic modules become very hot after prolonged use. Take care when removing a laser optic module from the module or option card. If the laser optic module is too hot to touch, disengage the laser optic module and allow it to cool before removing it completely.

When working with laser optic modules, always take the precautions listed below to avoid exposure to hazardous radiation.

•

Never look at the transmit LED/laser through a magnifying device while the transmit LED is powered on.

•

Never look directly at a fiber port on the switch or at the ends of a fiber cable when they are powered on.

•

Invisible laser radiation can occur when the connectors are open. Avoid direct eye exposure to the beam when optical connections are unplugged.

•

Never alter, modify, or change an optical device in any way other than suggested in this document.

GBIC, SFP (Mini-GBIC), QSFP+, XENPAK, and XFP Regulatory Compliance

Extreme Networks pluggable optical modules and direct-attach cables meet the following regulatory requirements:

•

Class 1 or Class 1M Laser Product

•

EN60825-1:2007 2nd Ed. or later, European standard

•

FCC 21 CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J in accordance with FDA & CDRH requirements

•

Application of CE Mark in accordance with 2004/108/EEC EMC Directive and the 2006/95/EC Low

Voltage Directives

•

UL and/or CSA registered component for North America

•

47 CFR Part 15, Class A when installed into Extreme products

Sicherheitshinweise

Warning

Lesen Sie die folgenden Sicherheitshinweise aufmerksam durch, ehe Sie Extreme Networks-

Produkte installieren. Eine Missachtung dieser Sicherheitshinweise kann zu Verletzungen oder zu einer Beschädigung des/r Geräte/s führen.

Extreme Networks-Geräte und deren Komponenten dürfen nur durch geschulte und qualifizierte

Wartungstechniker (wie in IEC 60950-1 und AS/NZS 3260 definiert) installiert, ausgetauscht oder gewartet werden. Dieses qualifizierte Personal muss den Inhalt aller zugehörigen

Installationsanleitungen kennen sowie über die technische Ausbildung und Erfahrung verfügen, um die

Gefahren, die mit der Ausführung einer Aufgabe assoziiert sind, zu kennen und zu wissen, wie sie diese

Gefahren für sich selbst und Dritte minimieren können.

In den USA muss das System gemäß dem US National Electrical Code (NEC) installiert werden.


Safety Information

Überlegungen vor der Installation

Berücksichtigen Sie vor der Installation der Geräte folgende Punkte.

•

Wählen Sie für Geräte, die in einer typischen Telekommunikationsumgebung mit kontrollierten

Umweltbedingungen eingesetzt werden, einen Ort mit folgenden Merkmalen:

•

Temperatur und Feuchtigkeit werden kontrolliert, und die maximale Raumtemperatur liegt nicht

über 40 ºC.

•

Sauber und frei von in der Luft enthaltenen Stoffen, die Elektrizität übertragen können.

•

Gut belüftet und fern von Wärmequellen inklusive direkter Sonneneinstrahlung.

•

Fern von Quellen für Erschütterungen oder mechanische Einwirkungen.

•

Getrennt von starken elektromagnetischen Feldern, die von elektrischen Geräten erzeugt werden.

•

Bei Geräten, die nicht für eine Installation in Umgebungen mit kontrollieren Umweltbedingungen vorgesehen sind, wie z. B. Gehäuse im Freien, beachten Sie bitte das Produktdatenblatt oder

Anhang B dieser Anleitung mit den Spezifikationen für Umgebungsbedingungen, Temperatur und

Feuchtigkeit.

•

Lassen Sie auf allen Seiten mindestens 3 Zoll Platz, um eine ausreichende Luftzirkulation zu gewährleisten. Die Lüftungsschlitze an der Vorder- oder Rückseite und an den Seiten dürfen nicht blockiert werden. Stellen Sie das System nicht in der Nähe von Wärmequellen auf.

•

Versichern Sie sich, dass Ihre Geräte in einem Bereich aufgestellt werden, der für den

Stromverbrauch und die damit verbundene Wärmestrahlung der Komponenten geeignet ist.

•

Versichern Sie sich, dass Ihre Netzteile den Gleichstrom- bzw. Wechselstrombedarf aller

Netzwerkgeräte decken können.

•

Racks für Extreme Networks-Geräte müssen fest am Boden verankert werden. Bei nicht vorschriftsmäßiger Fixierung des Racks besteht die Gefahr, dass das Rack bei Wartungsarbeiten umkippt.

•

Voraussetzung für den Betrieb des Systems ist die vollständige Anbringung aller Module, Blenden,

Frontabdeckungen und rückseitigen Abdeckungen. Blenden und Abdeckplatten erfüllen folgende

Funktionen:

•

Schutz vor gefährlich hohen Spannungen und Strömen im Inneren des Gerätes

•

Eindämmung von elektromagnetischen Interferenzen (EMI), die andere Geräte stören könnten

•

Vorgabe der Luftströmungsrichtung durch das Gerät

•

Bei der Entsorgung des Gerätes sind alle nationalen Gesetze und Vorschriften zu beachten.

Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise

Befolgen Sie die Richtlinien:

•

Heben Sie keine Gegenstände, die zu schwer für Sie sind.

•

Bei der Installation von Geräten in einem Rack platzieren Sie die schwereren Geräte in der unteren

Hälfte, damit das Rack nicht kopflastig wird.

•

Verwenden Sie nur Werkzeuge und Geräte, die sich in einem einwandfreien Zustand befinden.

Werkzeuge, die sichtbar beschädigt sind, dürfen nicht benutzt werden.

•

Achten Sie bei der Verlegung von Kabeln darauf, mögliche Beschädigungen der Kabel zu vermeiden und Risiken, z. B. Stolpergefahren, auszuschalten.

•

Stellen Sie keinen Bildschirm oder anderen Gegenstände auf die Geräte. Die Chassisabdeckung ist keine Abstellfläche.


Safety Information

•

Zum Schutz vor Selbstentzündung verwenden Sie nur Datenübertragungskabel der Größe 26 AWG oder größer. Verwenden Sie nur Kupferleiter.

•

Arbeiten Sie während eines Gewitters nicht an dem System und stecken Sie keine Kabel an oder ab.

•

Das Gerät muss geerdet werden. Der Schutzleiter darf nicht manipuliert oder umgangen werden und das Gerät darf auf keinen Fall ohne einen entsprechend installierten Schutzleiter betrieben werden.

Sicherheit bei Wartungsarbeiten

Befolgen Sie bei allen Wartungsarbeiten an Extreme Networks-Geräten folgende Empfehlungen:

•

Verwenden Sie nur zugelassene Zubehörteile oder Komponenten, die für den Einsatz mit diesem

System genehmigt sind. Eine Missachtung dieser Hinweise kann zu einer Beschädigung des/r

Geräte/s führen und die einschlägigen Sicherheits- und EMV-Vorschriften verletzen.

•

Das System enthält keinerlei Teile, die vom Benutzer zu warten sind. Versuchen Sie nicht, Chassis,

Netzteil, Modul oder andere Komponenten eigenmächtig zu reparieren. Senden Sie im Falle einer

Störung das defekte Teil zur Reparatur oder zum Austausch an Extreme Networks ein, sofern ein

Extreme Networks-Vertreter nicht etwas anderes angibt.

•

Um das System spannungslos zu machen, müssen Sie alle Netzkabel aus den Netzsteckdosen ziehen. Das Netzkabel ist der "Trennschalter" für die Netzspannungsquelle.

•

Trennen Sie vor allen Arbeiten in der unmittelbaren Nähe von Netzteilen alle Netzkabel von der

Spannungsquelle, sofern die produktspezifische Wartungsanleitung nicht etwas anderes angibt.

•

Legen Sie für alle Arbeiten an optischen Geräten, Netzteilen oder sonstigen modularen

Zubehörteilen ein geerdetes Massearmband an, um das Risiko einer Beschädigung des Gerätes durch elektrostatische Aufladung zu reduzieren. Schließen Sie das eine Ende des Armbands an einem geeigneten Erdungspunkt am Rack oder an einer ESD-Buchse am Chassis (sofern vorhanden) an. Lassen Sie das geerdete Massearmband am Rack oder am Chassis angeschlossen, damit Sie es jederzeit parat haben, wenn Sie mit Komponenten umgehen, die empfindlich gegenüber elektrostatischer Aufladung sind.

•

Die Kabel sind spannungsfrei zu installieren. Verwenden Sie Kabelbinder oder sonstige

Zugentlastungsvorrichtungen.

Kabelverlegung für LAN-Systeme

Extreme Networks-Geräte erfüllen die Anforderungen für Geräte für LAN-Systeme. LAN-Systeme sind für gebäudeinterne Installationen konzipiert, das heißt, die Kabel zwischen den einzelnen Einheiten müssen im gleichen Gebäude verlaufen, in dem auch die Geräte untergebracht. Hiervon ausgenommen sind nur die unten aufgeführten Bedingungen.

Laut dem US-amerikanischen National Electrical Code (NEC) darf diese Ausrüstung zwischen

Gebäuden verbunden werden, sofern eine der folgenden Bedingungen erfüllt ist:

•

Die Länge der zwischen Gebäuden verlegten Kabel beträgt höchsten 140 Fuß.

•

Die Kabel sind zwischen den Gebäuden direkt erdverlegt.


Safety Information

•

Die Kabel zwischen den Gebäuden sind in einem unterirdischen Kanal verlegt, wobei ein durchgehender metallischer Kabelschirm oder eine durchgehende Metallleitung, die das Kabel umschließt, an den Erdungselektrodensystemen der einzelnen Gebäude angeschlossen ist.

Caution

Eine Missachtung dieser Bedingungen für die Kabelverlegung kann Nutzer der Gefahr eines elektrischen Stromschlages aussetzen und das Gerät so beschädigen, dass es nicht mehr einwandfrei arbeitet.

Warning

Die Ethernet-Anschlüsse des Gerätes und der zugehörigen Baugruppen sind nur für gebäudeinterne (innerhalb ein und desselben Gebäudes) Verbindungen oder für Anschlüsse an nicht exponierte Verdrahtungen oder Verkabelungen geeignet (siehe die oben aufgeführten Bedingungen). Die Ethernet-Anschlüsse des Gerätes und der zugehörigen

Baugruppen dürfen nicht mit Metallkontakt an Schnittstellen angeschlossen werden, die mit einer externen Anlage (Outside Plant, OSP) oder deren Verdrahtung verbunden sind.

Ethernet-Schnittstellen sind nur für eine Verwendung als gebäudeinterne Schnittstellen konzipiert (sog. Ports vom Typ 2 oder Typ 4 gemäß GR-1089-CORE, Ausgabe 6) und müssen durch Isolierung von exponierter OSP-Verdrahtung getrennt werden. Primäre Protektoren sind kein ausreichender Schutz für den Anschluss dieser Schnittstellen über einen

Metallkontakt mit OSP-Verdrahtung.

Diese Warnung gilt nicht für Ports vom Typ T1/E1, weil diese Ports über eine integrierte

Isolierung und einen Schutz vor Spannungsspitzen verfügen, der den Anschluss an OSP-

Verdrahtung gestattet.

Installation der Netzteile und Netzanschluss

Die Leistungsdaten und die Anforderung der einzelnen Netzteile an den Leistungseingang entnehmen

Sie bitte Anhang B dieser Anleitung oder dem Datenblatt für die Netzversorgung unter http:// www.extremenetworks.com

.

Warning

Die in diesem Abschnitt aufgeführten Anforderungen müssen bei der Installation von

Extreme Networks-Netzteilen und beim Netzanschluss unbedingt erfüllt werden.

Bei Installation eines Netzteils:

•

Schieben Sie das Netzteil nicht mit Gewalt in den Einschub.

•

Versuchen Sie nicht, das Gehäuse des Netzteils zu öffnen; das Netzteil enthält keinerlei Teile, die vom Nutzer zu warten sind. Senden Sie im Falle einer Störung das defekte Netzteil zur Reparatur oder zum Austausch an Extreme Networks ein.

•

Fassen Sie nicht mit der Hand in einen offenen Netzteileinschub, wenn das Netzteil entfernt wurde.

•

Legen Sie vor allen Arbeiten an einem an Leistungskabeln angeschlossenen Gerät sämtlichen

Schmuck sowie Ihre Armbanduhr ab. Im Falle eines Kurzschlusses (Kontakt mit Leistung und Erde) erwärmen sich Metallgegenstände, was zu ernsthaften Verbrennungen führen oder den

Metallgegenstand mit den Anschlüssen verschweißen kann.

•

Legen Sie vor allen Arbeiten an einem an Leistungskabeln angeschlossenen Gerät sämtlichen

Schmuck sowie Ihre Armbanduhr ab. Metallgegenstände erwärmen sich, wenn sie an Leistung und


Safety Information an Erde angeschlossen werden, was zu ernsthaften Verbrennungen führen oder den

Metallgegenstand mit den Anschlüssen verschweißen kann.

•

Wenn das Netz bei angeschlossener Netzversorgung angeschlossen oder getrennt wird, kann ein elektrischer Lichtbogen entstehen. Dies kann bei Installationen in Gefahrenbereichen zu einer

Explosion führen. Achten Sie unbedingt darauf, dass das Gerät nicht mit der Netzversorgung verbunden ist.

•

Achten Sie bei der Installation oder beim Austausch von Geräten darauf, dass Sie zuerst den

Erdungsanschluss herstellen bzw. den Erdungsanschluss zuletzt trennen.

Bei Installation von AC-Netzteilen:

•

Schließen Sie bei Switches mit einem vor Ort austauschbaren Netzteil die Spannungsversorgung nicht an einer elektrischen Spannungsquelle an, wenn das Netzteil nicht im Switch eingebaut ist; andernfalls kann gefährliche Energie freigesetzt werden und es besteht potenzielle Stromschlagund Brandgefahr.

•

Stecken Sie Netzteile nur an vorschriftsmäßig geerdete Netzsteckdosen an, um die Gefahr eines elektrischen Stromschlages zu vermeiden und internationale Sicherheitsstandards zu erfüllen.

•

Verwenden Sie nur Netzkabel, die in dem jeweiligen Einsatzland zugelassen sind. Versuchen Sie nicht, modifizierte AC-Netzkabel zu verwenden

•

Versichern Sie sich, dass Spannung und Frequenz Ihrer Steckdose mit den elektrischen Daten Ihres

Gerätes übereinstimmen. Das Gebäude und/oder die Spannungsquelle muss gegen Überlast geschützt sein.

•

Verwenden Sie einen Überspannungsschutz, einen Netzfilter oder eine unterbrechungsfreie

Spannungsversorgung, um das System plötzlichen Spannungsschwankungen zu schützen.

•

Bei Systemen mit mehreren Netzteilen schließen Sie jedes Netzteil an einer anderen, unabhängigen

Überstromschutzvorrichtung an, z. B. an einem Schütz. Bei Ausfall einer Spannungsquelle ist nur das daran angeschlossene Netzteil betroffen. Für die korrekte Auslegung des Schützes siehe das

Datenblatt des Netzteils.

•

AC-Netzteile von Extreme Networks haben keinen Ein-/Ausschalter. Trennen Sie alle Netzstecker von den elektrischen Steckdosen, um die Spannungsversorgung zu unterbrechen. Achten Sie auf gute Zugänglichkeit der Steckdosen.

Installation von DC-Netzteilen und Anschluss von Gleichspannung:

•

Der Anschluss an die Gleichspannungsquelle Ihrer Einrichtung muss von einem qualifizierten, geprüften Elektriker vorgenommen werden.

•

DC-Netzteile von Extreme Networks haben keinen Ein-/Ausschalter. Versichern Sie sich, dass der

DC-Kreis spannungslos ist, ehe Sie das Gleichstromkabel an einer Gleichstromeingangsbuchse anoder abstecken.

•

Schließen Sie eine Gleichstromversorgung nicht an die DC-Quelle an, wenn das Netzteil nicht im

Chassis eingebaut ist; andernfalls kann gefährliche Energie freigesetzt werden und es besteht potenzielle Stromschlag- und Brandgefahr.

•

Schließen Sie das System oder das Netzteil nur an eine DC-Spannungsquelle an, die die

Bestimmungen für Sicherheitskleinspannung (SELV) in den IEC 60950-basierten

Sicherheitsstandards erfüllt.

•

DC-Geräte müssen in einem zugangsbeschränkten Bereich installiert werden, damit gewährleistet ist, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Wartungspersonal Zugang zu den Geräten hat. Ein


Safety Information zugangsbeschränkter Bereich kann beispielsweise nur mithilfe eines Spezialwerkzeugs, Schloss und

Schlüssel oder einer anderen Sicherheitsvorrichtung geöffnet werden.

Note

Da die Gebäudevorschriften in aller Welt unterschiedlich sind, empfiehlt Extreme Networks dringend, sich bezüglich der korrekten Erdung und Spannungsverteilung für Ihre Installation in Ihrem Land an einen Elektrofachbetrieb zu wenden.

Auswahl der Netzkabel

Im Lieferumfang von Extreme Networks-Produkten sind keine Netzkabel enthalten.

Ein für Ihr Produkt und Land passendes Netzkabel erhalten Sie entweder von Ihrem zuständigen

Extreme Networks Channel Account Manager oder Sales Manager oder im örtlichen Fachhandel. Die

Anforderungen an das Netzkabel entnehmen Sie Anhang B zu dieser Anleitung.

Hier finden Sie Ihren zuständigen Sales Manager oder Fachhändler: http://www.extremenetworks.com/ how-to-buy/how-to-buy.aspx

Note

Dieses Gerät ist nicht für eine direkte Versorgung von einem Spannungsverteilungssystem vorgesehen, wo die Leiter-Leiter-Spannung den Wert von 240 V AC (2 Phasen+Schutzerde), wie zum Beispiel in Norwegen, Frankreich und anderen Ländern. Für derartige Anwendungen wird ein Transformator empfohlen, um die Spannung auf einen Wert unter < 240 V AC

(Leiter-Leiter) herunterzutransformieren oder ein Anschluss an eine (P+N+Schutzerde)

Spannungsverteilung, wo die Spannung 240 V AC nicht überschreitet.

Alle Installationen müssen eine zuverlässige Erdung gemäß den nationalen

Elektrovorschriften vorsehen.

Wechseln und Entsorgen der Batterie

Die Batterien in Extreme Produkten sind gekapselt und dürfen nur durch qualifiziertes Extreme-

Wartungspersonal ausgewechselt werden.

Wenden Sie sich für den Austausch eines Produktes an das Wartungspersonal von Extreme Networks.

Versuchen Sie nicht, die Batterie selbst auszuwechseln. Bei einer Missachtung dieser Anweisungen und dem Versuch, die Batterien eigenmächtig zu wechseln, müssen folgende Richtlinien eingehalten werden, um eine mögliche Explosion zu vermeiden:

•

Tauschen Sie die Batterie nur gegen eine Batterie des gleichen Typs (wie vom Hersteller empfohlen)aus.

•

Entsorgen Sie die Batterie gemäß den Empfehlungen des Batterieherstellers.

LWL-Ports und optische Sicherheit

Folgende Sicherheitswarnung gilt für alle optischen Geräte, die in Extreme Networks-Geräten eingesetzt werden und entweder herausnehmbar sind oder direkt in einem E/A-Modul oder im

Chassissystem eingebaut sind.


Safety Information

Solche Geräte sind nicht nur Gigabit-Interface-Konverter (GBICs), steckbare Kleinformfaktormodule

(SFP) (oder Mini-GBICs), QSFP+ Module, XENPAK Sendeempfänger und laseroptische XFP-Module.

Warning

Laseroptische Module können bei längerem Gebrauch sehr heiß werden. Seien Sie beim

Ausbau eines laseroptischen Moduls aus dem Modul oder der Optionskarte äußerst vorsichtig. Wenn das laseroptische Modul zum Anfassen zu heiß ist, trennen Sie das laseroptische Modul und lassen Sie es abkühlen, ehe Sie es komplett ausbauen.

Ergreifen Sie beim Arbeiten mit laseroptischen Modulen die nachfolgenden

Vorsichtsmaßnahmen, um eine Aussetzung gegenüber gefährlicher Strahlung zu vermeiden.

•

Blicken Sie auf keinen Fall durch ein Vergrößerungsglas in die Sendediode/den Laser, solange die

Sendediode aktiv ist.

•

Blicken Sie auf keinen Fall in den LWL-Port am Switch oder auf die Stirnflächen eines aktiven LWL-

Kabels.

•

Bei offenen Anschlüssen kann unsichtbare Laserstrahlung abgegeben werden. Vermeiden Sie eine direkte Aussetzung der Augen gegenüber dem Strahl, wenn die optischen Anschlüsse offen (ohne

Stecker) sind.

•

Optische Geräte dürfen auf keine andere Weise als in diesem Dokument empfohlen verändert, modifiziert oder umgebaut werden.

Konformität von GBIC, SFP (Mini-GBIC), QSFP+, XENPAK undXFP

Steckbare optische Module von Extreme Networks und direkt angeschlossene Kabel erfüllen folgende gesetzliche Vorschriften:

•

Laserprodukt der Klasse 1 oder Klasse 1M

•

EN60825-1:2007 2. Ausgabe oder später, Europäische Norm

•

FCC 21 CFR Kapitel 1, Paragraph J in Übereinstimmung mit FDA- und CDRH-Bestimmungen

•

Anwendung des CE-Zeichens gemäß der EMV-Richtlinie 2004/108/EEC und der

Niederspannungsrichtlinie 2006/95/EC

•

UL und/oder CSA-geprüfte Komponente für Nordamerika

•

47 CFR Teil 15, Klasse A bei Einbau in Extreme-Produkte


Safety Information

Mögliche Netzanschlussgerät- und Lüftereinsatz-Konfigurationen für X770-32q

Table 88: Mögliche Netzanschlussgerät- und Lüftereinsatz-Konfigurationen für X770-32q

Konfiguration

Nr.

Anzahl d.

Netzanschlussgeräte

Artikelnummer d.

Netzanschlussgeräts

Beschreibung d.

Spannungsversorgung

Anzahl d.

Lüftereinsätze

Artikelnummer

Lüftereinsatz

Beschreibung

Lüftereinsatz

1

2 1

1 10927z

10925z

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W AC

Luftstrom von hinten nach vorne

(DS550HE-3)

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W AC

Luftstrom von vorne nach hinten

(DS550HE-3)

5

5

17112z

17111z

Lüftermodul Summit

X670 Luftstrom von hinten nach vorne

(JDD0405612UB3A01)

Lüftermodul X670


(AS04012UB565300)

3 2 10927z 5 17112z Lüftermodul Summit


(JDD0405612UB3A01)

4

5

6 1

1

2 10925z

10928z

10926z

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W AC


(DS550HE-3)

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W AC


(DS550HE-3)

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W DC


(DS550DC-3-003)

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W DC


(DS550DC-3)

5

5

5

17111z

17112z

17111z

Lüftermodul X670


(AS04012UB565300)

Lüftermodul Summit


(JDD0405612UB3A01)

Lüftermodul X670


(AS04012UB565300) �

7

8

2

2

10928z

10926z

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W DC


(DS550DC-3-003)

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W DC


(DS550DC-3)

5

5

17112z

17111z

Lüftermodul Summit


(JDD0405612UB3A01)

Lüftermodul X670


(AS04012UB565300) �


Safety Information

Table 88: Mögliche Netzanschlussgerät- und Lüftereinsatz-Konfigurationen für X770-32q (continued)

Konfiguration

Nr.

Anzahl d.

Netzanschlussgeräte

Artikelnummer d.

Netzanschlussgeräts

Beschreibung d.

Spannungsversorgung

Anzahl d.

Lüftereinsätze

Artikelnummer

Lüftereinsatz

Beschreibung

Lüftereinsatz

9

1

1 10927z

10928z

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W AC PSU


(DS550HE-3)

Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W DC


(DS550DC-3-003)

5 17112z Lüftermodul Summit


(JDD0405612UB3A01)

10 1 10925z Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W AC


(DS550HE-3)

5 17111z Lüftermodul X670


(AS04012UB565300) �

1 10926z Netzanschlussgerät

Summit 550W DC


(DS550DC-3)


B

Technical Specifications











Summit X650 series switches:



Summit 300 W Power Supplies



Summit 750 W AC Power Supply


Summit External Power Supplies


Console Connector Pinouts

Class A Notice for Taiwan

Japan (VCCI Class A)

Note

In this section, all references to specific switch model numbers also apply to the equivalent

TAA-compliant switch versions.


•


•


•



Table 89: Physical Dimensions



Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)

Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)

Depth: 12.13 inches (30.8 cm)

Summit X150-48t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)



Table 90: Weight




12.01 lb (5.46 kg)

14.9 lb (6.8 kg)

15.1 lb (6.9 kg)

Table 91: Packaged Dimensions



Height: 12.6 inches (32 cm)

Width: 23.6 inches (60 cm)

Depth: 18.5 inches (47 cm)

Summit X150-48t switch Height: 12.2 inches (31 cm)


Depth: 22 inches (56 cm)

Table 92: Packaged Weight

Summit X150-24t switch 10.5 lb (4.8 kg)



12.1 lb (5.5 kg)

12.1 lb (5.5 kg)

Table 93: Summit X150-24t Power

Operational voltage range

90 to 264 V

Nominal input ratings

100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current

Line frequency range

Inrush current

Power supply cord type

Power supply input socket

Power cord input plug

Power cord wall plug

0.5 A @ 115 V (low-line)

0.25 A @ 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC Power

Supplies

.



Table 93: Summit X150-24t Power (continued)

Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm

2

) up to 6 feet or 2 meters or

16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

Efficiency 83% with 60% to 100% load

Heat dissipation (Watts, BTU) 36 W (122.8 BTU/hr)

Power consumption (Watts, BTU) 36 W (122.8 BTU/hr)

Table 94: Summit X150-24p Power


90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.5 A

Input current (without PoE

0.75 A @ 115 V (low-line)

0.5 A @ 230 V (high-line)

Input current (with PoE full load)


Inrush current



4.4 A @ 115 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14



Power supply cord gauge

IEC 320 C13


Supplies

.

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or

) up to 6 feet or 2 meters

16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

Efficiency

Heat dissipation (Watts, BTU)

81% with 60% to 100% load

60 W (204.7 BTU/hr

Power consumption (Watts, BTU) 500 W (1706 BTU/hr)



90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current

0.5 A @ 115 V (low-line)

0.25 A @ 230 V (high-line)


Inrush current



47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14




Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13



Efficiency


Supplies

.

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


Heat dissipation (Watts, BTU) 36 W (123 BTU/hr)

Power consumption (Watts, BTU) 36 W (123 BTU/hr)

Table 96: Safety Standards

North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)

CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)

Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)

CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)

IEEE 802.3af 6-2003 Environment A for PoE Applications

European Safety of ITE

International Safety of ITE

EN 60950-1:2001+A11

EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)

TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body

73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive

CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2001 Country Deviations

AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)

Table 97: EMI/EMC Standards

North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)

ICES-003 Class A (Canada)

European EMC standards EN 55022:1998 Class A

EN 55024:1998 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11

EN 61000-3-2,3 (Harmonics & Flicker)

ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)

89/336/EEC EMC Directive

International EMC certifications

Country-specific

CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)

CISPR 24:1997 Class A (International Immunity)

IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air,

Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Transient Burst, 1kV, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV L-L, 2kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod.

RMS, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,

Criteria C

VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)

AS/NZS 3548 ACA (Australia Emissions)

CNS 13438:1997 Class A (BSMI-Taiwan)

MIC Mark, EMC Approval (Korea)



Table 98: Telecom Standards


ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)

Table 99: IEEE 802.3 Media Access Standards

IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T

Table 100: Environmental Data

Environmental Standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage

EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation

EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational

EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise

ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G

Operating conditions

Storage & transportation conditions (packaged)

Acoustic noise

(in dBA per ISO 7779)

Temperature range: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

Humidity: 95% relative humidity, non-condensing

Altitude: 0 to 3,000 meters (9,850 feet)

Shock (half sine): 30 m/s

2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks

Random vibration: 3 to 500 MHz @ 1.5 G rms

Temperature: –40° C to 70° C (–40° F to 158° F)

Humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing

Packaged shock (half sine): 180 m/s

2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks

Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz @ velocity 5 mm/s,

62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G

Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz @ 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct.

from 20 to 200 Hz

14 drops minimum on sides & corners @ 42 inches (<15 kg box)

Summit X150-24t: 45 (high fan speed)

37 (low fan speed)

Summit X150-24p: 44 (high fan speed)

39 (low fan speed)

Summit X150-48t: 45 (high fan speed)

37 (low fan speed)


The Summit X250e series includes the following switches:

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•











Summit X250e-48tDC










Summit X250e-24tDC


Summit X250e-24x

Summit X250e-24xDC




10.5 lb (4.8 kg)

9.9 lb (4.5 kg)

121.1 lb (5.5 kg)

10.2 lb (4.6 kg)

10 lb (4.6 kg)

12.1 lb (5.5 kg)

12.1 lb (5.5 kg)

12.1 lb (5.5 kg)















Depth: 22 inches (56 cm)










13.2 lb (6.0 kg)

13.1 lb (6.0 kg)

13.2 lb (6.0 kg)

14.9 lb (6.8 kg)

15.1 lb (6.9 kg)

15.5 lb (7.0 kg)

17.0 lb (7.7 kg)



Table 105: Summit X250e-24t Power


90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current


Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation (Watts, BTU)

Power consumption (Watts, BTU)

0.5 A @ 115 V (low-line)

0.25 A @ 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to

Power Cord Requirements for AC-Powered Switches and AC

Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

83% at 60% to 100% load

36 W (122.8 BTU/hr)

36 W (122.8 BTU/hr)

Table 106: Summit X250e-24p Power


90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.25 A

Input current (without PoE\)

0.75 A @ 115 V (low-line)


Input current (with PoE full load)


Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation (without PoE)

4.4 A @ 115 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


75W (256 BTU/hr)



Table 106: Summit X250e-24p Power (continued)

Power consumption (without PoE) 75 W (256 BTU/hr)

Heat dissipation (with PoE full load) 130 W (444 BTU/hr)

Power consumption (with PoE full load) 525 W (1,791 BTU/hr)

Table 107: Summit X250e-24x Power


90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current


Inrush current


1.0 A @ 115 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC





Efficiency

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


49 W (167.2 BTU/hr)

49 W (167.2 BTU/hr)

Table 108: Summit X250e-24xDC Power


-40 to -72 V


-48 V , 2.0 A

Input current

1.25 A at -40 V (low-line)

0.75 A at -72 V (high-line)

Inrush current






Efficiency

20 A at -48 V

30 A at -72 V

DC

TYCO 206061-1

TYCO 206060-1

None provided

14 AWG (2.0 mm

2

)

83%



Table 108: Summit X250e-24xDC Power (continued)

Heat dissipation 42 W (143.3 BTU/hr)

Power consumption (Watts) 47 W (160.4 BTU/hr)

Table 109: Summit X250e-24tDC Power


-40 to -72 V


-48 V , 2.0 A

Input current


0.5 A at -72 V (high-line)

Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation

Power consumption (Watts)

20 A at 48 V , 30 A at V

DC

TYCO 206061-1

TYCO 206060-1

None provided

14 AWG (2.0 mm

2

)

78%

31 W (105.8 BTU/hr)

31 W (105.8 BTU/hr)



90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current


Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation (Watts)

Power consumption (Watts)

0.6 A @ 115 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


51 W (174 BTU/hr)

51 W (174 BTU/hr)





90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.5 A

Input current with PoE full load

4.5 A @ 115 V (low-line)

2.25 A @ 230 V (high-line)

Input current without PoE


Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation with PoE full load

Heat dissipation without PoE

Power consumption with PoE full load

Power consumption without PoE

0.75 A @ 115 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


130 W (444 BTU/hr)

75 W (256 BTU/hr)

525 W (1791.4 BTU/hr)

75 W (256 BTU/hr)

Table 112: Summit X250e-48tDC Power


-40 to -72 V


-48 V , 2.0 A

Input current


0.75 A at -57.6 V (high-line)

Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

20 A @ 48 V , 30 A @ 72 V

DC

TYCO 206061-1

TYCO 206060-1

None provided

14 AWG (2.0 mm

2

)

78%

47 W (160.4 BTU/hr)

47 W (160.4 BTU/hr)




North American Safety of ITE



UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)

CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)




EN 60950-1:2001+A11







North America EMC for ITE

European EMC standards


Country-specific

FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)


EN 55022:1998 Class A








Criteria A





RMS, Criteria A


Criteria C




MIC Mark, EMC Approval (South Korea)









Environmental Standards


Storage & transportation conditions

(packaged)

Acoustic noise (in dBA per ISO 7779)

EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage









2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks

Random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz @ 1.5 G rms

Storage temperature: –40° C to 85° C (–40° F to 185° F)

Storage and transportation humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing


2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz


Summit X250e-24t: 45 (high fan speed)

37 (low fan speed)

Summit X250e-24p: 44 (high fan speed)

39 (low fan speed)

Summit X250e-24x: 45 (high fan speed)

37 (low fan speed)

Summit X250e-24xDC: 47 (high fan speed)

37 (low fan speed)

Summit X250e-24tDC: 45 (high fan speed)

37 (low fan speed)

Summit X250e-48t: 47 (high fan speed)

37 (low fan speed)

Summit X250e-48p: 46 (high fan speed)

39 (low fan speed)

Summit X250e-48tDC: 47 (high fan speed)

37 (low fan speed)


The Summit X350 series includes the following switches:

•

Summit X350-24t

•

Summit X350-48t















13.75 lb (6.24 kg)

15.75 lb (7.14 kg)





Width: 22.4 inches (57cm)





18.7 lb (8.5 kg)

20.4 lb (9.3 kg)



90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current


Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

0.75 A @ 115 V (low-line)

0.4A @ 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2

) (up to 6 feet or 2 meters) or

16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


75 W (256 BTU/hr)

75 W (256 BTU/hr)



90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current


1.45 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.65 A @ 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz




Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

Power supply cord type AC





Efficiency

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


115W (393 BTU/hr)

115W (393 BTU/hr)






CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)




EN 60950-1:2001+A11







North America EMC for ITE




EN 55022:1998 Class A







Table 125: EMI/EMC Standards (continued)

International EMC certifications CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)



Criteria A





RMS, Criteria A


Criteria C

Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)



MIC Mark, EMC Approval (Korea)







Environmental Standards











2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks

Random vibration: 3 to 500 MHz @ 1.5 G rms



Table 128: Environmental Data (continued)


(packaged)

Storage temperature: –40° C to 70° C (–40° F to 158° F)



2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz


Acoustic noise Sound power in accordance with EN 300 753 (10-1997):

Summit X350-24t: 48.7 dBa


Declared sound power: 6.4 belsA per ISO 7779 & ISO 9296

Bystander sound pressure in accordance with NEBS GR-63 Issue 2:





•

Summit X430-24t

•

Summit X430-48t




Depth: 8.1 inches (20.6cm)







6.0 lbs (2.72kg)

9.1 lb (4.13 kg)



Width 22.0 inches (55.9 cm)










11.1 lb (5.05 kg)

11.7 lb (5.31 kg)

Table 133: Sound Pressure (LpA)


Fans low speed: 42 dB(A)

Fans high speed 55 dB(A)

Summit X430-48t switch Fans low speed: 39 dB(A)

Fans High speed 55 dB(A)

Note

Sound pressure is measured in accordance with ISO 7779:2010(E).

Table 134: Power: Summit X430-24t


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 0.75 A

Input current

0.48 A @ 110 V (low-line)

0.28 A @ 220 V (high-line)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

30 W, 102 BTU/hr

30 W, 102 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

0.85 A @ 110 V (low-line)

0.50 A @ 220 V (high-line)

60 W, 205 BTU/hr

60 W, 205 BTU/hr





UL 60950-1 2nd Ed., Listed Device (US)

CSA 22.2 #60950-1-03 2nd Ed.(Canada)



EN 60950-1:2007 2nd Ed.



2006/95/EC Low Voltage Directive

CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1 2nd Ed. + National Differences









Country-specific



2004/108/EC EMC Directive

EN 55022:2010 Class A (Emissions for ITE Equipment)

EN 55024:2010 Class A includes EN 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11

EN 55011 :2009+A1:2010 (Emissions for Industrial, Scientific & Medical

Radio Frequency Equipment)

EN 61000-3-2: 2006+A2 2009 (Harmonics)

EN 61000-3-3:2008 (Flicker)

EN 61000-6-4: 2007+A1: 2011 (General Emissions for Industrial, Scientific

& Medical)

EN 61000-6-2:2005 (General Immunity for Industrial, Scientific &

Medical)

EN 50121-4:2006 (Emission and immunity of the signaling and telecommunications apparatus)

CISPR 22:2008 Class A (International Emissions for ITE Equipment)

CISPR 24:2010 Class A (International Immunity for ITE Equipment)

IEC 61000-4-2:2008/EN 61000-4-2:2009 (Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV

Contact, 15kV Air, Criteria A)

IEC 61000-4-3:2010/EN 61000-4-3:2006+A12008 +A2:2010

Radiated Immunity 20V/m, 80-960MHz, Criteria A



IEC 61000-4-4:2011/EN 61000-4-4: 2004+A1: 2010 Transient Burst,

Power AC, ± 2.0kV, Criteria A

Power DC, ± 2.0kV CM, 1kV DM, Criteria A

I/O Cables, ± 2.0kV for all I/O longer than 3m

IEC 61000-4-5:2005/EN 61000-4-5:2006 Surge, Test to 2/4kV, Level 3

AC Power, 1kV DM, 2kV CM, Criteria A

DC Power 1kV DM, 2kV CM, Criteria A

I/O 1kV L-G, Criteria A

IEC 61000-4-6:2008/EN 61000-4-6:2009 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80

MHz, 10V/m unmod. RMS, Criteria A

IEC 61000-4-8:2009/EN 61000-4-8:2010 Magnetic Immunity, Not applicable to Extreme's equipment

IEC 61000-4-11:2004/EN 61000-4-11:2004

Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods, Criteria C


ACMA (C-Tick) (Australia Emissions)

CCC Mark

KCC Mark, EMC Approval (Korea)




MEF 9 complian

MEF 14 compliant





IEEE 802.3z 1000BASE-X

IEEE 802.3at PoE Plus


Environmental standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage




ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5 G

Operating conditions Temperature: 0° C to 45° C (32° F to 113° F)




2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks

Random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz at 1.5 G rms


(packaged)

Transportation temperature: -40° C to 70° C (-40° F to 158° F)



2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks

Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz at velocity 5 mm/s,

62 to 500 Hz at 0.2 G

Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz at 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct.

from 20 to 200 Hz

14 drops minimum on sides and corners at 42 inches (<15 kg box)



•

Summit X440-8t

•

Summit X440-8p

•

Summit X440-24t

•

Summit X440-24tDC

•

Summit X440-24x

•

Summit X440-L2-24t

•

Summit X440-24p

•

Summit X440-24t-10G

•

Summit X440-24p-10G

•

Summit X440-24x-10G

•

Summit X440-48t

•

Summit X440-48tDC

•

Summit X440-L2-48t

•

Summit X440-48p

•


•










Summit X440-24tDC switch

Summit X440-L2-24t switch





Summit X440-24x-10G switch















Summit X440-24tDC








Summit X440-48tDC




5.8 lb (2.64 kg)

6.7 lb (3.04 kg)

8.4 lb (3.83 kg)

8.47 lb (3.84)

9.8 lb (4.47 kg)

8.5 lb (3.87 kg)

9.8 lb (4.48 kg)

9.1 lb (4.13 kg)

9.13 lb (4.14 kg)

10.7 lb (4.85 kg)

9.1 lb (4.13 kg)

10.6 lb (4.83 kg)



















Summit X440-48t DC switch














Summit X440-24tDC







Summit X440-48tDC




8.29 lb (3.76 kg)

9.17 lb (4.16 kg)

11.1 lb (5.05 kg)

10.3 (4.69 kg)

12.5 lb (5.65 kg)

11.1 lb (5.02 kg)

12.5 lb (5.68 kg)

11.7 lb (5.31 kg)

11.0 lb (4.99 kg)

13.3 lb (6.02 kg)

11.7 lb (5.30 kg)

13.3 lb (6.02 kg)

Table 145: Fan Speed



Note

Summit fans have the ability to change speeds depending upon operating conditions.

Low speed: 0 RPM, High speed: 0 RPM (No fan)

Low speed: 6800 RPM, High speed: 11000 RPM



Table 145: Fan Speed (continued)

Summit X440-24t switch Low speed: 0 RPM, High speed 11000 RPM

Summit X440-24tDC switch Low speed: 0 RPM, High speed 11000 RPM






Summit X440-24x-10G







Low speed: 0 RPM, High speed 11000 RPM












Table 146: Acoustic Sound






Summit X440-24x

Low speed: 0 dB(A), High speed: 0 dB(A) (No fan)

Low speed: 44 dB(A), High speed: 55 dB(A)

Low speed: 0 dB(A) (fan not on), High speed: 51.6 dB(A)



Summit X440-24x-10G








Low speed: 0 bels, High speed: 6.5 bels, Declared Sound Power (LWAd)

Low speed: 0 dB(A), High speed: 62.4 dB(A), Sound Power (LWAm)

Low speed: 0 dB(A), High speed: 51.7 dB(A), Sound Pressure (LpA)

Low speed: 46.3 dB(A), High speed: 56.1 dB(A)

Low speed: 0 dB(A) (fan not on), High speed: 51.6 dB(A)

Low speed: 5.5 bels, High speed: 6.6 bels, Declared Sound Power

(LWAd)

Low speed: 51.6 dB(A), High speed: 62.9 dB(A), Sound Power (LWAm)

Low speed: 41.2 dB(A), High speed: 52.4 dB(A), Sound Pressure (LpA)



Low speed: 39 dB(A), High speed: 52.1 dB(A)






Table 147: PSUs and X440 Models

60W 100W

X440-8t X440-24t

X440-24t-10G

X440-24x

X440-24x-10G

X440-48t

X440-48t-10G

250W POE

X440-8p



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 0.50 A

Input current

Maximum inrush current

Heat dissipation

0.35 A @ 110 V (low-line)

0.23 A @ 220 V (high-line)

60 A @ 230VAC (25C)

39 W, 133 BTU/hr

Power consumption 39 W, 133 BTU/hr

Table 149: Power: Summit X440-8p


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A

Input current


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.2 A @ 110 V (low-line)


40 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

70 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

81 W, 276 BTU/hr

251 W, 856 BTU/hr

Table 150: Power: Summit X440-24t and X440-L2-24t


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 0.75 A

Input current

0.40 A @ 110 V (low-line)

0.20 A @ 220 V (high-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

40 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

44 W, 150 BTU/hr

44 W, 150 BTU/hr

525 W POE

X440-24p

X440-24p-10G

X440-48p

X440-48p-10G



Table 151: Power: Summit X440-24tDC

Nominal input ratings -48V, 1.25A

Heat dissipation 38 W, 129 BTU/hr




100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 6.0 A

Input current


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

5.3 A @ 110 V (low-line)

2.65 A @ 220 V (high-line)

30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

60 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

205 W, 700 BTU/hr

585 W, 2000 BTU/hr

Table 153: Power: Summit X440-24x


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 0.75 A

Input current

0.48 A @ 110 V (low-line)

0.27 A @ 220 V (high-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

40 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

54 W, 184 BTU/hr

54 W, 184 BTU/hr

Table 154: Power: Summit X440-24t-10G


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 0.75 A

Input current


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

0.4 A @ 110 V (low-line)


30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

40 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

44 W, 150 BTU/hr

44 W, 150 BTU/hr

Table 155: Power: Summit X440-24p-10G


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 6.0 A

Input current

5.3 A @ 110 V (low-line)

2.65 A @ 220 V (high-line)

Maximum inrush current 30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

60 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)


Table 155: Power: Summit X440-24p-10G (continued)



Table 156: Power: Summit X440-24x-10G


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 0.75 A

Input current


0.5 A @ 110 V (low-line)


30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

40 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

56 W, 191 BTU/hr

56 W, 191 BTU/hr

Table 157: Power: Summit X440-48t and X440-L2-48t


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

0.85 A @ 110 V (low-line)

0.50 A @ 220 V (high-line)

30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

40 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

95 W, 325 BTU/hr

95 W, 325 BTU/hr

Table 158: Power: Summit X440-48tDC

Nominal input ratings -48V, 2.0 A

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

57 W, 195 BTU/hr

57 W, 195 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 6.25 A

Input current


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

5.5 A @ 110 V (low-line)

2.75 A @ 220 V (high-line)

30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

60 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

220 W, 750 BTU/hr

600 W, 2050 BTU/hr




Table 160: Power: Summit X440-48t-10G


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

0.85 A @ 110 V (low-line)


30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

40 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

95 W, 325 BTU/hr

95 W, 325 BTU/hr

Table 161: Power: Summit X440-48p-10G


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 6.25 A

Input current


5.5 A @ 110 V (low-line)

2.75 A @ 220 V (high-line)

30 A @ 115VAC 60Hz (25C)

60 A @ 230VAC 50Hz (25C)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

220 W, 750 BTU/hr

600 W, 2050 BTU/hr





UL 60950-1 2nd Ed., Listed Device (US)

CSA 22.2 #60950-1-03 2nd Ed.(Canada)



EN 60950-1:2007 2nd Ed.




CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1 2nd Ed. + National Differences









Country-specific




EN 55022:2010 Class A (Emissions for ITE Equipment)

EN 55024:2010 Class A includes EN 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11

EN 55011 :2009+A1:2010 (Emissions for Industrial, Scientific & Medical

Radio Frequency Equipment)

EN 61000-3-2: 2006+A2 2009 (Harmonics)

EN 61000-3-3:2008 (Flicker)

EN 61000-6-4: 2007+A1: 2011 (General Emissions for Industrial, Scientific

& Medical)

EN 61000-6-2:2005 (General Immunity for Industrial, Scientific &

Medical)


CISPR 22:2008 Class A (International Emissions for ITE Equipment)

CISPR 24:2010 Class A (International Immunity for ITE Equipment)

IEC 61000-4-2:2008/EN 61000-4-2:2009 (Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV

Contact, 15kV Air, Criteria A)

IEC 61000-4-3:2010/EN 61000-4-3:2006+A12008 +A2:2010




IEC 61000-4-4:2011/EN 61000-4-4: 2004+A1: 2010 Transient Burst,

Power AC, ± 2.0kV, Criteria A

Power DC, ± 2.0kV CM, 1kV DM, Criteria A

I/O Cables, ± 2.0kV for all I/O longer than 3m

IEC 61000-4-5:2005/EN 61000-4-5:2006 Surge, Test to 2/4kV, Level 3

AC Power, 1kV DM, 2kV CM, Criteria A

DC Power 1kV DM, 2kV CM, Criteria A

I/O 1kV L-G, Criteria A

IEC 61000-4-6:2008/EN 61000-4-6:2009 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80

MHz, 10V/m unmod. RMS, Criteria A

IEC 61000-4-8:2009/EN 61000-4-8:2010 Magnetic Immunity, Not applicable to Extreme's equipment

IEC 61000-4-11:2004/EN 61000-4-11:2004




CCC Mark





MEF 9 complian

MEF 14 compliant






IEEE 802.3at PoE Plus

IEEE 802.3i 10BASE-T

IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX

IEEE 802.3ae 10GBASE-T









(packaged)

Temperature: 0° C to 45° C (32° F to 113° F)




2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks





2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz at 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz




•


•


Summit X450 Series Switch Technical Specifications












14 lb (6.35 kg)

13.8 lb (6.26 kg)

Table 169: Power

Summit switch Auto-ranging 100 V to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Min voltage/associated current 1.5 A at 100 V

Max voltage/associated current 1 A at 240 V AC

Line frequency

Heat dissipation, Watts/BTU

50 to 60 Hz

160 W/546 BTU/hr

Power supply cord selection


Supplies

.



CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)



NOM/NYCE (Mexico)




EN 60950-1:2001+A11



















IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air, Criteria A



IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV, 4kV, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod. RMS,

Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods, Criteria C














Operating conditions Temperature range 0 °C to 40 °C (32 °F to 104 °F)

Humidity:10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing


2

(3 G), 11ms, 18 shocks



Transportation temperature: –40° C to 70° C (–40° F to 158° F)



Packaged random vibration: 5 to 200 Hz @ 1.0 ASD (1m w/–3 dB/octave

2

(6 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks

2

/s

2

),


Table 174: Acoustic Sound

Sound power in accordance with

EN 300 753 (10-1997)

Sound power: 61 dBA per ISO 7779


Sound pressure in accordance with NEBS GR-63 Issue 2

Bystander sound pressure: 49 dBA rear @ 0.6m


The Summit X450a series includes the following switches:


•


•


•


•


•






















13.8 lb (6.24 kg)

12.3 lb (5.56 kg)

13.0 lb (5.9 kg)

12.50 lb (5.67 kg)

15.8 lb (7.14 kg)

15.5 lb (7.03 kg)


















18.7 lb (8.5 kg)

16.8 lb (7.7 kg)

18.7 lb (8.5 kg)

16.8 lb (7.7 kg)

20.4 lb (9.3 kg)

17.75 lb (8.0 kg)





Delta Blower

Sunon Fan

2900 RPM/11.3 CFM

7200 RPM/8.9 CFM

Table 180: Summit X450a-24t Power


90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Input current


Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.0 A @ 115 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


100 W (341.2 BTU/hr)

100 W (341.2 BTU/hr)

Table 181: Summit X450a-24tDC Power


–36 to –72 V


–48 V , 2.0 A

Nominal input current

Inrush current






Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU

Power consumption, Watts, BTU

2.0 A @ -36 V (low-line)

1.0 A @ -72 V (high-line)

20 A @ 48 V, 30 A @ 72 V

DC

TYCO PN 206061-1

TYCO PN 206060-1

None provided

14 AWG (2.0 mm

2

)

75 W, 255.9 BTU/hr

75 W, 255.9 BTU/hr



Table 182: Summit X450a-48t Power


90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A



Inrush current






Efficiency

Heat dissipation


1.45 A @ 115 V (low-line)

0.65 A @ 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


160 W (512 BTU/hr)

160 W (512 BTU/hr)

Table 183: Summit X450a-48tDC Power


–36 to –72 V

Nominal input voltage

Input current

Inrush current

Input wire harness




–48 V , 4.5 A

4.0 A @ –36 V DC (low-line)

2.0 A @ –72 V DC (high-line)

29 A @ 48 V, 30 A @ 72 V

Extreme part number 250088

14 AWG (2.0 mm

2

)

TYCO PN 206060-1

TYCO PN 206061-1

Table 184: Summit X450a-24x Power


90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A



Inrush current

1.0 A @ 115 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V



Table 184: Summit X450a-24x Power (continued)


Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14




Efficiency

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or

16 AWG (1.0 mm


2

) over 6 feet


80 W (273 BTU/hr)

80 W (273 BTU/hr)

Table 185: Summit X450a-24xDC Power


–36 to –72 V


–48 V , 2.5 A

Input current

2.5 A @ -36 V (low-line)

1.25 A @ -72 V (high-line)

Inrush current

Input wire harness





Heat dissipation

Power consumption

40 A peak maximum

Extreme Networks PN 250088

TYCO PN 206061-1

TYCO PN 206060-1

None provided

14 AWG (2.0 mm

2

)

98 W (334 BTU/hr)

98 W (334 BTU/hr)






CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)




EN 60950-1:2001+A11













Country-specific

EN 55022:1998 Class A







IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air, Criteria

A





RMS, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods, Criteria

C
















Operating conditions Temperature range: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)




2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks






(packaged)




2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz


Sound power in accordance with EN

300 753 (10-1997)

Summit X450a-24t and X450a-48t

Sound power: 62 dBA per ISO 7779


Bystander sound pressure in accordance with NEBS GR-63 Issue 2

Summit X450a-24t and X450a-48t

Bystander sound pressure: 54 dBA right side @ 0.6m


The Summit X450e series includes the following switches:

•


•


•


•












Depth: 17 inches (43.2 cm)












14 lb (6.4 kg)

16.25 lb (7.4 kg)

11.8 lb (5.4 kg)

15.75 lb (7.14 kg)














18.9 lb (8.6 kg)

21 lb (9.6 kg)

26.8 lb (12.16 kg)

29.9 lb (13.6 kg)



90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.25 A

Input current


Inrush current






Efficiency





4.25 A @ 115 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


120 W (410 BTU/hr)

488 W (1,665 BTU/hr)

54 W (184 BTU/hr)

54 W (184 BTU/hr)



90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 6.0 A


5.25 A @ 115 V (low-line)


Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz



Table 196: Summit X450e-48p Power (continued)

Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V






Efficiency





IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet


180 W (614 BTU/hr)

507 W (1,730 BTU/hr)

73 W (250 BTU/hr)

73 W (250 BTU/hr)



90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A



Inrush current








0.52 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.31 A @ 240 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

52 W (178 BTU/hr)

52 W (178 BTU/hr)



90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 6 A



Table 198: Summit X450e-48t Power (continued)


0.94 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.43 A @ 240 V (high-line)


Inrush current


47 to 63 Hz

30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

AC





Heat dissipation

Power consumption

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

94 W (321 BTU/hr)

94 W (321 BTU/hr)






CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)




EN 60950-1:2001+A11




















Criteria A





RMS, Criteria A


Criteria C











Environmental standards



(packaged)

Acoustic sound










2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks





2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz


Sound Power in accordance with EN 300 753 (10-1997)

Sound power: 62 dBa per ISO 7779


Bystander Sound Pressure in accordance with NEBS GR-63 Issue 2

Bystander sound pressure: 54 dBa right side @ 0.6 m





•


•


•


•


•


•












SummitStack module





XGM3S-2xsf option card







Summit X460 fan module Height: 1.6 inches (4.15 cm)










SummitStack module


XGM3-2sf module



12.8 lb (5.81 kg)

13.6 lb (6.15 kg)

13.2 lb (6.01 kg)

14.1 lb (6.4 kg)

13.1 lb (5.94 kg)

13.9 lb (6.3 kg)

Note

Switch weights include installed fan module. They do not include installed VIM2 modules or power supplies

0.42 lb (0.19 kg)

0.53 lb (0.24 kg)

0.46 lb (0.21 kg)

0.5 lb (0.23 kg)

0.5 lb (0.23 kg)


Table 205: Weight (continued)

XGM3SB-4sf option card 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)

Summit X460 fan module 0.66 lb (0.30 kg)


















XGM3-2sf module




SummitStack module


Summit X460 fan module

24.0 lb (10.9 kg)

24.9 lb (11.3 kg)

23.8 lb (10.8 kg)

24.6 lb (11.2 kg)

0.79 lb (0.36 kg)

1.0 lb (0.45 kg)

1.0 lb (0.45 kg)

1.0 lb (0.45 kg)

0.74 lb (0.34 kg)

0.85 lb (0.39kg)

0.79 lb (0.36 kg)


Minimum speed

Maximum speed

Acoustic sound

Average Latency

2500 RPM

15900 RPM

44 dB at low fan speed, 64 dB at high fan speed




Power: Summit X460-24t

Table 209: Summit X460-24t with No Installed Option Card or Stacking Module (AC

Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

0.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.45 A @ 240 V (high-line)

83 W, 284 BTU/hr

83 W, 284 BTU/hr

Table 210: Summit X460-24t with SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1 A

Input current

0.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.45 A @ 240 V (high-line)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

84 W, 287 BTU/hr

84 W, 287 BTU/hr

Table 211: Summit X460-24t with SummitStack-V80 Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

0.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.45 A @ 240 V (high-line)

95 W, 324 BTU/hr


Table 212: Summit X460-24t with XGM3-2sf Option Card (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation,

Power consumption

0.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.45 A @ 240 V (high-line)

94 W, 220 BTU/hr

94 W, 220 BTU/hr

Table 213: Summit X460-24t with SummitStack Module and XGM3-2sf Option Card

(AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

0.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.45 A @ 240 V (high-line)

95 W, 324 BTU/hr




Table 214: Summit X460-24t with SummitStack-V80 Module and XGM3-2sf Option

Card (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


103 W, 353 BTU/hr

103 W, 353 BTU/hr

Table 215: Summit X460-24t with No Option Card or Stacking Module (DC Power

Supply)


48 V , 2 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.3 A @ 48 V (low-line)


67.8 W, 323.6 BTU/hr

67.8 W, 323.6 BTU/hr

Table 216: Summit X460-24t with SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 1.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.35 A @ 48 V (low-line)


68 W, 324 BTU/hr

68 W, 324 BTU/hr

Table 217: Summit X460-24t with SummitStack-V80 Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 1.75 A

Input current

1.5 A @ 48 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

77 W, 263 BTU/hr

77 W, 263 BTU/hr

Table 218: Summit X460-24t with XGM3-2sf Option Card (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 1.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.45 A @ 48 V (low-line)


75 W, 256 BTU/hr





(DC Power Supply)


48 V , 1.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.5 A @ 48 V (low-line)


77 W, 263 BTU/hr

77 W, 263 BTU/hr


Card (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 2 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


85 W, 291 BTU/hr

85 W, 291 BTU/hr

Power: Summit X460-24x

Table 221: Summit X460-24x with No Option Card or Stacking Module (AC Power

Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

0.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.45 A @ 240 V (high-line)

89 W, 304 BTU/hr


Table 222: Summit X460-24x with SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

0.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.45 A @ 240 V (high-line)

89 W, 304 BTU/hr

89 W, 304 BTU/hr

Table 223: Summit X460-24x with SummitStack-V80 Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

1.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)





(continued)



Table 224: Summit X460-24x with XGM3-2sf Option Card (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


97 W, 332 BTU/hr

97 W, 332 BTU/hr

Table 225: Summit X460-24x with SummitStack Module and XGM3-2sf Option Card



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

1.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

99 W, 338 BTU/hr

99 W, 338 BTU/hr

Table 226: Summit X460-24x with SummitStack-V80 Module and XGM3-2sf Option



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


107 W, 365 BTU/hr

107 W, 365 BTU/hr

Table 227: Summit X460-24x with No Option Card or Stacking Module (DC Power

Supply)


48 V , 1.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.5 A @ 48 V (low-line)


74 W, 253 BTU/hr

74 W, 253 BTU/hr



Table 228: Summit X460-24x with SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 1.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.5 A @ 48 V (low-line)


75 W, 256 BTU/hr


Table 229: Summit X460-24x with SummitStack-V80 Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 2 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


86 W, 293 BTU/hr

86 W, 293 BTU/hr

Table 230: Summit X460-24x with XGM3-2sf Option Card (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 1.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


85 W, 291 BTU/hr

85 W, 291 BTU/hr




48 V , 2 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


84 W, 287 BTU/hr

84 W, 287 BTU/hr




48 V , 2 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.9 A @ 48 V (low-line)


93 W, 320 BTU/hr




Power: Summit X460-24p

Table 233: Summit X460-24p with No Option Card or Stacking Module (AC Power

Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.25 A (per power supply)

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

4.9 A @ 100 V (low-line) (per power supply)

2.0 A @ 240 V (high-line) (per power supply)

202 W, 690 BTU/hr

481 W, 1642 BTU/hr (per power supply)

962 W, 3284 BTU/hr (power supply * 2 units)

Table 234: Summit X460-24p with SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)



Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

4.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)


209 W, 714 BTU/hr



Table 235: Summit X460-24p with SummitStack-V80 Module (AC Power Supply)



Input current

Heat dissipation



218 W, 744 BTU/hr

Power consumption 489 W, 1669 BTU/hr (per power supply)


Table 236: Summit X460-24p with XGM3-2sf Option Card (AC Power Supply)



Input current



Heat dissipation

Power consumption

210 W, 745 BTU/hr





Table 237: Summit X460-24p with SummitStack Module and XGM3-2sf Option Card




Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

4.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)


218 W, 744 BTU/hr



Table 238: Summit X460-24p with SummitStack-V80 Module and XGM3-2sf Option




Input current

5.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

226 W, 772 BTU/hr




Table 239: Summit X460-48t with No Option Card or Stacking Module (AC Power

Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


105 W, 359 BTU/hr


Table 240: Summit X460-48t with SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


112 W, 384 BTU/hr

112 W, 384 BTU/hr



Table 241: Summit X460-48t with SummitStack-V80 Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.16 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.55 A @ 240 V (high-line)

121 W, 414 BTU/hr


Table 242: Summit X460-48t with XGM3-2sf Option Card (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.15 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.55 A @ 240 V (high-line)

119 W, 406 BTU/hr

119 W, 406 BTU/hr




100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current


1.143 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.525 A @ 240 V (high-line)

119 W, 407 BTU/hr





100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A

Input current

1.25 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

129 W, 443 BTU/hr

129 W, 443 BTU/hr

Table 245: Summit X460-48t with No Option Card or Stacking Module (DC Power

Supply)


48 V , 2 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.9 A @ 48 V (low-line)


95 W, 324 BTU/hr

95 W, 324 BTU/hr



Table 246: Summit X460-48t with SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 2 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.9 A @ 48 V (low-line)


88 W, 302 BTU/hr


Table 247: Summit X460-48t with SummitStack-V80 Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 2.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.0 A @ 48 V (low-line)


101 W, 345 BTU/hr

101 W, 345 BTU/hr

Table 248: Summit X460-48t with XGM3-2sf Option Card (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 2.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.0 A @ 48 V (low-line)


99 W, 338 BTU/hr

99 W, 338 BTU/hr




48 V , 2.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.0 A @ 48 V (low-line)


101 W, 345 BTU/hr

101 W, 345 BTU/hr




48 V , 2.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

2.2 A @ 48 V (low-line)


110 W, 376 BTU/hr

Power consumption 110.8 W, 376 BTU/hr




Table 251: Summit X460-48x with No Option Card or Stacking Module (AC Power

Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


101 W, 345 BTU/hr

101 W, 345 BTU/hr

Table 252: Summit X460-48x with SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

1.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

101 W, 345 BTU/hr

101 W, 345 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


109 W, 373 BTU/hr


Table 254: Summit X460-48x with XGM3-2sf Option Card (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


109 W, 373 BTU/hr

109 W, 373 BTU/hr




100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


110 W, 376 BTU/hr







100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.2 A @ 100 V (low-line)


119 W, 406 BTU/hr

119 W, 406 BTU/hr

Table 257: Summit X460-48x with No Installed Option Card or Stacking Module (DC

Power Supply)


48 V , 2.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.1 A @ 48 V (low-line)


107 W, 365 BTU/hr

107 W, 365 BTU/hr

Table 258: Summit X460-48x with SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 2.25 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.1 A @ 48 V (low-line)


107 W, 365 BTU/hr

107 W, 365 BTU/hr

Table 259: Summit X460-48x with SummitStack-V80 Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 2.5 A

Input current

2.3 A @ 48 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

114 W, 389 BTU/hr

114 W, 389 BTU/hr

Table 260: Summit X460-48x with XGM3-2sf Option Card (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 2.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

2.2 A @ 48 V (low-line)


110 W, 376 BTU/hr







48 V , 2.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.3 A @ 48 V (low-line)


114 W, 389 BTU/hr

114 W, 389 BTU/hr




48 V , 2.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)


121 W, 414 BTU/hr

121 W, 414 BTU/hr

Power: Summit X460-48p

Table 263: Summit X460-48p with No Option Card or Stacking Module (AC Power

Supply)



Input current

Heat dissipation

5.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


221 W, 755 BTU/hr



Table 264: Summit X460-48p with SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)



Input current

5 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

233 W, 796 BTU/hr





Table 265: Summit X460-48p with SummitStack-V80 Module (AC Power Supply)



Input current

Heat dissipation

5.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


242 W, 826 BTU/hr



Table 266: Summit X460-48p with XGM3-2sf Option Card (AC Power Supply)



Input current

5.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

234 W, 799 BTU/hr



Table 267: Summit X460-48p with SummitStack Module and XGM3-2sf Option Card




Input current

Heat dissipation

5.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


242 W, 826 BTU/hr



Table 268: Summit X460-48p with SummitStack-V80 Module and XGM3-2sf Option




Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

5.1 A @ 100 V (low-line)


250 W, 854 BTU/hr






North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1 2nd Ed., Listed Device (US)

CSA 22.2 #60950-1-03 2nd Ed.(Canada)



European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2007 2nd Ed.




International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1 2nd Ed. + National Differences





European EMC standards EN 55022:2006+A1:2007 Class A

EN 55024:A2-2003 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11

EN 61000-3-2,8-2006 (Harmonics)

EN 61000-3-3 2008 (Flicker)

ETSI EN 300 386 v1.4.1, 2008-04 (EMC Telecommunications)




Country-specific

CISPR 22: 2006 Ed 5.2, Class A (International Emissions)

CISPR 24:A2:2003 Class A (International Immunity)

IEC 61000-4-2:2008/EN 61000-4-2:2009

Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15 kV Air, Criteria A

IEC 61000-4-3:2008/EN 61000-4-3:2006+A1:2008

Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A

IEC 61000-4-4:2004 am1 ed.2./EN 61000-4-4:2004/A1:2010

Transient Burst, 1 kV, Criteria A

IEC 61000-4-5:2005 /EN 61000-4-5:2006

Surge, 2 kV L-L, 2 kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A

IEC 61000-4-6:2008/EN 61000-4-6:2009

Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80 MHz, 10V/m unmod. RMS, Criteria A

EC/EN 61000-4-11:2004




CCC Mark















Operating conditions Temperature range:

Summit X460-24t, X460-48t, X460-24x, and X460-48x

0° C to 45° C (32° F to 113° F)

Summit X460-24p, X460-48p

0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)




2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks






2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz at 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz


Note

For the technical specifications of power supplies for the Summit X460 series switches, see


and

Summit 750 W AC Power Supply .



•


•


•










VIM2-10G4X module



VIM3-40G4X module














Note

Switch weights include installed fan module.

They do not include installed VIM2 modules or power supplies.

20.9 lb (9.5 kg)

22.7 lb (10.3 kg)

21.2 lb (9.6 kg)


VIM2-10G4X module

VIM3-40G4X module




2.03 lb (0.92 kg)

2.76 lb (1.25 kg)

2.40 lb (1.09 kg)

2.05 lb (0.93 kg)

1.48 lb (0.67 kg)

0.45 lb (0.99 kg)









VIM2-10G4X module







Summit X480-24x switch 20.94 lb (9.5 kg)




VIM2-10G4X module

VIM3-40G4X module




22.7 lb (10.3 kg)

21.2 lb (9.6 kg)

2.0 lb (0.92 kg)

2.75 lb (1.25 kg)

3.46 lb (1.57 kg)

2.1 lb (0.93 kg)

2.2 lb (1 kg)

1.27 lb (0.58 kg)




Minimum speed

Maximum speed

4500 RPM

18000 RPM

Table 279: Acoustic Noise

60 db at low fan speed, 66 db at high fan speed


Table 280: Summit X480-24x with No Installed VIM (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

2.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


195 W, 663 BTU/hr


Table 281: Summit X480-24x with VIM2-SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.01 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.88 A @ 240 V (high-line)

200 W, 680 BTU/hr

200 W, 680 BTU/hr

Table 282: Summit X480-24x with VIM2-10G4X Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.4 A @ 100 V (low-line)


241 W, 823 BTU/hr

241 W, 823 BTU/hr

Table 283: Summit X480-24x with VIM2-SummitStack128 Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A

Input current

2.08 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.91 A @ 240 V (high-line)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

206 W, 704 BTU/hr

206 W, 704 BTU/hr



Table 284: Summit X480-24x with VIM2-SummitStack-V80 Module (AC Power

Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.09 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.92 A @ 240 V (high-line)

207 W, 706 BTU/hr

207 W, 706 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A

Input current

2.40 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.95 A @ 240 V (high-line)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

238 W, 812 BTU/hr

238 W, 812 BTU/hr

Table 286: Summit X480-24x with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

3.25 A @ 48 V (low-line)


156 W, 532 BTU/hr


Table 287: Summit X480-24x with VIM2-SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)


161 W, 550 BTU/hr

161 W, 550 BTU/hr

Table 288: Summit X480-24x with VIM2-10G4X Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

5.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


246 W, 839 BTU/hr

246 W, 839 BTU/hr



Table 289: Summit X480-24x with VIM2-SummitStack128 Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

3.5 A @ 48 V (low-line)


167 W, 569 BTU/hr


Table 290: Summit X480-24x with VIM2-SummitStack-V80 Module (DC Power

Supply)


48 V , 7.5 A

Input current

3.6 A @ 48 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

168 W, 573 BTU/hr

169 W, 573 BTU/hr



48 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

6.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)


265 W, 904 BTU/hr



Table 292: Summit X480-48x with No Installed VIM (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


200 W, 675 BTU/hr

200 W, 675 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.01 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.89 A @ 240 V (high-line)

203 W, 692 BTU/hr

203 W, 692 BTU/hr





100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

2.3 A @ 100 V (low-line)


227 W, 774 BTU/hr




100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.04 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.89 A @ 240 V (high-line)

202 W, 688 BTU/hr

202 W, 688 BTU/hr

Table 296: Summit X480-48x with VIM2-SummitStack-V80 Module (AC Power

Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

2.06 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.91 A @ 240 V (high-line)

212 W, 723 BTU/hr




100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.6 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.96 A @ 240 V (high-line)

255 W, 870 BTU/hr

255 W, 870 BTU/hr

Table 298: Summit X480-48x with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.3 A @ 48 V (low-line)


158 W, 540 BTU/hr

158 W, 540 BTU/hr





48 V , 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

3.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)


163 W, 556 BTU/hr




48 V , 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

5.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


246 W, 839 BTU/hr

246 W, 839 BTU/hr



48 V , 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)


165 W, 562 BTU/hr

165 W, 562 BTU/hr

Table 302: Summit X480-48x with VIM2-SummitStack-V80 Module (DC Power

Supply)


48 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.5 A @ 48 V (low-line)


170 W, 580 BTU/hr

170 W, 580 BTU/hr



48 V , 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

6.42 A @ 48 V (low-line)


265 W, 904 BTU/hr

265 W, 904 BTU/hr




Table 304: Summit X480-48t with No Installed VIM (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

1.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)


182 W, 622 BTU/hr


Table 305: Summit X480-48t with VIM2-SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.89 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.84 A @ 240 V (high-line)

187 W, 639 BTU/hr

187 W, 639 BTU/hr

Table 306: Summit X480-48t with VIM2-10G4X Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.34 A @ 100 V (low-line)


232 W, 793 BTU/hr

232 W, 793 BTU/hr

Table 307: Summit X480-48t with VIM2-SummitStack128 Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A

Input current

1.89 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.84 A @ 240 V (high-line)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

256 W, 871 BTU/hr

256 W, 871 BTU/hr

Table 308: Summit X480-48t with VIM2-SummitStack-V80 Module (AC Power

Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

1.91 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.86 A @ 240 V (high-line)

194 W, 662 BTU/hr

194 W, 662 BTU/hr





100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

2.40 A @ 100 V (low-line)

0.98 A @ 240 V (high-line)

240 W, 819 BTU/hr


Table 310: Summit X480-48t with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 7.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.1 A @ 48 V (low-line)


148 W, 503 BTU/hr

148 W, 503 BTU/hr

Table 311: Summit X480-48t with VIM2-SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 7.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.24 A @ 48 V (low-line)


153 W, 520 BTU/hr

153 W, 520 BTU/hr

Table 312: Summit X480-48t with VIM2-10G4X Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 7.0 A

Input current

3.1 A @ 48 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

148 W, 503 BTU/hr

148 W, 503 BTU/hr

Table 313: Summit X480-48t with VIM2-SummitStack128 Module (DC Power Supply)


48 V , 7.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

3.2 A @ 48 V (low-line)


153 W, 522 BTU/hr




Table 314: Summit X480-48t with VIM2-SummitStack-V80 Module (DC Power

Supply)


48 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.3 A @ 48 V (low-line)


160 W, 546 BTU/hr

160 W, 546 BTU/hr



48 V , 7.0 A

Input current

6.1 A @ 48 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

250 W, 854 BTU/hr

250 W, 854 BTU/hr


North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)

CSA 22.2 #60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)



European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2006




International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2006 + National Differences






EN 55024:A2-2003 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11

EN 61000-3-2,8-2006 (Harmonics)

EN 61000-3-3 1995+A2:2005 (Flicker)

ETSI EN 300 386 v1.3.3, 2005-04 (EMC Telecommunications)





International EMC certifications CISPR 22: 2006 Ed 5.2, Class A (International Emissions)

CISPR 24:A2:2003 Class A (International Immunity)

EC/EN 61000-4-2:2001 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15 kV Air,

Criteria A

EC/EN 61000-4-3:2006 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria

EC/EN 61000-4-4:2005 Transient Burst, 1 kV, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-5:2005 Surge, 2 kV L-L, 2 kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-6:2005 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80 MHz, 10V/m unmod.

RMS, Criteria A

EC/EN 61000-4-11:2004 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,

Criteria C



CCC Mark



















2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks





2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz at 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz


Note


Summit 450 W Power Supplies .


Summit X650 series switches:

•


•









VIM1-10G8X module



VIM3-40G4X module



Depth: 9.9 inches (25.2cm)





VIM1-10G8X module

VIM3-40G4X module

24.1 lb (11.6 kg)

20.4 lb (10.1kg)

1.5 lb (0.66 kg)

2.0 lb (0.9 kg)

2.40 lb (1.09 kg)










VIM3-40G4X module

32.2 lb (14.6 kg)

3.46 lb (1.57 kg)


Minimum speed

Maximum speed

4500 RPM

18000 RPM

Table 326: Acoustic Noise

61 db at low fan speed, 66 db at high fan speed




Power: Summit X650-24t (Manufacturing part number 800246-00)



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

6.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)


689 W, 2,351 BTU/hr

Power consumption 689 W, 2,351 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

7.8 A @ 100 V (low-line)


780 W, 2,661 BTU/hr

780 W, 2,661 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

8.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


798 W, 2,723 BTU/hr

798 W, 2,723 BTU/hr

Table 330: Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack256 Module (AC Power Supply


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current

2.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

285 W, 973 BTU/hr

285 W, 973 BTU/hr



48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

12.9 A @ 48 V (low-line)


617 W, 2,105 BTU/hr






48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

14.6 A @ 48 V (low-line)


701 W, 2,393 BTU/hr




48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

14.8 A @ 48 V (low-line)


708 W, 2,416 BTU/hr

708 W, 2,416 BTU/hr



48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption xx A @ 48 V (low-line) xx A @ 60 V (high-line) xx W, 2,416 BTU/hr xx W, 2,416 BTU/hr

Power: Summit X650-24t (Manufacturing part number 800320-00)



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current

4.6 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

463 W, 1,580 BTU/hr

463 W, 1,580 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

5.5 A @ 100 V (low-line)


552 W, 1,884 BTU/hr






100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

5.7 A @ 100 V (low-line)


565 W, 1,928 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

6.2 A @ 100 V (low-line)


615 W, 2,099 BTU/hr

615 W, 2,099BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A

Input current xx A @ 100 V (low-line) xx A @ 240 V (high-line)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption xx W, xx BTU/hr xx W, xx BTU/hr



48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

8.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


418 W, 1,426 BTU/hr




48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

10.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)


500 W, 1,706 BTU/hr

500 W, 1,706 BTU/hr





48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

10.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)


501 W, 1,709 BTU/hr




48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

12.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


612 W, 2088 BTU/hr

612 W, 2088 BTU/hr



48 to 60 V , 24 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption xx A @ 48 V (low-line) xx A @ 60 V (high-line) xx W, xx BTU/hr xx W, xx BTU/hr

Power: Summit X650-24x (all manufacturing part numbers)



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.75 A

Input current

2.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

291 W, 992 BTU/hr

291 W, 992 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

3.7 A @ 100 V (low-line)


371 W, 1,402 BTU/hr






100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

3.8 A @ 100 V (low-line)


383 W, 1,307 BTU/hr




100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

2.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)


285 W, 973 BTU/hr

285 W, 973 BTU/hr



100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.8 A @ 100 V (low-line)


385 W, 1,314 BTU/hr

385 W, 1,314 BTU/hr



48 to 60 V , 9 A

Input current

5.9 A @ 48 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

287 W, 979 BTU/hr

287 W, 979 BTU/hr



48 to 60 V , 9 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

7.5 A @ 48 V (low-line)


364 W, 1,242 BTU/hr






48 to 60 V , 9 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

7.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)


372 W, 1,269 BTU/hr




48 to 60 V , 9 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

7.9 A @ 48 V (low-line)


385 W, 1,314 BTU/hr

385 W, 1,314 BTU/hr



48 to 60 V , 9 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption xx A @ 48 V (low-line) xx A @ 60 V (high-line) xx W, xx BTU/hr xx W, xx BTU/hr



CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)






EN 60950-1:2001+A11













Country-specific

EN 55022:1998 Class A







IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air, Criteria A




IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod. RMS,

Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods, Criteria C






















2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks






2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz


Note





•


•


•









VIM4-40G4X module













Note

NOTE: Switch weights include installed fan module.

They do not include installed VIM4 modules or power supplies.

16.0 lb (7.3 kg)

15.3 lb (7.0 kg)

VIM4-40G4X module


0.99 lb (0.45 kg)

0.36 lb (0.16 kg)








VVIM4-40G4X module Height: 3.9 inches (10 cm)




Summit X670-48x switch 22.7 lb (10.3 kg)



21.2 lb (9.6 kg)

VIM4-40G4X module


2.75 lb (1.25 kg)

1.27 lb (0.58 kg)


Minimum speed

Maximum speed

4500 RPM

18000 RPM





Table 365: Summit X670-48x (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 2.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

2.25 A @ 100 V (low-line)


225 W, 768 BTU/hr


Table 366: Summit X670-48x (DC Power Supply)


48 to 60 V , 5.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

4.25 A @ 48 V (low-line)


210 W, 717 BTU/hr

210 W, 717 BTU/hr

Power: Summit X670V-48x

Table 367: Summit X670V-48x with No Installed VIM (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.75 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)


300 W, 1,024 BTU/hr

300 W, 1,024 BTU/hr

Table 368: Summit X670V-48x with VIM4-40G4X Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.75 A

Input current

3.4 A @ 100 V (low-line)


Heat dissipation

Power consumption

340 W, 1,161 BTU/hr

340 W, 1,161 BTU/hr

Table 369: Summit X670V-48x with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply)


48 to 60 V , 7.5 A

Input current

5.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)




Table 369: Summit X670V-48x with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply) (continued)



Table 370: Summit X670V-48x with VIM4-40G4X Module (DC Power Supply)


48 to 60 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

6.85 A @ 48 V (low-line)


330 W, 1,126 BTU/hr

330 W, 1,126 BTU/hr

Power: Summit X670V-48t

Table 371: Summit X670V-48t with No Installed VIM (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A

Input current

3.3 A @ 100 V (low-line)

1.41 A @ 240 V (high-line)

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

323 W, 1,102 BTU/hr

323 W, 1,102 BTU/hr

Table 372: Summit X670V-48t with VIM4-40G4X Module (AC Power Supply)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

3.5 A @ 100 V (low-line)

1.52 A @ 230 V (high-line)

350 W, 1,194 BTU/hr

350 W, 1,194 BTU/hr

Table 373: Summit X670V-48t with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply)


48 to 60 V , 7.5 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

8.4 A @ 40 V (low-line)


336 W, 1147 BTU/hr

336 W, 1147 BTU/hr



Table 374: Summit X670V-48t with VIM4-40G4X Module (DC Power Supply)


48 to 60 V , 8.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

9.13 A @ 48 V (low-line)


365W, 1,245 BTU/hr




CSA 22.2 #60950-1-07 2nd Ed.(Canada)





EN 60950-1:2006 2nd Ed. TUV-R GS

EN 60825-1:2007 (Lasers Safety)


CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2005 2nd Ed.,

+ National Differences






International EMC certifications CISPR 22: 2008 (Ed 6.0), Class A (International Emissions)

EN 55024:1998+A1:2001+A2:2003 Class A (International Immunity)

IEC/EN 61000-4-2:2008 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15 kV Air,

Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-3:2008 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria

IEC/EN 61000-4-4:2004 Transient Burst, 1 kV, Criteria A


IEC/EN 61000-4-6:2008 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80 MHz,

10V/m unmod. RMS, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-11:2004 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%,

25 periods, Criteria C

Country-specific

EN 55022:2006+A1:2007 Class A

EN 55024:1998+A1:2001+A2:2003

Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11

EN 61000-3-2: 2006+A2:2009 (Harmonics)

EN 61000-3-3:2008 (Flicker)

ETSI EN 300 386: v1.4.1 (2008-04) (EMC Telecommunications)



BSMI (Taiwan Emissions)


CCC Mark (China)





EN/ETSI 300 386:2008 (EMC Telecommunications)

EN/ETSI 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)

MEF9 and MEF14 certified for EPL, EVPL, and ELAN




IEEE 802.3ae 10GBASE-X

IEEE 802.3ba 40GBASE-X


Environmental standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 (2000 - 2009) - Class 1.2 Storage

EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 (1999 - 09) - Class 2.3 Transportation

EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 (2003 - 04) - Class 3.1e Operational








Operational shock (half sine): 30 m/s

2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks

Operational random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz at 1.5 G rms




2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz at 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz


Acoustic noise

Summit X670V-48x 56.6 dB(A) min

Note




The Summit X770 series includes the following switch:

•





Summit X770-32q switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)


Depth: 20.4 inches (51.9 cm) including the PSU and installed fan modules.



Note

NOTE: Switch weights include installed fan module.

They do not include power supplies.

18.0 lb (8.2 kg)


550W AC PSU

550W DC PSU

0.36 lb (0.16 kg)

2.75 lb (1.2 kg)

2.50 lb (1.1 kg)


Summit X770-32q switch Height: 6.5 inches (16.5 cm)




Summit X770-32q switch 23.2 lb (10.5 kg)

Summit X770 fan module 0.50 lb (0.20 kg)


Minimum speed

Maximum speed

4500 RPM

18000 RPM

Power: Summit X770-32q

Table 385: Summit X770-32q (AC Power supply values for each of the two installed power supplies)


100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 2.5 A

Input current

2.25 A @ 100 V (low-line)




Table 385: Summit X770-32q (AC Power supply values for each of the two installed power supplies) (continued)



Table 386: Summit X770-32q (DC Power supply values for each of the two installed power supplies)


48 to 60 V , 5.0 A

Input current

Heat dissipation

Power consumption

4.25 A @ 48 V (low-line)


210 W, 717 BTU/hr

210 W, 717 BTU/hr

Standards and Environmental Data



CSA 22.2 #60950-1-07 2nd Ed.(Canada)





EN 60950-1:2006 2nd Ed. TUV-R GS

EN 60825-1:2007 (Lasers Safety)


CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2005 2nd Ed.,

+ National Differences





European EMC standards EN 55022:2006+A1:2007 Class A

EN 55024:1998+A1:2001+A2:2003

Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11

EN 61000-3-2: 2006+A2:2009 (Harmonics)

EN 61000-3-3:2008 (Flicker)

ETSI EN 300 386: v1.4.1 (2008-04) (EMC Telecommunications)





International EMC certifications CISPR 22: 2008 (Ed 6.0), Class A (International Emissions)

EN 55024:1998+A1:2001+A2:2003 Class A (International Immunity)

IEC/EN 61000-4-2:2008 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15 kV Air,

Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-3:2008 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria

IEC/EN 61000-4-4:2004 Transient Burst, 1 kV, Criteria A


IEC/EN 61000-4-6:2008 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80 MHz,

10V/m unmod. RMS, Criteria A

IEC/EN 61000-4-11:2004 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%,

25 periods, Criteria C


BSMI (Taiwan Emissions)


CCC Mark (China)



EN/ETSI 300 386:2008 (EMC Telecommunications)

EN/ETSI 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)

MEF9 and MEF14 certified for EPL, EVPL, and ELAN




IEEE 802.3ae 10GBASE-X

IEEE 802.3ba 40GBASE-X


Environmental standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 (2000 - 2009) - Class 1.2 Storage

EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 (1999 - 09) - Class 2.3 Transportation

EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 (2003 - 04) - Class 3.1e Operational






Operational shock (half sine): 30 m/s

2

(3 G), 11 ms, 60 shocks

Operational random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz at 1.5 G rms





2

(18 G), 6 ms, 600 shocks


62 to 500 Hz at 0.2 G


from 20 to 200 Hz





Acoustic noise

Summit X770-32q 56.6 dB(A) min

Summit X770 Power Supply Unit (PSU) and Fan Tray Configurations

Table 392: X770-32q PSU and Fan Tray Configurations

Configuration

No.

Quantity

PSU

PSU

Part No.

Power Supply Description Quantity

Fan Tray

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

10927z Summit 550W AC PSU

Back to Front air flow

(DS550HE-3)


Front to Back air flow

(DS550HE-3)



(DS550HE-3)



(DS550HE-3)

10928z Summit 550W DC PSU


(DS550DC-3-003)



(DS550DC-3)



(DS550DC-3-003)



(DS550DC-3)



(DS550HE-3)



(DS550DC-3-003)



(DS550HE-3)



(DS550DC-3

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

Fan

Tray

Part

No.

Fan Tray Description

17112z Summit X670 fan module


(JDD0405612UB3A01)



(AS04012UB565300)



(JDD0405612UB3A01)



(AS04012UB565300)



(JDD0405612UB3A01)



(AS04012UB565300)



(JDD0405612UB3A01)



(AS04012UB565300)



(JDD0405612UB3A01)



(AS04012UB565300)




The following Summit 300 W power supplies are available for use in the Summit X460 series non-PoE switches:

•

Summit 300 W AC power supply

•

Summit 300 W DC power supply Model 10933

•

Summit 300 W DC power supply Model 10934A

These power supplies are for use with the Summit X460-24t, Summit X460-24x, Summit X460-48t, and Summit X460-48x switches.

Summit 300 W AC Power Supply (Model 10930)

Table 393: Physical Specifications

Dimensions Height: 1.57 inches (4.0 cm)


Depth: 9.5 Inches (24.1 cm)

Weight 2.30 lb (1 kg)

Table 394: Power Specifications

Voltage input range

85 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 5 A

Nominal input current at full loads



Output

4.2 A @ 90 V (low-line)


47 to 63 Hz

30 A





Efficiency

12 V , 25 A max, 300 Watts

3.3 V , 3.03 A max, 10 Watts

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

Low Line: 85% at 50% load and 88% at 100% load

High Line: 86% at 50% load and 89% at 100% load

Table 395: Environmental Specifications

Operating temperature 0°C to 45°C (normal operation)

Storage temperature -40°C to 70°C



Table 395: Environmental Specifications (continued)

Operating humidity 20% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing

Operational shock 30 m/s

2

(3 G)

Summit 300 W DC Power Supply (Model 10933)

The following table applies when used with the Summit X460-24t, Summit X460-24x, Summit

X460-48t, and Summit X460-48x switches.





Weight 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)


Nominal Ratings

Summit X460-24t

Summit X460-24x

Summit X460-48t

Summit X460-48xt

DC Voltage Input Range

Maximum Input Amperages

Inrush Current

Minimum wire size

DC Output Power (W)

+24V 4.0A, -48V 2.0A

+24V 4.0A, -48V 2.0A

+24V 4.0A, -48V 2.0A

+24V 4.0A, -48V 2.0A

18V — 72V

14.6A at 24V

7.3A at 48V

4.8A at 72V

35A at 72V peak

14 AWG (1.5 mm

2

) copper stranded

300 W



Storage temperature

Operating humidity

Operational shock

-40°C to 70°C

20% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing

30 m/s

2

(3 G)

Summit 300 W DC Power Supply (Model 10934A)

For use with the Summit X460-24t, Summit X460-24x, Summit X460-48t, and Summit X460-48x switches:






Depth: 9.5 Inches (24.1 cm)



Nominal Input –40 to –72 V, 9 A


–48 V


9 A @ 40 V

7.5 A @ 48 V

5 A @ 72 V

Inrush Current

Minimum wire size

DC Output

DC Output Power (W)

82 A at 72 V peak

14 AWG (1.5 mm

2

) copper stranded

12 V , 25 A/3.3 V , 3.0 A

300 W



Storage temperature

Operating humidity

Operational shock

-40°C to 70°C


30 m/s

2

(3 G)


The following two power supplies are available for use in the Summit X480 series switches and in

Summit X670 series switches that have front-to-back ventilation airflow.

•


•

Summit 450 W DC power supply

Summit 450 W AC Power Supplies

The following tables list the specifications of the AC power supplies for use with the Summit X480-24x,

X480-48x, Summit X480-48t, Summit X670-48x, and Summit X670V-48x switches:









Voltage input range

90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 8 A




Output


5 A @ 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

15 A





Efficiency

12 V , 37 A max, 450 Watts

3.3 V , 3 A max, 9.9 Watts

Maximum continuous DC output shall not exceed 450 Watts.

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

84% typical at full load, high line



Storage temperature

Operating humidity

Operational shock

-40°C to 70°C


30 m/s

2

(3 G)

Summit 450 W DC Power Supplies

The following tables list the specifications of the DC power supplies for use with the Summit X480-24x,

X480-48x, and Summit X480-48t:







Nominal Input

–48 to –60 V , 24 A


–40 to –75 V



Table 406: Power Specifications (continued)


13.5 A @ 40 V

11.2 A @ 48 V

7.5 A @ 72 V

Inrush Current

Inrush Energy

Minimum wire size

DC Output

10 A peak

1.5 A

2

S

14 AWG (1.5 mm

2

) copper stranded

DC Output Power (W)

12 V , 36.7 A/3.3 V , 3.0 A

450 W



Storage temperature

Operating humidity

Operational shock

-40°C to 70°C


30 m/s

2

(3 G)


The following four power supplies are available for use in the Summit X670 and X770 series switches:

•

550 W AC PSU-FB (Model 10925)—AC power supply with front-to-back ventilation airflow

•

550 W AC PSU-BF (Model 10927)—AC power supply with back-to-front ventilation airflow

•

550 W DC PSU-FB (Model 10926)—DC power supply with front-to-back ventilation airflow

•

550 W DC PSU-BF (Model 10928)—DC power supply with back-to-front ventilation airflow

Summit AC Power Supplies for X670 and X770 Series Switches

The following tables list the specifications for the 550 W AC PSU-FB (Model 10925) and 550 W AC

PSU-BF (Model 10927) AC power supplies for use in X670 and X770 series switches.







Voltage input range

90 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 8 A


8 A @ 90 V (low-line), 4 A @ 230 V (high-line)




Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz

Maximum inrush current 15 A at 25° C (77° F)

Output





12 V , 45 A max, 540 Watts, 3 V , 3 A max, 10 Watts


IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

Efficiency

87% at 110 V with full load

88% at 220 V with full load



Storage temperature

Operating humidity

-40°C to 70°C


Operating altitude

Operational shock

Frequency Range

Up to 10,000 feet

Acceleration

5 to 350 Hz, 200 to 2000 Hz PSD: 0.0001g2/Hz

350 to 500 Hz -6dB/Octave, 500 Hz 0.000052 Hz

0.21.0 gRMS (Typical Level)

Duration: 20 min per axis

Summit DC Power Supplies for X670 and X770 Series Switches

The following tables list the specifications for the 550 W DC PSU-FB (Model 10926) and 550 W DC

PSU-BF (Model 10928) power supplies for use with the Summit X670 and Summit X770 series switches.

Dimensions

Weight




3.22 lb (1.46 kg)


Nominal Input –40 V to –60 V, 18 A


–36 to –75 V


18 A @ 36 V 13.5 A @ 48 V

8.5 A @ 75 V




Inrush Current 25 A peak

Inrush Energy

Minimum wire size

0.625 A

2

S

14 AWG (1.5 mm

2

) copper stranded

DC Output

12 V , 45 A/3.3 V , 3.0 A

DC Output Power (W) 550 W



Storage temperature

Operating humidity

Operating altitude

-40°C to 70°C


Up to 10,000 feet

Operational shock

Frequency Range

Acceleration

5 to 350 Hz, 200 to 2000 Hz PSD: 0.0001g2/Hz

350 to 500 Hz -6dB/Octave, 500 Hz 0.000052 Hz

0.21.0 gRMS (Typical Level)

Duration: 20 min per axis

Summit 750 W AC Power Supply

The Summit 750 W AC power supply is used with the Summit X460 series PoE-capable switches.

For use with the Summit X460-24p and Summit X460-48p switches





Weight 2.25 lb (1 kg)


Voltage input range

85 to 264 V


100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 10 A



10 A at 90 V (low-line)

3.7 A at 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

Maximum inrush current 35 A




Output

12 V , 25 A max, 300 Watts

55 V , 8.18 A max, 450 Watts

3.3 V , 3.03 A max, 10 Watts





Efficiency

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

Low Line: 88% at 50% load and 86% at 100% load

High Line: 90% at 50% and 100% loads



Storage temperature

Operating humidity

Operational shock

-40°C to 70°C


30 m/s

2

(3 G)


The Summit X650 power supplies can be used in the Summit X650-24t switch and the Summit

X650-24x switch.

Two Summit X650 power supplies are available:

•

Summit X650 AC power supply

•

Summit X650 DC power supply

For use with the Summit X650-24t and X650-24x switches

Weight

Voltage input range





Output

3.04 lb (1.38 kg)

90 to 264 V

100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 10 A


5 A @ 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

100 A

12 V , 70 A max, 840 Watts

3.3 V , 6 A max, 19.8 Watts









AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

80% with 60% to 100% load Efficiency

For use with the Summit X650-24t and X650-24x switches

Table 416: Summit 850 W DC Power Supply (Model 10915)

2.95 lb (1.34 kg)

Weight

Nominal Input

–48 to –60 V


–39 to –72 V

Maximum Input Amperages 26 A @ 40 V

22 A @ 48 V

15 A @ 72 V

Minimum wire size 12 AWG (3.3 mm

2

) copper stranded

DC Output

DC Output Power (W)

Operating temperature

Storage temperature

Operating humidity

Operational shock

12 V , 70 A/3.3 V , 6 A

850 W

0°C to 40°C (normal operation)

Short-term operation is permitted at –5° C to 0°C and 40°C to 50°C, for no more than 96 consecutive hours and a total of not more than 15 days in 1 year.

-40°C to 85°C


30 m/s

2

(3 G)

Summit External Power Supplies

The following external power supplies are available for use with Summit X150, X250e, X450, X450a, and X450e series switches:

•

EPS-LD external power supply

•

EPS-160 external power module (used with EPS-T chassis)

•

EPS-500 external power supply

•

EPS-600LS external power module (used with EPS-C chassis)

•

EPS-150DC external power supply (used with EPS-T2 chassis)



For use with the Summit X450a-24t and X450e-24p switches



90 to 264 V

100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 10 A

Input Current



Output

6 A at 100 V , 2.5 A at 240 V

47 to 63 Hz

30 A at 115 V , 60 A at 230 V






Efficiency

Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU/hr

Power consumption, Watts, BTU/hr

Ambient operating temperature

-50 V , 7.5 A max, 375 Watts

12 V , 7.5 A max, 90 Watts

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

>75% at 100% load

123 W, 419.7 BTU/hr

588 W, 2006.3 BTU/hr

0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

For use with the Summit X150-24t, X150-48t, X250e-24t, X250e-24x,

X250e-48t, X450-24t, and X450-24x switches




Input current

Line frequency


90 to 264 V

100 to 250 V, 4 to 2 A, 47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

2 A at 100 V

1 A at 240 V

50 to 60 Hz

Output



Power supply input plug


30 A at 115 V , 50 A at 230 V

12 V , 11 A

5 V , 1.5 A

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .




Efficiency

Heat dissipation, Watts/BTU



18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

80% at 100% load

38.5 W, 131.4 BTU/hr

178 W, 607.4 BTU/hr

0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

The following figure shows the wire-to-pin connections for the connector on the rear panel of the

EPS-160 power supply.

Table 417: Pinouts for the Redundant Power Supply Connector

Connector Pin Number Wire Label Pin Number

1 7

8 14

3

4

1

2

NC

GND

GND

GND

10

11

8

9

5

6

7

GND

+12 V

+12 V

12

13

14

Wire Label

RS+

GND

INT PG

EXT_CON

EXT_PG

+5 V

+12 V

For use with the Summit X150-24p, X250e-24p, X450a-24t, X450a-24x,

X450a-48t, and X450e-24p switches


90 to 264 V



100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 10 A



5.75 A @ 115 V (low-line)

2.80 A @ 230 V (high-line)

47 to 63 Hz

Output






30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 220 V

-50 V , 7.5 A max, 375 Watts

12 V , 10.5 A max, 126 Watts


AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2 or


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet



Efficiency




>70% @ 100% load

158 W, 539.1 BTU/hr

659 W, 2248.6 BTU/hr

0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

For use with the Summit X450e-48p and X250e-48p switches

Must be installed in the EPS-C chassis (Model 10912)


90 to 264 V


100-250 V , 50-60 Hz, 10 A




Output power








47 to 63 Hz

17 A @ 115 V/60 Hz, maximum load

600 W

AC

IEC 320 C14

IEC 320 C13

Refer to


Power Supplies .

18 AWG (0.75 mm

2


16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

) over 6 feet

85% nominal Efficiency



219 W, 747.3 BTU/hr

801 W, 2733.1 BTU/hr

Ambient operating temperature 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

Output Ratings for EPS-C chassis with 1, 2, or 3 installed EPS-600LS units

One EPS-600-LS unit

Two EPS-600-LS units

Three EPS-600-LS units

582 W output: –48 V/9 A (432 W), 12 V/12.5 A

1116 W output: –48 V/18 A (864 W), 12 V/21 A

1260 W output: –48 V/21 A (1008 W), 12 V/21 A

For use with the Summit X450a-24tDC and Summit X450a-24xDC switches



–36 to –72 V

–36 to –72 V , 6 A maximum

Input current

5.5 A @ –36 V (low-line)

2.6 A @ –72 V (high-line)




Inrush current

47 to 63 Hz

Input wire harness





Input wire harness

20 A @ 48 V, 40 A @ 72 V

Extreme part number 250088-00

TYCO PN 206061-1

TYCO PN 206060-1

None provided

14 AWG (2.0 mm

2

)

Extreme part number250088-00

Efficiency




> 75% at 100% load

45 W, 153.5 BTU/hr

195 W, 665.4 BTU/hr

0° C to 40° C

Storage and transportation temperature –40° C to 70° C

The following figure provides the wire-to-pin connection specifications for the DC wiring harness shipped with the EPS-150DC power supply.

Three-wire Cable Harness shows the connector.

1

2

Table 418: Wire-to-Pin Connection Specifications

Pin Number Wire Color

Green/yellow

Red

3

4

Black unused

Circuit Connection

Chassis ground

Return

-48 V

Figure 357: Three-wire Wiring Harness




Power Supplies

Power cords used with AC-powered Summit family switches or Summit AC power supplies must meet the following requirements:

•

The power cord must be agency-certified for the country of use.

•

The power cord must have an IEC320-C13 connector for connection to the switch or power supply.

•

The power cord must have an appropriately rated and approved wall plug applicable to the country of installation.

•

For cords up to 6 feet (2 m) long, the wire size must be 18 AWG (.75 mm

2

) minimum; over 6 feet, the minimum wire size is 16 AWG (1.0 mm

2

).

Console Connector Pinouts

The following table describes the pinouts for a DB-9 console plug connector.

Table 419: Pinouts for the DB-9 Console Connector

Function Pin Number

DCD (data carrier detect)

RXD (receive data)

TXD (transmit data)

DTR (data terminal ready)

GND (ground)

DSR (data set ready)

RTS (request to send)

CTS (clear to send)

5

6

3

4

7

8

1

2

Direction

In

In

-

In

Out

Out

Out

In

The following table shows the pinouts for a 9-pin to 25-pin (RS-232) null-modem cable.

Figure 358: Null-Modem Cable Pinouts

The following table shows the pinouts for a 9-pin to 9-pin (PC-AT) null-modem serial cable.



Figure 359: PC-AT Serial Null-modem Cable Pinouts

The following table shows the pinouts for the RJ-45 console port on the Summit X670 series switches.

Table 420: RJ-45 Console Port on Summit X670 Series Switches

Function Pin Number Direction

CTS (clear to send)

DTR (data carrier detect)

1

2

In

Out

TXD (transmit data)

GND (ground)

GND (ground)

RXD (receive data)



5

6

3

4

7

8

—

In

Out

—

In

Out

The following table shows the pinouts for an RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter.

Table 421: Pinouts for an RJ-45 to DB-9 Adapter

Signal RJ-45 Pin

CTS (clear to send)

DTR (data carrier detect)

TXD (transmit data)

1

2

3

GND (ground)

GND (ground)

RXD (receive data)



6

7

4

5

8

3

4

5

5

6

2

DB-9 Pin

8

7



Class A Notice for Taiwan

Warning

This is a Class A product. In a residential environment this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take appropriate measures.

Warning

Japan (VCCI Class A)

Warning

This is a Class A product based on the standard of the VCCI Council. If this equipment is used in a domestic environment, radio interference may occur, in which case the user may be required to take corrective actions.


Index

Numerics

10GBASE-T ports 280

450W power supplies

features 131

850 W power supplies

features 132

A

access, restricted 151

acoustic noise specifications

Summit X430 series 402





alert, power supply 131

alternate stacking ports 173

amperage, calculating for UPS 162

ANSI standards 163

automatic failover, setting up 14

B

back-to-front cooling 106

bend radius 155, 157

BICSI standards 155

building codes 150

Building Industry Consulting Service International. , see

BICSI

C cable

bundling 155

category 5 156

for 10GBASE-T ports 280

installing

fiber optic 157

recommendations 155 labeling 155

QSFP+ direct-attach 202

SummitStack 128G 192

SummitStack 128G/20G 195


SummitStack 40G 192

SummitStack 64G 199


cable connections 280

cable management 192

cable slack 155

cabling standards

ANSI 163

BICSI 155

category 5 cable 156

combination ports 14

commercial building standards 163

connector jackets, RJ-45 159

connector pinouts

DB-9 console connector 484

DC wiring harness 483

null-modem cable 484 null-modem serial cable 484

redundant power connector 481

console port

in a stacked configuration 203

settings 281


Summit X250e series 20




Summit X450a series 65






console port on Summit X670 series 485

conventions, text 8

cooling, back-to-front 106

D

DB-9 pinouts 484

DC power, connecting

EPS-150DC 301

Summit 350 W DC power supply 235




DC wiring harness

connecting to DC source 301

connecting to EPS-150DC 302

specifications 483

DC-I battery return configuration 162

DC-powered switches

Summit X250e-24tDC 22

Summit X450a-24tDC 70

Summit X450a-48tDC 76

design standards 163

E

electrical codes 150

electrostatic discharge, see ESD environmental requirements

building codes 150 electrical codes 150

humidity 152

temperature 151


wiring closet 151

EPS-150DC power supply

features 126

installing 300

with Summit X250e-24tDC switch 23

with Summit X450a-24tDC switch 71

with Summit X450a-24xDC switch 26, 74

with Summit X450a-48tDC switch 29, 77

EPS-160 power supply

features 120

installing 286

with EPS-T 120

with Summit X450-24t switch 66

with Summit X450-24x switch 68

EPS-500 power supply

features 122

installing 292

with Summit X350-24t switch 35, 79

with Summit X350a-48t switch 36, 80

with Summit X450a-48t switch 76

with Summit X450e-24p switch 82

EPS-600LS power supply

features 123

installing 295



EPS-C chassis (with EPS-600LS) 295

EPS-C2 redundant power system 127

EPS-LD power supply

features 121

installing 289

with Summit X450a-24t switch 69

with Summit X450a-24x switch 73


EPS-T2 (with EPS-150DC) 126, 300

equipment rack

grounding 153 mechanical recommendations 153 mounting holes 153

securing 154 service access 154 space requirements 154

ESD

discharge from cable 156

system protection 152

F fan

reverse-airflow 348

Fan LED, Summit X450a series switches 85

fan specifications


Summit X480 series 417, 444, 462


X770 467

fan, back-to-front 107, 112

features 135, 136, 146

fiber optic cable


Index

bend radius 157

connecting 281

first switch login 282

G grounding

DC-powered switch 211, 213, 220

racks 153

requirements 163





wiring closet 151

H

humidity 152

I

industry standards 163

initial switch login 282

installation

DC-powered switch 210, 220

EPS-C2 system 307

port option cards 313

stacking module 316


Summit 450 W AC power supply 248






Summit family switch 206

Summit X460 300 W AC power supply 225

Summit X460 750 W AC power supply 226

Summit X460 series switch 217





SummitStack configuration 164

VIM2 module 317

IP settings, configuring 282

L

labeling system for cables 155

latency

summit x460 427

LED

Stack Number 204

LEDs

stack number indicator 95, 101, 105, 106, 111

Summit X150 series switches 18

Summit X250e series switches 31

488

Index

Summit X350 switches 37









local management connection 281

logging in to the switch 282

M management port

in a stacked configuration 204


Summit X250e series switches 20



Summit X450, X450a, and X450e series switches 65





maximum cable distances 157

meaning of model numbers 12 model numbers, meaning 12

motion sensor 107, 108, 111

N

native stacking ports 164

network interface connections 280

null-modem cable pinouts 484

O

operating environment requirements 151

option cards

XGM-2bt 138

XGM-2sf 138

XGM-2xn 135

XGM2-2xf 137

XGM2-2xn 136

XGM3-2sf 145

P

PC-AT serial null-modem cable pinouts 484

physical layer problems 160

pinouts

DB-9 console connector 484

DC wiring harness 483

null-modem cable 484

PC-AT serial null-modem cable 484

redundant power connector 481

plenum-rated cable 155

PoE devices, power requirements 160

PoE+ 44, 50, 87

ports

alternate stacking 173

combination 14

console port settings 281

power requirements

PoE devices 160

power supplies 161

power supply alert 131

power supply unit (PSU)

EPS-150DC 126, 300

EPS-160 120, 286

EPS-500 122, 292

EPS-600LS 123, 295

EPS-LD 121, 289

Summit 300 W AC 130

Summit 300 W DC 130, 131, 230

Summit 450 W AC 131

Summit 450 W DC 250

Summit 550 W DC 250

Summit 750 W AC 307

Summit 850 W AC 265

Summit 850 W DC 266

Summit X460 300 W AC 225

Summit X460 750 W AC 226

Summit X460 DC 471, 472

Summit X650 DC 266, 479

Q

QSFP+ direct-attach cable 202

R rack installation

EPS-500 power supply 292

EPS-C chassis 295

EPS-C2 chassis 305

EPS-LD power supply 289

EPS-T chassis 286

EPS-T2 chassis 300

Summit switch 207

Summit X460 switch 217

Summit X480 switch 239




rack specifications

grounding 153

mechanical recommendations 152, 153 mounting holes 152, 153

securing to floor 154 space requirements 154

standards 152

radio frequency interference. , see RF interference

redundant uplink ports 14

related publications 8

removing

EPS-150DC power supply 347


Index

EPS-160 power supply 329

EPS-600LS power module 329

EPS-LD power supply 328










Summit fan module 348

Summit switch 357

Summit X460 DC power supply 358


Summit X480 AC power supply 359


Summit X480 series switch 359, 363

Summit X650 series switch

four-post rack (cabinet) 369

two-post rack 366


VIM2 module 353

removing a switch from a rack 356

replacement

stacking module 350



Summit 450 W AC power supply 321, 322


Summit 550 W AC power supply 321, 322





Summit DC power supply 330

Summit fan module 348

VIM2 module 353

XGM3 series option card 352

XGM3SB-4sf option card 350

restricted access 151

RF interference

patch panel installation 155

preventing 160

RJ-45 cable 159

rules for redundant uplink ports 14

S

safety requirements 371

safety requirements., see environmental requirements

service access to the rack 154

signal quality and RF interference 160

site planning process 149

slack in cable 155

slot number in a stack 165

space requirements, rack 154

specifications



Summit X250e series switch 390

Summit X430 acoustic noise 402




Summit X460 DC power supply 471, 472

Summit X460 fan 427


Summit X480 fan 417, 444, 462



Summit X650 fan 453

stack connections, troubleshooting 165

stack definition 164

stack master 173

Stack Number Indicator 204

stacking connecting cables

40G cables 192

SummitStack 128G 195



SummitStack 64G 200


connection order 177

mixing stacking port types 183

physical configuration examples 189

physical configuration examples<$startrange> 177

redundancy 166

slot number 165

top-of-rack 180

Stacking

Number Indicator LED 204

v-320 187

VIM3 187

stacking LEDs 95, 101, 105, 106, 111

Stacking Methods and Summit Switches 166

stacking ports, native and alternate 173

standards

cabling 155, 163

commercial building 163 grounding 163



installation 230


installation 248


installation 250


installation 248


installation 250


installation in EPS-C2 307


installation 265

490


installation 266

Summit family switches

desktop mounting 209

installation summary 206

LEDs

Summit X150 series 18, 40, 62





Summit X450, 450a, 450e series 85






rack-mounting 207

removing 357

XGM-2xn option card 135

Summit option cards

types 134

XGM-2sf 138

XGM-2xn 135

XGM2-2xf 137

XGM2-2xn 136

XGM3-2sf 145


features 15

LEDs 18

specifications 386

Summit X150-24p switch 16

Summit X150-48t switch 17



features 20

LEDs 31

specifications 390

Summit X250e-24p switch 23

Summit X250e-24t switch 21

Summit X250e-24tDC switch 22

Summit X250e-24x switch 24, 25


Summit X250e-48t switch 27, 28


features 33

LEDs 37




LEDs 40


features 41

LEDs 62


features 65

LEDs 85

specifications 413


Index


Summit X450-24x switch 67

Summit X450a series switches

features 68

LEDs 85

Summit X450a-24t switch 68

Summit X450a-24tDC switch 70

Summit X450a-24x switch 72

Summit X450a-24xDC switch 73

Summit X450a-48t switch 75

Summit X450a-48tDC switch 76


features 78

LEDs 85



Summit X460 300 W AC power supply

features 130

installation 225

Summit X460 300 W DC power supply

features 130


features 132

installation 226


specifications 471, 472

Summit X460 series power supply compatibility 130


features 87

LEDs 94

Summit X460-24p 92

Summit X460-24t 88

Summit X460-24x 90

Summit X460-48p 93

Summit X460-48t 89

Summit X460-48x 91


features 131

Summit X480 450 W DC power supply

features 131


features 131


features 131

Summit X480 series power supply compatibility 131


features 96

in a stack 170

LEDs 100

Summit X480-24x 97

Summit X480-48t 99

Summit X480-48x 98


features 132


features 132

specifications 479


491

features 102

in a stack 170

LEDs 105

Summit X650 24t switch 103



airflow options 107

features 106

LEDs 110


Summit X670V-48t switch 109

Summit X670V-48x switch 108


airflow options 112

LEDs 114

Summit XGM2-2xf option card

features 137

installing 313

SummitStack 128G cable 173, 192

SummitStack 128G/20G cable 195


SummitStack 64G cable 199


SummitStack configuration 164


installation 316

SummitStack-V feature 173


installation 316

switch, initial login 282

Synchronous Ethernet 90, 91

T

TAA. , see Trade Agreements Act technical specifications


Summit X250e series switch 390


temperature, wiring closet 151

text conventions 8

tools for installing equipment

external power supply 285

Summit 300 W DC power supply 231, 240

Summit 850 W DC power supply 250, 267

Summit option card 313

Summit switch 207

top-of-rack stacking configuration 180

Trade Agreements Act 11

transition time, UPS 162

troubleshooting stack connections 165

types and distances 157

U unshielded twisted pair. , see UTP uplink redundancy

on Summit switches 14 setting up 14


Index

UPS (uninterruptible power supply) 161

UTP cable

bend radius 155

category 5 156 discharge ESD 156

RF interference 160

V

v-320 stacking 187

versatile interface module 96, 102, 107

VIM, replacing 353

VIM1-10G8X module 139, 140


in a stack 179, 182


features 141

in a stack 183


features 140

using stacking ports 189

VIM2-10G4X module 142


features 143

in a stack 179

VIM2-SummitStack-V80 module 143

VIM2-SummitStack128 module 143

VIM3

stacking 187

VIM3-40G4X module

features 141, 144

W wiring closet

electrostatic discharge 152

floor coverings 151 grounding 151

humidity 152

rack, securing 154

temperature 151

wiring terminals 153

X

XENPAK modules 135

XGM and XGM2 series option cards, installing 313

XGM-2bt 138

XGM-2xn option card

installing 313


features 138

installing 313


features 138

installing 313


features 137

installing 313

492


installing 313


features 145


features 145

installing 314


features 146

installing 314


features 147

installation 316

Z

ZR XENPAK 136

Index


Summit Family Hardware Installation Guide

Summit Family Hardware

Installation Guide

Table of Contents

Preface

Using Hardware Publications Online

Audience

Conventions

Related Publications

Summit Family Switches

Overview of the Summit Switches

Combination Ports and Failover

Summit X150 Series Switches

Summit X150-24t Switch

Summit X150-24p Switch

Summit X150-48t Switch

Summit X150 Series Switch LEDs

Summit X250e Series Switches

Summit X250e-24t Switch

Summit X250e-24tDC Switch

Summit X250e-24p Switch

Summit X250e-24x Switch

Summit X250e-24xDC Switch

Summit X250e-48t Switch

Summit X250e-48tDC Switch

Summit X250e-48p Switch

Summit X250e-48p Power Supplies

Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs

Summit X350 Series Switches

Summit X350-24t Switch

Summit X350-48t Switch

Summit X350 Series Switch LEDs

Summit X430 Series Switches

Summit X430-24t Switch

Summit X430-48t Switch

Summit X430 Series Switch LEDs

Summit X440 Series Switches

Summit X440-8t Switch

Summit X440-8p Switch

Summit X440-24t Switch

Summit X440-24tDC Switch

Summit X440-24x Switch

Summit X440-L2-24t Switch

Summit X440-24p Switch

Summit X440-24t-10G Switch

Summit X440-24p-10G Switch

Summit X440-24x-10G Switch

Summit X440-48t Switch

Summit X440-48tDC Switch

Summit X440-L2-48t Switch

Summit X440-48p Switch

Summit X440-48t-10G Switch

Summit X440-48p-10G Switch

Summit X440 Series Switch LEDs

Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switches

Summit X450 Series Switches

Summit X450a Series Switches

Summit X450e Series Switches

Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switch LEDs

Summit X460 Series Switches

Port Option Cards for Summit X460 Series Switches

Summit X460-24t Switch

Summit X460-48t Switch

Summit X460-24x Switch

Summit X460-48x Switch

Summit X460-24p Switch

Summit X460-48p Switch

Summit X460 Series Switch LEDs

Summit X480 Series Switches

Summit X480-24x Switch

Summit X480-48x Switch

Summit X480-48t Switch

Summit X480 Series Switch LEDs

Summit X650 Series Switches

Summit X650-24t Switch

Summit X650-24x Switch

Summit X650 Series Switch LEDs

Summit X670 Series Switches

Summit X670-48x Switch

Summit X670V-48x switch